diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md index d4bcc3ac..b4438c79 100644 --- a/CONTRIBUTING.md +++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Before starting, you need a few tools. - `texlive-formats-extra` - `latexmk` - `python3-sphinx-rtd-theme` - + - `python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme` ## Getting the code @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Contents 20/foo_bar ``` -Then run `make clean && make html && make latexpdf` in the root of the manual directory and it should build successfully with zero warnings! +Then run `make clean && make html && make latexpdf` in the root of the manual directory and it should build successfully with zero warnings! (Might take several trials to get `make latexpdf` without any errors.) ## Getting multiple Versions to Work To change into the file for the code you cloned from git of sphinxconfig-versioning and run ``` cd sphinxcontrib-versioning && sudo python3 setup.py install``` diff --git a/Dockerfile b/Dockerfile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc7faa03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dockerfile @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +FROM ubuntu:focal + +RUN export DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive && \ + apt-get update && apt-get install --yes --no-install-recommends \ + python3-pip \ + python3-sphinx \ + latexmk \ + texlive \ + texlive-formats-extra \ + arcanist \ + build-essential \ + python3-sphinx-rtd-theme \ + python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme + + diff --git a/Jenkinsfile b/Jenkinsfile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e34267a --- /dev/null +++ b/Jenkinsfile @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +pipeline { + agent { + dockerfile true + } + stages { + stage('Checkout Source') { + steps { + git 'https://phab.lubuntu.me/source/manual.git' + } + } + stage('Clean Environment') { + steps { + sh 'make clean' + } + } + stage('Build The Manual As PDF') { + steps { + sh 'make latexpdf' + } + } + } + post { + success { + publishHTML (target : [allowMissing: false, + alwaysLinkToLastBuild: true, + keepAll: true, + reportDir: 'build/latex', + reportFiles: 'LubuntuManual.pdf', + reportName: 'Lubuntu Manual', + reportTitles: 'Lubuntu Manual']) + } + } +} diff --git a/PROGRESS.md b/PROGRESS.md index 16d27722..77adacd5 100644 --- a/PROGRESS.md +++ b/PROGRESS.md @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ | :construction_worker: | 3.1.1 | | :white_checkmark: | 3.1.2 | | :white_checkmark: | 3.1.3 | -| :construction_worker: | 3.1.4 | -| :construction_worker: | 3.1.5 | -| :construction_worker: | 3.1.6 | -| :construction_worker: | 3.1.7 | +| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.4 | +| :whtie_checkmark: | 3.1.5 | +| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.6 | +| :white_checkmark: | 3.1.7 | | :white_checkmark: | 3.1.8 | | :construction_worker: | 3.1.9 | | :white_checkmark: | 3.2 | @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ | :construction_worker: | Appendix A | | :white_checkmark: | Appendix B | | :white_checkmark: | Appendix C | -| :construction_worker: | Appendix D | -| :construction_worker: | Appendix E | +| :white_checkmark: | Appendix D | +| :white_checkmark: | Appendix E | | :white_checkmark: | Appendix F | | :construction_worker: | Appendix G | diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 4ab9596f..471e202e 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # Lubuntu Manual Source Code -This is the Lubuntu Manual source code. The concept was derived from [the Kubuntu Manual](https://github.com/ahoneybun/kubuntu-manual). The master branch of this data is now on LXQt for Lubuntu 18.10+ and if you want code for earlier versions it is on the LXDE branch. For each relase of a distro go to the numerical number of that release such as 19.10. To see what is currently in master [manual master branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/master/) and to see the current stable version look at [stable manual branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/stable/) +This is the Lubuntu Manual source code. The concept was derived from [the Kubuntu Manual](https://github.com/ahoneybun/kubuntu-manual). The master branch of this data is now on LXQt for Lubuntu 18.10+ and if you want code for earlier versions it is on the LXDE branch. For each relase of a distro go to the numerical number of that release such as 19.10. To see what is currently in master [manual master branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/master/) and to see the current stable version look at [stable manual branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/stable/) . To see what is currently for LTS releseases are hosted at [manual lts branch](https://manual.lubuntu.me/lts/) ## How it works @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ You can see the options for building the documentation by running `make help`. Y To contribute to the Lubuntu Manual, you can either create a request on Launchpad, or send patch mail to [lubuntu-devel@lists.ubuntu.com](mailto:lubuntu-devel@lists.ubuntu.com) and prefix the subject with `[Lubuntu Manual Pull Request]`. -If you really want to learn more about sphinx to help Lyn Perrine found this pycon video helpful [Carol_Willing-Practical_Sphinx] (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ROZRNZkPS8) +If you really want to learn more about sphinx Lyn Perrine found this pycon video helpful [Carol_Willing-Practical_Sphinx] (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0ROZRNZkPS8) If you want short help on how to format things see StyleGuide.rst in this directory. diff --git a/StyleGuide.rst b/StyleGuide.rst index d0596e2a..2dd2bf0d 100644 --- a/StyleGuide.rst +++ b/StyleGuide.rst @@ -5,22 +5,43 @@ Style Guide - Use code directives for input into the command line. -- Use :guilabel:`Button` for several different buttons and checkboxes. +- Use :guilabel:`Button` for buttons and checkboxes. - Use :kbd:`Shortcut` for keyboard shortcuts and buttons you press. +- Use :menuselection:`Item --> Subitem` for things in menus and context menus. + - Use the - for bullet pointed lists usually at the beginning of lists of features. -- Use oxford commas as easier for added or removing features. +- Use oxford commas for easier adding or removing features. + +- Use .. Warning:: if doing something wrong can cause data loss or machine not to boot. + +- Order sections Summary --> Usage --> Screenshot (if one or two) --> Version --> How To Launch --> Customizing (If necessary) -- Order sections like Summary --> Usage --> Screenshot (if one or two) --> Version --> How To Launch --> Customizing (If nesecary) +- Capitlize the start of files and the titles. Sections -------- +- Start each program or section being underlines with = + - Have - put under them for a section about a program. - Keep screenshots near the text that describes them -- Start each program or section being underlines with = +Releasing +--------- +Release day get final sha256 hash to add to chapter 1.1 downloading the image with final hash. The beta/daily isos will have a different hash so this needs to be done release day. + +Check that there are no wanring with make clean && make html + +Merge master into stable. + +fix any merge conflicts + +if LTS merge master onto lts + +fix merge conflicts +done diff --git a/snap/local/lubuntu-manual.sh b/snap/local/lubuntu-manual.sh old mode 100644 new mode 100755 diff --git a/snap/snapcraft.yaml b/snap/snapcraft.yaml index 4f267997..dfe62b08 100644 --- a/snap/snapcraft.yaml +++ b/snap/snapcraft.yaml @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ parts: my-part: source: https://phab.lubuntu.me/source/manual.git source-type: git - build-packages: [python3-pip, python3-sphinx, latexmk, python3-sphinx-rtd-theme, python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme] + build-packages: [python3-pip, python3-sphinx, python3-sphinx-rtd-theme, python3-sphinx-bootstrap-theme] plugin: make make-parameters: [html] artifacts: [build/html/] launcher: - source: snap/local + source: snap/local/snap/local plugin: dump apps: lubuntu-manual: diff --git a/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst b/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst index 968bebd6..e5a855e3 100644 --- a/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst +++ b/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst @@ -1,13 +1,19 @@ Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image ================================= -Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support release supported until 2023. + +Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported for three years). Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support release supported until 2023. Lubuntu 21.04 is supported until January 2022. + LTS vs. Regular Releases ------------------------ + Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop environment. +Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but since 18.10 it has used **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop environment. + + For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or **regular releases**. These releases, while they are considered stable, are testing grounds for major, new features which will be rolled into the LTS release. Users of the regular releases are typically enthusiasts and somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience. **It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are not comfortable doing this, you should consider using the LTS release instead. @@ -31,7 +37,7 @@ Downloading the image via HTTP ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ *We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error prone, and less efficient than the other methods.* -After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a helpful page on the Ubuntu Community Help wiki `_ that can guide you in the right direction. +After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a helpful page on the Ubuntu Community Help wiki `_ that can guide you in the right direction. .. warning:: Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause massive frustration and a failed install. @@ -39,9 +45,13 @@ To verify the image, run this from the command line: .. code:: - sha256sum lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso + sha256sum lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso -and then carefully check that the output matches cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a \*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso +and then carefully check that the output matches + +.. code:: + + 15e7c0b5e0bd1fe3436e7a83d25a26f828694f5a1a6ce81bc4be955ae39ba128 *lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso Downloading the image via BitTorrent @@ -50,7 +60,7 @@ Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can "torrent" the image, o In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend `Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we recommend `qbittorrent `_ for Windows users. -The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or `cdimage.ubuntu.com`_ , both linked above. +The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or `cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above. After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend that you leave your BitTorrent client open so you can seed this image for other people, which helps reduce bandwidth costs even further by decentralizing the download location for other users. @@ -77,6 +87,8 @@ To download the image using zsync run .. code:: - zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/focal/release/lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync + + zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/jammy/release/lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync + **You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to Chapter 1.2.** diff --git a/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst b/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst index 87bf46d2..19866d21 100644 --- a/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst +++ b/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Guides from the Ubuntu website: - `How to burn a DVD on Windows `_ - `How to burn a DVD on macOS `_ -For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb `_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk Creator `_ . +For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb `_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk Creator `_. Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this: diff --git a/source/1/1.3/boot_installer.png b/source/1/1.3/boot_installer.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3188a894..00000000 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/boot_installer.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/grubsplash.png b/source/1/1.3/grubsplash.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db59b039 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/1/1.3/grubsplash.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/installation.rst b/source/1/1.3/installation.rst index 3d8f199c..45daccdd 100644 --- a/source/1/1.3/installation.rst +++ b/source/1/1.3/installation.rst @@ -5,11 +5,12 @@ This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu. Starting the installer ---------------------- -Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu(safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The :menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press :kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language selection press :kbd:`F2`. +At the start of the boot process a grub splash screen will be shown. To install select :menuselection:`Try or Install Lubuntu`. If Lubuntu has a problem with your graphics card like newer nvidia cards select :menuselection:`Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. To test your ram select :menuselection:`Test memory`. -.. image:: boot_installer.png -Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.04`. +.. image:: grubsplash.png + +Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 22.04`. .. image:: live_session.png @@ -22,21 +23,21 @@ You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change the in Selecting Your location ----------------------- -The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and download server. To see what region you have chosen use the :guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change your system language and to change this language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button. +The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and download server. To see what region you have chosen use the :guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have a major city with the same time as you. If you want to get to the your time zone manually faster you can type in the name of a big city in the same time zone. Towards the bottom you can to change your system language by pressing the upper :guilabel:`Change` button. To change the how numbers and dates appear on your system press the lower :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button. .. image:: location.png Selecting Keyboard Layout ------------------------- -Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on. +Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the keyboard shown picture shown. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and the right column gets different variants. At the bottom you can type to make sure your layout is correct. When you have selected your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on. .. image:: keyboard.png Setting up partitions --------------------- -If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the :guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly. It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it somewhere safe. +If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the :guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup. To change the storage device to install Lubuntu on use the :guilabel:`Select Storage device` drop down menu. To choose to use a swap file under :guilabel:`Erase disk` keep :menuselection:`Swap to file` or to not use swap choose :menuselection:`No Swap`. If you want to encrypt your drive press the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly. It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it somewhere safe. .. warning:: Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so please backup beforehand. @@ -56,35 +57,49 @@ To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back` button User Setup ---------- -The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the installation. +The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. If a name can actually be used as a username or hostname a green checkmark will appear to the right of it if you cannot a red x will appear. Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the installation. .. image:: user_setup.png After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go back` button. +.. image:: installsummary.png + The Install ----------- -The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished. +The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. On the right end of the progress bar is the percentage of the installation complete. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished. There is a slideshow while you install and to move to the next slide left click and to move to the previous slide right click. .. image:: installer_screen.png +Rebooting into the finished install +----------------------------------- + +After the install is finished you will need to reboot your system into your new install. If you want to continue using the live system but end the installer uncheck the :guilabel:`Reboot now` checkbox. To close the installer press the :guilabel:`Done` button. After this your computer will reboot and you should remove your install media. + Manual partitioning ----------------------- .. Warning:: - Trying to use nonlinux filesystems such as NTFS or FAT as your root filesystem will result in a broken system. -If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition Wikipedia `_ for more detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs. + Trying to use nonlinux filesystems such as NTFS or FAT as your root filesystem will result in a broken system. + +If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition Wikipedia `_ for more detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs. Lubuntu 22.04 has bug with installing BTRFS and `This guide on Lubuntu discourse https://discourse.lubuntu.me/t/getting-lubuntu-22-04-to-install-with-btrfs/3273`_ +>>>>>>> stable .. image:: manpartitioning.png -If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. +.. Warning:: + Creating a new partition table will erase all data on the drive and deleting a partion will delete all data on the partition. + +If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized by legacy operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage device` drop down menu. -You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it. +You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem check the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then two fields will appear to get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it. To add a label for this partition enter it into the :guilabel:`FS Label` field. .. image:: manpartition-create.png To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the :guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of. In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the :guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column. + +The top of the manual partitioning window shows a visual bar showing size of your partitions on top. Below it shows each partition on your drive with the color it is in the bar graph and the size of the partition. diff --git a/source/1/1.3/installsummary.png b/source/1/1.3/installsummary.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21be4d20 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/1/1.3/installsummary.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png b/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png index e00c71a8..4b7eee64 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png and b/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-downloads.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-downloads.png index be284c3f..45284a90 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-downloads.png and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-downloads.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-screenshot.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-screenshot.png index 552a7384..3e8ee151 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-screenshot.png and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-screenshot.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-tab-context.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-tab-context.png index 25f3b4f1..dc834fb3 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-tab-context.png and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox-tab-context.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst index 5d477161..c8ea4e56 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox Description --------------- Firefox is a highly-rated, and secure web browser that is installed by default in Ubuntu. -It is a decent choice if one wants a secure, fast, yet relatively less resource-heavy browser. +It is a decent choice if one wants a secure, fast, yet relatively less resource-heavy browser. Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as: - Tabbed browsing @@ -24,46 +24,78 @@ Screenshot Usage ------ -To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library --> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history sidebar you can search through your history where it says :guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over :menuselection:`--> Downloads`. +To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the tab bar, right click the tab bar :menuselection:`New tab`, or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library --> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history sidebar you can search through your history where it says :guilabel:`Search History`. To change how to sort your history click the :guilabel:`View` label and select how you want to search your history. To view your downloaded files press the button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over :menuselection:`--> Downloads`. -To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will get a dialog box to show where to save it. -To open a window with all of your downloads on it press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. +To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will get a dialog box to show where to save it. To save an image to your computer right click the image and select :menuselection:`Save Image As`. -.. image:: firefox-downloads.png +To open a window with all of your downloads on it press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To share a link with someone else for something you downloaded right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. + +To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it. To not have a download show in your history right click on it and select :guilabel:`Remove from History`. To clear all your download history right click and select :menuselection:`Clear Downloads` or press the :guilabel:`Clear Downloads` button at the top. +.. image:: firefox-downloads.png -To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search Tabs`. +To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To move a tab to where you want it left click the tab and drag it to the position you want the tab. +To open a new tab press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search Tabs`. To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key. To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % and then what you want to type in the address bar. -To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`. +To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D`, right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`, or Press the button with three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Bookmark Current tab` or right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`. To access the bookmark again press that looks like three vertical lines and a slanted one and :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Your Bookmark`. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar` or the three horizontal lines button :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Show bookmark toolbar`. + +To manage your bookmarks press :kbd:`Control+Shift+O` or three horizontal bars :menuselection:`Bookmarks -->Manage Bookmarks`. To switch to different categories of bookmarks on the left hand side to switch categories. To search through your bookmarks type in :guilabel:`Search Bookmarks` box in the top right hand corner. To open a bookmark in this park double click on it or right click and select :menuselection:`Open`. To open a bookmark in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To delete a bookmark right click on it and select :menuselection:`Delete Bookmark`. To rename your bookmark something you will remember use the :guilabel:`Name` field. To change where a bookmark points to change the :guilabel:`URL` field. To add tags to your bookmark type them in the :guilabel:`Tags` field. + +To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control +C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select :menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press :kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`. To select all of the text on a page press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click and select :menuselection:`Select All`. -To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control +C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select :menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press :kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`. -To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`. +To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`. To take a screenshot of a webpage right click and select :menuselection:`Take Screenshot`. Then select the part of the webpage you want by left clicking and dragging to select which part of the webpage to take a picture of. To save your screenshot press the :guilabel:`Download` button. To copy the screenshot to a clipboard press the :guilabel:`Copy` button. To cancel taking the screenshot press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button or press :kbd:`Escape`. To take a screenshot of the whole webpage press the :guilabel:`Save full page` button. To save the visible portion of the page press the :guilabel:`Save visible` button. -To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press :kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`. -To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`. +.. image:: screenshot-taking.png -If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`. +To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press :kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and to leave fullscreen simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`. + +To search for text in your tab press :kbd:`Control +F` or use the three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`Find in page`. A search bar at the bottom of the window will appear. To move to the next result click the downward arrow on the screen or click the upward arrow on the screen to move to the previous result. To toggle highlighting every match check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight All` checkbox. To make the search not necessarily need to match capitalization uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To check if diacritical marks are the same check the :guilabel:`Match Diacritics` checkbox. To only match entire words check the :guilabel:`Whole Words` checkbox. To close out searching press the :guilabel:`X` button. + +To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`. To choose which printer to use use the :guilabel:`Destination` field. To change how many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Copies` field. To change the orientation of your webpage press either the :guilabel:`Portrait` or :guilabel:`Landscape` buttons. To choose which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages` field. To change where to print in color or black and white change the :guilabel:`Color mode` menu. To cancel printing press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To start printing press the :guilabel:`Print` button. + +If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To unmute a tab right click :menuselection:`Unmute tab` or press :kbd:`Control+m` or press the speaker button with the line through it. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to new Window`. To pin a tab to have it open in Firefox every time you close and reopen Firefox right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Pin Tab`. To have a tab not be pinned anymore right click on the pinned tab and select :menuselection:`Unpin Tab`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P` or press the three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`New Private Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close Multiple Tabs --> Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Reopen Closed Tab`. .. image:: firefox-tab-context.png -If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is on the general tab of Firefox preferences is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you close Firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads or always ask to save files. +To search for a word in a webpage press :kbd:`Control+F` and then type what you want to search for in the searchbar that pops up. At the right of this bar will show :guilabel:`x of y matches` to see how many matches are on your search. To jump to the next result press the :guilabel:`Down arrow`. To Move to the previous result press the :guilabel:`Up arrow`. To see everything that matches the search result check the :guilabel:`Highlight All`. To have Firefox match the capitalization of searches check the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To have Firefox search to only match the entire word check the :guilabel:`Whole Words` checkbox. + +Firefox offers to save passwords of websites with a popup when you enter in a password and press :guilabel:`Save`. This will have Firefox remember the password so you do not have to remember it. Firefox however stores these in your browser and you can access them from the three bars :menuselection:`Passwords`. To search what sites you have saved logins for type in the :guilabel:`Search Logins` bar at the top. On the left hand side bar lists each saved login for each site and to get to one login left click on the site. Once on a login click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy the password to login to a site. To view a password of what you have saved click the :guilabel:`eyeball` button which will show your saved passwords. To hide your password again press the :guilabel:`crossed out eyeball`. To stop storing a login in Firefox press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To change a saved password you can press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. + +Customizing +----------- -To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose Firefox home or blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. The checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently. +If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu --> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the :guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose :guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the :guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the :guilabel:`Zoom text only` checkbox. The radio button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox. If you want to turn off picture in picture mode for videos uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable picture in picture video controls`. + +To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose :menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored Stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently. To change how many rows of highlights are shown use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`. .. image:: prefrenceshome.png -To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. +To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox. To try to autocomplete searches before browsing history check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions ahead of browsing history in address bar results` checkbox. + +To change settings for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection against trackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button. To choose which sites data to clear out you can press :guilabel:`Manage Data`. If asking to save passwords is something you wish to turn off uncheck the :guilabel:`Ask to save logins and passwords for websites` checkbox. + +.. warning:: + + Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you may lose access to online accounts. + +.. image:: prefreences-security.png + +To see what websites store data on you locally press the :guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all Firefox data you currently have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have Firefox get rid of all cookies when Firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have Firefox not autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button. + +To set a password to access your logins on Firefox check the :guilabel:`Use a Primary Password` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Change Primary Password` button. To do this next you will need to enter the password twice to make sure you don't not accidentally make a typo and then press :guilabel:`OK`. To have Firefox not automatically save your address uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill addresses` checkbox. To view which addresses are saved press the :guilabel:`Saved Addresses`. To have Firefox not save credit cards uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill credit cards` checkbox. To view or delete saved credit cards press :guilabel:`Saved Credit Cards` button. Version ---------- -Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 77. + +Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 98. + How to Launch ---------------- @@ -74,10 +106,13 @@ You can also type and run firefox -from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have Firefox directly open this manual with +from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also have Firefox directly open this manual from the command line with .. code:: firefox https://manual.lubuntu.me -You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by default by left clicking on it. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox circling around it. + +You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the browser button on your keyboard. + + diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefreences-security.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefreences-security.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18578850 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefreences-security.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png index 53acd599..e61f8631 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/screenshot-taking.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/screenshot-taking.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28f65ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/screenshot-taking.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst index cc205d8d..c67d7195 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst @@ -12,44 +12,49 @@ Screenshots Usage ------ -To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission. The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File --> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button. +To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission. The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom there is a downward pointing arrow to show how fast you are downloading. The up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File --> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button. While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person. The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File --> Start All`. -To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or :kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the torrent from the list right click Delete files and remove or press :kbd:`Shift +Delete`. +To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or :kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the torrent from the list right click :menuselection:`Delete files and Remove` or press :kbd:`Shift +Delete`. To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`All`. -If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press the same thing again. +To pause a particular torrent left click on the torrent press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Pause`. To start the torrent again press :kbd:`Control + S` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Start`. To move a torrent :menuselection:`Torrent --> Set Location` to move where your torrent is. To verify your local data press :kbd:` Control + V` or :menuselection:` Torrent --> Verify Local Data`. +If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press the same thing again. -To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Progress`. To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded :menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State :menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`. +To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Progress`. To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded :menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size :menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State :menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse Sort Order`. -To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down`. To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Up`. To Move a torrent file to the top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Bottom`. +To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Bottom`. -If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Transfer`. +If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Transfer`. To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`. +To view statistics on how much Transmission has downloaded :menuselection:`Help --> Statistics`. + Torrent Properties ------------------ -To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The :guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The :guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first downloaded this torrent. +To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows how much of the file is on your disk and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The :guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for the torrent to finish downloading. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your system. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first downloaded this torrent. .. image:: transmission-prop.png -The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is being tracked. +The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is being tracked. -The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` column. +The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To toggle downloading a file check/uncheck the checkbox for that file in the :guilabel:`Download` column. To see how much of your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` column. .. image:: transmission-prop-file.png +To change options for a torrent file use the :guilabel:`Options` tab. To have the torrent not effected by global torrent speed uncheck the :guilabel:`Honor global limits` checkbox. To limit how much of your internet a torrent will use of your download on the internet check the :guilabel:`Limit Download speed` checkbox and set the cop for how much it downloads. To limit how much upload your torrent uses check the :guilabel:`Limit upload speed` and set the limit. To change how much of a priority the torrent is change the :guilabel:`Torrent priority` menu. To set limits on how much the torrent seeds use :guilabel:`Ratio` and :guilabel:`Idle` menus. To change the maximum number of other people this torrent will peer with change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers` field. + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission. +Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission. How to Launch ------------- @@ -60,28 +65,27 @@ To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission Bit transmission-qt -from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection lever in a car. +from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection lever in a car. Customizing ----------- -To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the :guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload` checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the :guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which days of the week to throttle torrenting. +To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the :guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload` checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the :guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which days of the week to throttle torrenting. -.. image:: qtransmission-speed-pref.png +.. image:: qtransmission-speed-pref.png -The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the :guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the :guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append ".part" to incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from. To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start added torrents` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for downloading torrents. To automatically have transmission open the torrent files in a directory check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from` checkbox and chose a path to have automatically added. To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start added torrents` checkbox. To choose where to save torrents is in the :guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads` field. To stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the :guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append ".part" to incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete files in` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose where to store the inocomplete files on the right. .. image:: transmissionprefrences.png - To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the :guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the torrent is idle. -To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu. +To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu. To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field. -.. image:: qtransmission-network-pref.png +.. image:: qtransmission-network-pref.png -To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop` tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area :guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when torrents finish` checkbox. +To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop` tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area :guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To toggle showing a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound when a torrent finishes check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when torrents finish` checkbox. -.. image:: qtransmission-desktop-pref.png +.. image:: qtransmission-desktop-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/transmissionmainwindow.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/transmissionmainwindow.png index 90955379..ba3c5fe4 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/transmissionmainwindow.png and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.2/transmissionmainwindow.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst index 49fc2bf3..25c3c804 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC ========================= -Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS® as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available. +Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS® as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, but also ubiquitously available. Features: - Remember Channels, Servers, and queries @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar labele .. image:: quasselwizard.png -To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`. To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`. +To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network click the :guilabel:`+Add` button. To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` or any other server you want to join and then press :guilabel:`OK`. To change a name of an IRC network press the :guilabel:`Rename` button type the new name in and press :guilabel:`OK`. -To join a channel simple type "/join 1" (where 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Permanently`. -To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide people joining right click on the list of channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event. +To join a channel simple type :kbd:`/join 1` (where 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from the context menu or type :kbd:`/part channelname`. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Permanently`. + +To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide people joining right click on the list of channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However while hiding events may result in less busy traffic it can leave you trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event. + .. image:: channel-list-context.png @@ -30,11 +32,11 @@ If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected to it r To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`. -To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the start of you typing to have say \*nick does something. +To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the start of you typing to have say \*nick does something. To change your nickname on IRC type :kbd:`/nick newname` to change you name to newname. -To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to. +To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to. -To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with :kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down. To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta +A`. +To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with :kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down. To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta +A`. In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell you when midnight and the date of the new day. @@ -42,20 +44,19 @@ If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click on the To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual Size`. -To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the :guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be different on different servers and put your password in where you autoidentify. +To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the :guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be different on different servers and put your password in where you autoidentify. -If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting :menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the :guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect` will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The :guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes. +If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting :menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the :guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect` will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The :guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes. .. image:: quassel_irc.png -To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore rule you created. +To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore rule you created. -To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the :kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click :menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`. +To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the :kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click :menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`. -To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All chats`. +To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All chats`. To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press :kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Quit`. - Customizing ----------- @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settin .. image:: quassel-pref-interface.png -The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the :guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the :guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle a red horizontal line when switch chats to show where you left off check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle a red horizontal line to show where left off when you switch windows check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox. .. image:: quasselpref.png @@ -73,25 +74,25 @@ To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. To toggl The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font on the lists of nicks and the :guilabel:`Choose` button lets you choose the font you want. The :guilabel:`Display topic in tooltip` shows the channel topic in a tooltip if you move the mouse over it. If you want to be able to switch channels from the mouse wheel check the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel changes selected chat` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use Custom Colors` enables the settings for different colors for the different channels. The buttons next to :guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Inactive`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, or :guilabel:`Other activity` all change what color the channel appears when you are in a list of channels. The :guilabel:`Custom Nick List colors` checkbox lets you change the color of nicks in the list. The :guilabel:`Online` button changes the color of nicks of online users. The :guilabel:`Away` button changes the color of nicks of Away users. -.. image:: quasel-chat-nick-list.png +.. image:: quasel-chat-nick-list.png -The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines` field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the :guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines` field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the :guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` field. To add a space after tab completing someone's nick automatically check the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` checkbox. -.. image:: quassel-input-widget.png +.. image:: quassel-input-widget.png -To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the :guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` checkbox. +To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the :guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic check the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` checkbox. -To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. To change the default language for you spell check use the :guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox. To have Automatic spell checking by default check the :guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the :guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. +To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. To change the default language for you spell check use the :guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox. To have Automatic check spelling by default check the :guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the :guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. .. image:: quassel-spellcheck.png -To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the :guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. +To have additional settings on highlights like when someone says your name in a channel and it appears in a different color use the :guilabel:`Highlights` tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the :guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. .. image:: quassel-pref-highlights.png To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the :guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the :guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context. -To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the :guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear highlighted. +To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the :guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear highlighted. To change what to do with the tray icon when you are highlighted by Quassel check the :guilabel:`Alert tray icon` and then select what you want to happen to the tray icon. .. image:: notificationsettings.png diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst index 90d47cd8..f4789f19 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil -======================= +Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil and Bluetooth +===================================== Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for Lubuntu. @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu :menuselection:`Internet .. code:: - bluedeveil-wizard + bluedevil-wizard . If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`. @@ -29,9 +29,58 @@ to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file .. image:: bluedevil-sendfile.png +Shortcomings +------------ + +While Bluedevil can handle most basic operations, some tasks need to be completed via the command line. Here are some common tasks: + +Listing Paired Devices +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +You can list the devices that are already paired by running the following: + +.. code:: + + $ bt-device -l + Added devices: + FOO BAR (00:11:22:33:44:55) + +Connect to Paired Device Manually +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To connect to `FOO BAR`, you would run: + +.. code:: + + $ bluetoothctl connect 00:11:22:33:44:55 + Attempting to connect to 00:11:22:33:44:55 + [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes + Connection successful + +Disconnect From Paired Device Manually +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To disconnect from `FOO BAR`, you would run: + +.. code:: + + $ bluetoothctl disconnect 00:11:22:33:44:55 + Attempting to disconnect from 00:11:22:33:44:55 + [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 ServicesResolved: no + Successful disconnected + +More Commands +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Running the following will give you many more options for configuration via the command line: + +.. code:: + + $ bluetoothctl -h + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 5.18.3 of Bluedevil. +Lubuntu ships with version 5.24.4 of Bluedevil. diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP-SMTP.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP-SMTP.png deleted file mode 100644 index 88a4e542..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP-SMTP.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP_settings.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP_settings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 29a75703..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/IMAP_settings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-compose.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-compose.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95984794..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-compose.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-offline.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-offline.png deleted file mode 100644 index 18646eb3..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita-offline.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.png deleted file mode 100644 index dbe50b67..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst b/source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst index e83d1748..5742dd6b 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications ================================= -This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent clients. +This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, IRC, bluetooth, and torrent clients. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent client 2.1.2/qtransmission 2.1.3/Quassel_IRC 2.1.4/bluedevil - 2.1.5/trojita + diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst index 890be27d..a929961b 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice ========================= -LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and your recently used files. +LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and your recently used files. Usage ------ -To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the template you want. +To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Documents` button or :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To clear your recent documents left click the arrow next to :guilabel:`Recent Documents` and select :menuselection:`Clear Recent Documents` or :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents --> Clear List`. If you do not want a particular recent document shown in the center press the :guilabel:`x` button in the top right corner of that file. To open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button, press :kbd:`Control+ O`, or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To start a new document from a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the template you want. To choose a subcategory of tmeplates click the downward pointing arrow next to :guilabel:`Templates`. -LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc. To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you want to switch to. +To close LibreOffice press :kbd:`Conntrol+ Q`. -LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line +LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets you switch between a document in LibreOffice Writer and LibreOffice Calc. To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you want to switch to. + +LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If document recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line .. code:: @@ -21,13 +23,15 @@ from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery. If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the :guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work press the :guilabel:`Save` button. +On non-English Lubuntu 22.04 installations there is a bug with Libreoffice not being localized see `here https://discourse.lubuntu.me/t/using-a-language-other-than-english-heres-how-to-get-libreoffice-in-your-language/3269`_ for a workaround. + Screenshot ---------- .. image:: libreoffice.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice. +Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/loffice-restore.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/loffice-restore.png index 6cc6306e..4433dfdf 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/loffice-restore.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/loffice-restore.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.png index a3a27267..4631fdd6 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst index 6d5eec09..0c07beb4 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst @@ -5,15 +5,15 @@ LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu. Usage ------ -To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing upwards. +To move between cells press the arrow keys in the direction you want to move. To enter data into cells type in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing upwards. .. image:: calc-save.png To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. -To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. +To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x`, right click :menuselection:`Cut`, or press the scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. -To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Number`. +To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Number`. To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press :kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`. @@ -23,18 +23,17 @@ To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet :menuselection:`View --> G To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`. -To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position. +To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box on a corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position. To change what image shows on the spreadsheet right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Replace`. To save an image in a spreadsheet right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save`. To remove an image from your spreadsheet press the :kbd:`Delete` key. +If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and :menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To insert a row below the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or :menuselection:`Delete Column`. -If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and :menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To insert a row below the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or :menuselection:`Delete Column`. +To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give yourself room. -To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give yourself room. +To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Descending`. -To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Descending`. +To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the left. -To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the left. - -To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and select the percentage you want. +To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and select the percentage you want. Another way to change your zoom is the slider in the bottom right hand corner. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. .. image:: libreoffice_calc.png @@ -42,14 +41,18 @@ To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select an ent To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet. -To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button. +To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in the center of the inserting character window. To search for a symbol type your search term into the :guilabel:`Search` field. To chose which group of symbols to choose from use the :guilabel:`Subset` drop down menu. To actually insert the symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button. .. image:: calc-specialcharacter.png -To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the :guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`. +To insert a hyperlink in LibreOffice Calc :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the :guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`. .. image:: calc-link.png +To make text bold in LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Bold`. To make text italic press :kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To have your text have a single underline :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Single Underline`. + +To align text in the center of the cells press :kbd:`Control +E` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Centered`. To align text in the cells to the right of the cell press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Right`. To switch the text back to being on the left press :kbd:`Control +L` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Left`. To align text so that the edges of each cell all line up with being stretched in the center press :kbd:`Control + J` or :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Justified`. To align text to the top of the cell :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Top`. To center thee text vertically in the cell :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Center`. To align text to the bottom of a cell :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Bottom`. + To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Charts @@ -68,7 +71,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends on you Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc. +Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Calc. How to Launch ------------- @@ -78,4 +81,4 @@ To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> LibreO localc -from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it. +from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png index ea6ebb44..72fd36d2 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst index 3f6f38bb..50e328aa 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress ================================= -LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu. +LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu. Features include: - Built in themes @@ -11,44 +11,50 @@ Features include: Usage ------ -When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click to add title. +When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click to add title. -.. image:: impress-theme-select.png +.. image:: impress-theme-select.png -To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`. +To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To open a new presentation press :kbd:`Control + N` or :menuselection:`File --> New --> Presentation`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`. -.. image:: impress-save.png +.. image:: impress-save.png -To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert --> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation :menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`. +To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert --> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation :menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video` and a file dialog will popup for you to pick a file. If you don't want a music symbol to show on your presentation when presenting drag it outside the margins of the slide. -To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`. +To add a new slide to your presentation press :kbd:`Control+M`, right click on the side pane :menuselection:`New Slide`, or :menuselection:`Slide --> New Slide`. To delete a slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`, or right click on the slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Delete Slide`. To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`. + +To move to the next slide press :kbd:`Page down`, :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Next Slide`, or right click on a slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To Next Slide`. To move to your previous slide press :kbd:`Page up`, :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Previous Slide`, or right click on a slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To Previous Slide`. To go to the first slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To First Slide` or right click on the slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To First Slide`. To navigate to the last slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Last Slide`. + +To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press :kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`. -To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press :kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`. To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`. -To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press :kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group. +To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press :kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. A dialog will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group. To change what paper size you are printing change the :guilabel:`Paper size` field. To change which way the paper is printed on change the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To the left in a sidebar is a preview of what you will print. To view what page you are on and how many pages is in the bottom left of the sidebar. -If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. +If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. To select all text press :kbd:`Control+A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or :menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`. -To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The :guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu to choose what color to draw a line over something. The :guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for :guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the :guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the :guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the :guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much to scale the width of the font. +To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The :guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu to choose what color to draw a line over something. .. image:: loformatcharacter.png -To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the :guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu. +The :guilabel:` Font Effects` tab has effects for your text. To have many different strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for :guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the :guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the :guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the :guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much to scale the width of the font. + +To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the :guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: loimpressparagraph.png +To change settings on the alignment of text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu. To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press :kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + Alt + Down`. -To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph Spacing`. +To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph Spacing`. To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal size only select the box on a vertical size of the box. -To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow. +To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` to search for text. To move to the next search press the downward pointing arrow and for the previous press the upward pointing arrow. To toggle matching case check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To close the find searchbar press the :guilabel:`Red X` button. To change which To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow. .. image:: impress-find-bar.png @@ -56,31 +62,13 @@ To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it to the To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide Number`. -To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. - -To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and :guilabel:`Bottom`. - -.. image:: slide-properties.png - -To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the :guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what your current background color of the slide is shown under the :guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under :guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. :guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. - -.. image:: impress-background-color.png - -To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on :guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the :guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck :guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for :guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The :guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use :guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu. - -.. image:: impress-background-gradient.png - -To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`. - -.. image:: slide-properties-background-pattern.png - -To choose a series of lines as your background press the :guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the :guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a particular background color of your background check the :guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu to choose your background color. - -To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. To change your slides to be transparent click the :guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how transparent to make it. +To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. In the bottom right corner there is a slider for controlling zoom. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to end`. -To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`. +To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag the slide between the slides you want to move to. To have notes on each slide :menuselection:`View --> Notes`. Type your notes for each slide below the slide. To switch to an outline view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`. + +To change your view to grayscale :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Grayscale`. To view your presentation in black and white :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Black and White`. To switch back to color view :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Color`. To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`. @@ -90,7 +78,7 @@ Screenshot Images ------ -To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`. +To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`. To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Horizontally`. @@ -98,21 +86,45 @@ To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture :menusele To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`. +Slide Customization +------------------- +To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Slide Properties`. To change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and :guilabel:`Bottom`. To change how slides are numbered change the :guilabel:`Slide numbers` field. + +.. image:: slide-properties.png + +To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the :guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what your current background color of the slide is shown under the :guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under :guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. :guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. + +.. image:: impress-background-color.png + +To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on :guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the :guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck :guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for :guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. + +.. image:: impress-background-gradient.png + +To choose a bitmap image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The :guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use :guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu. + +To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`. + +.. image:: slide-properties-background-pattern.png + +To choose a series of lines as your background press the :guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the :guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a particular background color of your background check the :guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu to choose your background color. + +To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. To change your slides to be transparent click the :guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how transparent to make it. + Slideshows/Presentations ------------------------ -To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key. +To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key. -To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the :guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox. +To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat after:`. To switch back to the default of having your presentation be fullscreen press the :guilabel:`Full screen` button. To change options on your presentation are under the :guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox. .. image:: slideshowprop.png Version ------- - Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress. + Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Impress. How To Launch ------------- -To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Impress` or run +To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Impress` or run .. code:: diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties-background-pattern.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties-background-pattern.png index 74e40ac0..468b9af6 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties-background-pattern.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties-background-pattern.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst index ed448635..db0ee299 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +S .. image:: math-save.png -To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. +To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To select all text press :kbd:`Control+A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press :kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`. @@ -21,18 +21,20 @@ The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and other To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`. +To change zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and select the zoom you want. In the bottom right hand corner there is a zoom slider. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. + To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math. +Lubuntu ships with Version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Math. How to Launch ------------- -To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Math` or run +To launch LibreOffice Math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Math` or run .. code:: lomath -from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece of paper with the math symbol for square root of x. +from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece of paper with the math symbol for square root of x. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/columns.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/columns.png index 0a9ecf96..d6bf6051 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/columns.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/columns.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/comments.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/comments.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..733731be Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/comments.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png index 93366a15..bcaccb6d 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst index 1c96b7dd..0970409d 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst @@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ Features: Usage ------ -To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File --> Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file :menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with Microsoft word. +To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File --> Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file :menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. To export your document as ann epub :menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as EPUB`. This same export menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with Microsoft word. -.. image:: writer-save.png +.. image:: writer-save.png To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks like *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`. To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. -To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The :guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field. +To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The :guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field. -.. image:: indents-spacing.png +.. image:: indents-spacing.png -To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The :guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the :guilabel:`Color` menu. +To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The :guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the :guilabel:`Color` menu. .. image:: lowriter_paragraph.png @@ -34,56 +34,55 @@ To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the :guila To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. - To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window. -To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it. +To make text superscript press the button with A :sup:`B`. To make text subscript press the button that is an A :sub:`B`. -If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the button that looks like a T with a box around it or :menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`. +If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the button that looks like a T with a box around it or :menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`. .. image:: libreoffice_writer.png -To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the :guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the :guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed error with the suggestion in the entire document press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button. +To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the :guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the :guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed error with the suggestion in the entire document press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button. .. image:: lowriter-spellcheck.png -To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse order` checkbox. +To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To toggle the preview on or off check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Preview` checkbox. To the left of the print dialog will have a preview on the left hand side. Below the preview there is a range of different pages showing which page you are previewing and how many pages the document you are printing is showing. To select which printer to use use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change which side to print on change the :guilabel:`Paper sides` field. To change how many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse order` checkbox. To change what paper size you are printing change the :guilabel:`Paper size` field. To change which direction the words are printed on the paper use the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To change how many pages per sheet you print use the :guilabel:`Pages per sheet` field. To which order the pages are printed change the :guilabel:`Order` field. To preview which order the different pages are ordered to the right see the number of the page on the screen towards the bottom right of the print dialog. To draw a border around multiple pages check the :guilabel:`Draw a border around each page` checkbox. -.. image:: lowriter-print.png +.. image:: lowriter-print.png -To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection from the same spot. +To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection from the same spot. The word count is also shown on the very bottom of the window. -To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`. +To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`. .. image:: specialcharacters.png -To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for which steps to undo and redo. +To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for which steps to undo and redo. -To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`. +To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`. -If you want to change your line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`. +If you want to change your line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`. To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page number`. To insert the current time into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page count`. -To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert --> Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the document left click on the body of the document. +To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert --> Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the document left click on the body of the document. To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow :menuselection:`Reply`. To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process :menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the formula. -To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press :kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page. +To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. If you want to select text with a rectangle with how you draw the mouse press :kbd:`Alt + Shift +F8` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Selection Mode --> Block Area`. To switch back to normal selection :menuselection:`Edit --> Selection Mode --> Standard`. To jump to a specific page press :kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page. -To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. +To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage :menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view :menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal Scroll bar`. -To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage :menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view :menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal Scroll bar`. +To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or :menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`. To only toggle showing a vertical ruler :menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Vertical Rulers`. To toggle seeing formatting marks press :kbd:`Control + F10` or :menuselection:` View --> Formatting Marks`. To toggle making LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control + Shift + J` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. -To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or :menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`. +To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. Another way to change zoom is there is a zoom slider in the bottom right hand corner to increase zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. To insert a watermark on the background of the page :menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change your how transparent the water mark is change the :guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` drop down pop up menu. .. image:: lowriter_watermark.png -To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`. +To leave LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Columns ------- @@ -93,13 +92,19 @@ To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. To To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter` or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`. +Comments +-------- +To add a comment to a file with LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control +Alt +C`, right click :menuselection:`Insert Comment`, or :menuselection:`Insert --> Comment`. To add text on the comment click in the yellow area and type in your comment. To delete a comment press the downward pointed arrow in the yellow comment and select :menuselection:`Delete Comment`. To get back in the body of the document click in the white part towards the left of the document. To read when a comment was made look at the bottom of the comment in yellow. + +.. image:: comments.png + Lists ----- To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Promote One Level`. Find And Replace ---------------- -To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. +To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F`, :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Find`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of finding text click the :guilabel:`red circle x button`. To not match case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. .. image:: lowriter_findbar.png @@ -107,14 +112,13 @@ To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Fin Styles ------ -To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`. To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press :kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`. - +To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`. To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press :kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`. Images ------ To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`. -.. image:: lowriterimageexample.png +.. image:: lowriterimageexample.png Tables ------ @@ -130,13 +134,15 @@ To bring up a window with properties of your document :menuselection:`File --> P .. image:: lowriter-doc-properties.png -The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the :guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have comments about the document. + +The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the :guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` checkbox. To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` row. To see how many images are in your document read the :guilabel:`Images` row. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0 +Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice Writer version 7.3.2 How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/table_insterting.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/table_insterting.png index f4c714db..2ff91926 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/table_insterting.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/table_insterting.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst index 815b7dec..6b9a7237 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst @@ -17,17 +17,22 @@ Features: Usage ------ -To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab :menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the :menuselection:`Tabs` menu. +To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` or press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use :menuselection:`File --> Open in new tab` from the menu, click the Open in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab :menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the :menuselection:`Tabs` menu. -If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the right of the one you right click right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`. + +If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Open copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open copy in new window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Open containing folder`. To one pdf file on the left and another on the right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Split view horizontally`. To have one pdf file on top of another right click and select :menuselection:`Split view vertically`. To switch between which pdf you are able to change pages of simply move the mouse over that pdf. To close go back to only one pdf file right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Close current view`. + +To close all tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the right of the one you right click right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`. To reorder your tabs left click and drag the tab where you want it in the order. .. image:: qpdfview-tab-context.png -If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and :kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`. To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`. +If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and :kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. Scrolling with the mousewheel past the end or beginning of a page will also change the page. Another way to move to the next page is to press :kbd:`spacebar` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Next page`. Another way to go to the previous page is pressing :kbd:`Backspace` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Previous page`. Another way to jump to a particular page is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`. To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`. -To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the :guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the :guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print change the :guilabel:`Copies` field. +To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`. -.. image:: qpdfview-print.png +To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If the next time you want to open a pdf to a specific page as first page right click :menuselection:`Set first page`. :menuselection:` If you want to quit qpdfview press :kbd:`Control+Q`. + +To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control +4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or :menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`. If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same thing again. @@ -52,28 +57,55 @@ To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from the men To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key. -To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove your annotation right click on the annotation and click :menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add highlight` text. +To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results you can press the down arrow, right click :menuselection:`Find next`, or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in the document and press the upward pointed arrow button, right click :menuselection:`Find previous`, or press :kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To exit the search dialog press :kbd:`Escape`, right click :menuselection:`Cancel search`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want searches to match case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search press the button that looks like an octagon. + +.. image:: qpdfview-search-bar.png + +To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. + -To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View --> Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the mousewheel. +To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove your annotation right click on the annotation and click :menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add highlight` text. -If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press :kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`. +To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View --> Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom with the scrollwheel is to hold :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the mousewheel. -To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a page on qpdfview you can change the page. +If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press :kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: qpdfview.png +Docks +----- +qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs. + +.. image:: qpdfview-outline.png + +To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button again. + +.. image:: properties-dock.png + +Presentation +------------- +To enter presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key. + +Printing +-------- + +To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the :guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the :guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print change the :guilabel:`Copies` field. + +.. image:: qpdfview-print.png + +If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same thing again. + Customizing ----------- -To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the :guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights type a hex number for a color or select one from the :guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu. +To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To restore bookmarks after qpdfview is closed check the :guilabel:`Restore bookmarks` checkbox. To have per file settings restored each time you open qpdfview check the :guilabel:`Restore per-file settings` checkbox. To change the page in the main view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize presentation` checkbox. To change what screen you use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to the number of the screen you want to use. To have your outline dock follow what section you are viewing check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the :guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights type a hex number for a color or select one from the :guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu. .. image:: qpdfviewprefrences.png +If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. -If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. - -To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics` tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox :guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how many pages away from where you are to load. The field for :guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork. +To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics` tab. To toggle having a small decoration showing where different pages are check the :guilabel:`Decorate pages` checkbox. To toggle having a red border around hyperlinks check the :guilabel:`Decorate links` checkbox. To toggle having a blue borders around fillable forms in a PDF check the :guilabel:`Decorate form fields` checkbox. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox :guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how many pages away from where you are to load. The field for :guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` menu increases the size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy PDFs with hundreds of pages of full color artwork. .. image:: qpdfview-graphics.png @@ -83,15 +115,15 @@ The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and paper c The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` field. -.. image:: graphics-postscript.png +.. image:: graphics-postscript.png -To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The :guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open. To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field. +To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The :guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field :guilabel:`Recently used count` lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open. To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field. To toggle showing the current page in the window title check the :guilabel:`Current page in window title`. .. image:: qpdfview-interface.png The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut. -.. image:: qpdfview-shortcuts.png +.. image:: qpdfview-shortcuts.png The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the :guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu. @@ -99,11 +131,11 @@ The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the mouse and c Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18-3 of qpdfview. How to Launch ------------- -To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or run +To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or run .. code:: diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/LXImage.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/LXImage.png index d3543ad1..d3071c46 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/LXImage.png and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/LXImage.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f07e7bda Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..578bc5b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst index 995d8152..18c23538 100644 --- a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst +++ b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu. Usage ------ -To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, :kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D` or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view the properties of your image by :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`. +To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, :kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D` or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view the properties of your image by :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To clear your recently opened files :menuselection:`Files --> Recently Opened --> Clear`. To reload your file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circular arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`. If you want to upload a picture to share it online press :menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`. @@ -13,41 +13,63 @@ If you want to upload a picture to share it online press :menuselection:`Edit -- To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`. + If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the :menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the :kbd:`Escape` key. -To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`. +If you want to upload a picture to share it online press :menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C` or pressing the :guilabel:`Copy` button. + +.. image:: lximage_upload.png + +To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`. -To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizontally`. +To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizontally`. To change the image to a different size :menuselection:`Edit --> Resize` and a dialog box will show up. To see how large your image currently is in pixels view the :guilabel:`Current size` dialog. To change how wide the image is change :guilabel:`Width` column in the :guilabel:`New size` row. To change the height of the image under :guilabel:`Height` and change to the desired size. To change which size your image is in percentage change the field with :guilabel:`%` under :guilabel:`Width`. To allowing stretching the image while resizing it uncheck the :guilabel:`Keep aspect ratio` checkbox. -To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste from Clipboard`. +.. image:: lximage_resize.png -To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or :kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`. +To see how big an image is on the bar at the bottom :guilabel:`Size` will tell you the size in pixels of an image. To see where the current image is saved read the path in the :guilabel:`Path` field. + +To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste from Clipboard`. To copy the path of an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy Path`. + +To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or :kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`. + +To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a another program such as one to edit that picture right click :menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select :menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Move to Trash`. -To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a another program such as one to edit that picture right click :menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with. To rename an image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select :menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Move to Trash`. .. image:: lximage-thumb.png -To view the picture entirely at its original size press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`. +To view the picture entirely at its original size press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size` or press the :guilabel:`1` toolbar button. To show an outline around the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To toggle showing information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`. + + +To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To exit fullscreen double click the image, press :kbd:`F11`, or right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen` again. To have a slideshow of you pictures in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar or you can stop the slideshow by right clicking and selecting :menuselection:`Slide Show`. + +To close LXImage press :kbd:`Control+w` or :menuselection:`File --> Close`. -To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar. Annotations ------------ -To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the :guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a circle with a slash through it. +To show annotations controls :menuselection:`View --> Annotations Toolbar` or right click and select :menuselection:`Annotations Toolbar`. To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the :guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a circle with a slash through it. -Screenshot ----------- -.. image:: LXImage.png +.. warning:: Annotations in LXImage cannot be undone with an undo functionality. Also you will not be prompted to save your unsaved annotations when closing LXImage. Customizing ----------- -To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. + +To change preferences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for the appearance of LXImage. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show annotations toolbar by default`. + .. image:: lximage-prefrences.png +The :guilabel:`Thumbnails` tab manages settings for thumbnails. To show the thumbnails dock by default check the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails dock by default` checkbox. To not generate thumbnails for really large images change the :guilabel:`Image size limit for built in thumbnailer` checkbox. + +.. image:: lximage-thumbnail-pref.png + +The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab has settings for changing keyboard shortcuts in LXImage. To see what a shortcut will do read the :guilabel:`General` column. To change a shortcut double click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column and press what you want the shortcut to be. To reset keyboard shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Default` button. + +.. image:: lximage-shortcut-pref.png + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 or LXImage. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 or LXImage. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage_resize.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage_resize.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ac8e7db Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage_resize.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/ScreenGrab-advanced.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/ScreenGrab-advanced.png index 9c0e6f9a..df14db65 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/ScreenGrab-advanced.png and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/ScreenGrab-advanced.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst b/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst index 7f704ae5..dc56c2e3 100644 --- a/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst +++ b/source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab ======================== -ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later. +ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu after Lubuntu 19.10. Usage ----- -To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a :guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press :kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed arrow. +To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a :guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this screenshot press the save :guilabel:`downward pointing arrow` or press :kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the program you want to use to edit or double click on the image to open it in an editor. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed arrow. -To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the :guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the :guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox. +To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the :guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the :guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox. To more precisely select which exact pixel you want to select when selecting an area of the screen check the :guilabel:`Zoom area around mouse` checkbox. -If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences from the system tray right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`. +To take a screenshot where you select the screen with the mouse double click to get a where you currently have selected. To select at where there is a change in the image right click after sizing screen area to have ScreenGrab autoselect where to take the edge of the screenshot. To see how many pixels your screenshot will be when selecting a screen area it will show in the lower right hand corner of the screen. + +To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape`. + +If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences from the system tray right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`. Screenshot ---------- @@ -17,7 +21,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1.101 of ScreenGrab. +Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab. How to Launch ------------- @@ -31,13 +35,15 @@ The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white layer on t Customizing ----------- -To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press :guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To change the default file name for your screenshots change the :guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider. + +To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for saving your screenshot and image quality. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press :guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To change the default file name for your screenshots change the :guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a JPEG image you can change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider. + .. image:: ScreenGrab-Main.png -To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`. +To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save` button. -To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the :guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the :guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. +To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the :guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the :guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable external viewer` checkbox. To have selection autoselect an edge like of a window check the :guilabel:`Fit to edges inside selected area by right clicking` checkbox. .. image:: ScreenGrab-advanced.png diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst b/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst index 6b8ee0cf..f2b893aa 100644 --- a/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst +++ b/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ To change to your specific options for your scanner use the :guilabel:`Scanner S Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of Skanlite. +Lubuntu ships with version 21.11.90 of Skanlite. Screenshot ---------- diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.png deleted file mode 100644 index cbaf1379..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 76b9e4c4..00000000 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -Chapter 2.4.1 ARK -================= - -ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine multiple files into one archive, and decompress files. - -Supported file formats include: - - - 7 zip archives - - Java Archive - - Tar Archives - - Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed - - Zip Archives - -Screenshot ----------- -.. image:: ARK.png - -Usage ------- -To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a file from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press :kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this can't be undone. - -To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive --> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the :guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox. - -.. image:: arknewarchive.png - -To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a directory press :kbd:`Control+A`. - -To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent --> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F` or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press :kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`. - - To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or :menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` field. To see if you have opened something read only read the :guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the :guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 hash` fields. - -.. image:: ark-prop.png - -Version -------- -Lubuntu ships version 4:19.12.2 of ARK. - -Customizing ------------ -To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox. - -.. image:: ark-general-pref.png - -To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and close the window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. - -The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files. To open the destination folder after extraction check the :guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`. - -.. image:: arkcustomizing.png - -The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the :guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column. - -.. image:: ark-plugin-settings.png - -To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of :guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field. - -To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. - -.. image:: ark-shortcut-config.png - -To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the :guilabel:`OK` button. - -.. image:: ark-language.png - -How to Launch -------------- -To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run - -.. code:: - - ark - -on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a zipper. - diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-general-pref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-general-pref.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9786b0bb..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-general-pref.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-language.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-language.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77064ae6..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-language.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-plugin-settings.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-plugin-settings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 64c6554c..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-plugin-settings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-prop.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-prop.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f389d19..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-prop.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-shortcut-config.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-shortcut-config.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6a8200c4..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ark-shortcut-config.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arkcustomizing.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arkcustomizing.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4fc4f0f3..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arkcustomizing.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arknewarchive.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arknewarchive.png deleted file mode 100644 index b96ca632..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/arknewarchive.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-new.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-new.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4759fa0f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-new.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-open.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-open.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2821a262 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver-open.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e66afab4 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c354fce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +Chapter 2.4.1 LXQt File Archiver +================================ + +LXQt File Archiver is the default program for dealing with archives like tar or zip files in Lubuntu. + +Usage +----- +To open an archive file :menuselection:`File --> Open` or press :kbd:`Control+O`. Once you have an archive opened you should see many lists of files under :guilabel:`File name`. To open a file double click on that file to open it or right click :menuselection:`View Selected Items`. To switch to a different folder in an archive double click the on the folder under the :guilabel:`File name`. To extract all of the file to copy them into a folder on your filesystem :menuselection:`File --> Extract` or press the :guilabel:`Extract` button which looks like a box with a with an upward pointing arrow. Then a dialog will open to show you where to save the extracted files navigate to thee desired path and press :guilabel:`Open`. To extract just one file right click on the file and select :menuselection:`Extract`. To Delete an unwanted file from an archive right click on it and select :menuselection:`Delete` or select it and press :kbd:`Delete`. To view properties of an archive press :kbd:`Alt+ Enter` or :menuselection:`File --> Properties`. To stop lxqt-archiver from doing something press :kbd:`Escape`, press the octagonal or stop sign shaped button, or :menuselection:`View --> Stop`. + +.. image:: lxqt-archiver-open.png + +To create a new archive press :menuselection:`File --> New` or press :kbd:`Control+N` and a dialog to create a file will be created. To choose what to name the file type the name in the :guilabel:`File name` field. To choose a password for your archive type in the :guilabel:`Password` field. Then to make the archive press :guilabel:`Save`. To add a file to the archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Files` or press the piece of paper button with a :guilabel:`+` on it. To select multiple files hold :kbd:`Control` and left click to select multiple files. To select which file to add navigate to it and press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To add an entire folder of files :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Folder` or press the :guilabel:`Folder button with +` and select the folder you want and then press :guilabel:`Open`. To add a password to an existing archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Password`. To show what password you currently have typed check the :guilabel:`Show password` checkbox. To also have the file list encrypted check the :guilabel:`Encrypt the file list` checkbox. + +.. image:: lxqt-archiver-new.png + +To navigate to a folder inside of an archive double click on it in the center of the window or double click on the left side pane. To move back up in a directory double click on the folder :guilabel:`..`. + +To reload the view of the archive press :kbd:`F5` or :menuselection:`View --> Reload`. To view the whole directory tree press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +Down arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Expand`. To view just the top level of directory tree press :kbd:`Control + Shift + Up arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Collapse`. To search for files press :kbd:`Control +F` or :menuselection:`View --> Filter`. Type what you want to search for in the textbox at the bottom. To hide searching press :kbd:`Control+F` or :menuselection:`View --> Filter` again. + +.. image:: lxqt-archiver.png + +To toggle showing the toolbar in LXQt File Archiver :menuselection:`View --> Toolbar`. To Toggle showing the Statusbar at the bottom :menuselection:`View --> Statusbar`. To toggle showing the directory tree on the left :menuselection:`View --> Directory Tree`. + +Version +------- +Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of LXQt File Archiver. + +How To Launch +------------- +To launch LXQt File Archiver :menuselection:`Accessories --> LXQt File Archiver` or run + + .. code:: + + lxqt-archiver + +from the command line. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst index 86f4ee66..26b0a457 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst @@ -15,9 +15,14 @@ It supports: Usage ------ -If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black and white folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or :menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, :menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes. -To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options --> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or :menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`. +To open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or :menuselection:`File --> New`. If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o`. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, :menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes. + +To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighting press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighting`. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options --> Line Numbers` and do the same thing to turn it off. The line numbers will show the current line number in yellow. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or :menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`. + +.. image:: featherpad.png + :width: 80% + To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> First Tab`. @@ -25,29 +30,29 @@ To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of paper wit If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors. -To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel down. +To make text in Featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+ +` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in Featherpad smaller press :kbd:`Control+ -` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel down. -If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select :menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Name`. +If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select :menuselection:`Close Other Tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Name`. To reorder your tabs left click and drag the tab to where you want it. To open the folder the file is in a fire manager right click and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. .. image:: featherpad-tab-context.png If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`. -To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click :menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key. +To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click :menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C`, right click :menuselection:`Copy`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V`, right click :menuselection:`Paste` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X`, right click :menuselection:`Cut`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key. To convert tabs to spaces :menuselection:`Edit --> Tabs to spaces` or right click and select :menuselection:`Tabs to spaces`. -To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the :guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same button to turn that off. +To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f`, the magnifying glass button, or :menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the :guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same button to turn that off. .. image:: featherpad-find.png -To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. +To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like :guilabel:`>>`. To select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. To jump to a particular line type the line number in the :guilabel:`Go to line` field. .. image:: featherpad-jump.png -To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file. +To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r`, the button with a magnifying glass and a pencil, or :menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file. .. image:: featherpad-find-replace.png -To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`. +To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to change your font sizes. To choose a font that is not fixed width uncheck the :guilabel:`Programming Fonts` checkbox. To change the font use the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the font weight use the :guilabel:`Weight` drop down menu. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Preview` and will preview your text. .. image:: featherpad-font.png @@ -57,10 +62,9 @@ To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then :kbd:`C To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To change how many copies to print change the number in the :guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the :guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages. -To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad press :kbd:`Control+Q`. +.. image:: featherpad-print.png -.. image:: featherpad.png - :width: 80% +To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Spellcheck ---------- @@ -69,31 +73,43 @@ To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check S .. image:: Featherpad-spellcheck.png +To view what words you have added to your dictionary :menuselection:`Edit --> User Dictionary`. + +Saving Sessions +--------------- +To open all the files if you work on several together in a session press :kbd:`Control+M` or :menuselection:`File --> Save/Restore Session` and a dialog will appear. To save your first session type a name to remember this and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button. To open your saved session click the name of the session on the top of the dialog and then press :guilabel:`Open`. To remove a saved session press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To remove all saved session press the :guilabel:`Remove All` button. To search for a particular session type in the :guilabel:`Filter` section. To include saving tabs from other windows in your session uncheck the :guilabel:`Save only in this window` checkbox. + +.. image:: featherpad-session-save.png + Customizing ------------ -To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the :guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system. +To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the :guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To have Featherpad appear on the same position it was when Featherpad was closed check the :guilabel:`Remember window position on closing` checkbox. To start with the side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. To turn of keyboard shortcuts with the :kbd:`Alt` keys for navigating menus check the :guilabel:`Disable menubar accelarators` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the same search history across all tabs use the :guilabel:`Use a shared search history` checkbox. To show where your cursor is on the statusbar at the bottom check the :guilabel:`Show cursor position on status bar`. + +The :guilabel:`Tab position` menu moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system. .. image:: featherpadprefrences.png To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the :guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line numbers. -If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart Featherpad. +When you select text if you want it to be highlighted check the :guilabel:`Selection highlighting` checkbox. If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for files >` field. To have Featherpad show a dot for whitespace check the :guilabel:`Show whitespaces` checkbox. To show formatting marks when there is a line and paragraph ends check the :guilabel:`Also who line and document ends` checkbox. To show To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart Featherpad. -The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking from text cursor` checkbox. +To change how Featherpad will show dates type how you want the date in the :guilabel:`Date and time format` field. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking from text cursor` checkbox. .. image:: featherpad-text-pref.png -To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on :guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox. +To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on :guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. To have Featherpad open with the files you had open last time check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox. To paste the path of the copied files into Featherpad instead of the file themselves check the :guilabel:`Paste Paths instead of files` checkbox. .. image:: featherpad-files-pref.png -To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button. +To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button. .. image:: featherpad-shortcuts.png -Version +To change what colors you use in syntax highlighting use the :guilabel:`Syntax Colors` tab. To change the color of built in functions click the color to the right of :guilabel:`Built-in Functions` and a window to pick your color will show up. To change the color of comments in syntax press the button next to :guilabel:`Comments` and a color picker window will pop up. To change how documents HTML or XML elements appear change the press the button next to :guilabel:`Document Blocks, XML/HTML Elements` button to have a color selection window appear. To change how extra elements are colors press the button next to :guilabel:`Extra Elements`. To change the color of functions and URLs in highlighting press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions, URLs`. To change how keywords of a programming language appear press the button next to :guilabel:`Keywords`. To change the color of markdown headings and CSS values press the button next to :guilabel:`Markdown Headings, CSS Values`. To change how numbers are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To change how quotations are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Quotations`. To change how you highlight regular expressions and code blocks press the button next to :guilabel:`Code Blocks`. To change how datatypes are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Types`. To change how dark the whitespace appears in highlighting change :guilabel:`Whitespace color value`. To change how dark the currently highlighted line is change :guilabel:`Current line highlight value`. To restore syntax highlighting to default values press the :guilabel:`Default` button. + +Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1.1 of Featherpad. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-files-pref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-files-pref.png index c06e440e..44b8fc43 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-files-pref.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-files-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-print.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-print.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b740cfd6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-print.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-session-save.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-session-save.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64560c05 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-session-save.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-tab-context.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-tab-context.png index faa5e493..1abf6c5c 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-tab-context.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-tab-context.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-text-pref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-text-pref.png index ec1a83bb..5b13cc33 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-text-pref.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpad-text-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png index a5f4d0d9..e4a61a9a 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst index 9b404dd0..5bd65651 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst @@ -17,36 +17,40 @@ To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard and then .. image:: Kcalc.png -To make a number negative press the button that looks like a :guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example 2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations. +To make a number negative press the button that looks like a :guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example 2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` buttons to make parenthesis to change the order of operations. To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`. To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste` from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu. +To view your history what you have calculated in KCalc press :kbd:`Control+h` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Show History`. To hide your history do the same thing again. You can select text with the mouse in KCalc and then right click select :menuselection:`Copy` or press :kbd:`Control+C` to copy what you have previously calculated. + +To quit KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Q`. + Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality ------------------------------------------------- -If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would multiply 5*4*3*2*1. +If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the reciprocal. The :guilabel:`x!` button read x factorial will take the number X you entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would multiply 5*4*3*2*1. + +The x :superscript:`2` button will multiply x by itself or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3` button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 :superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. -The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3` button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 :superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. +To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button :guilabel:`Deg` is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units. -To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units. +.. image:: kcalc-scientific.png -If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button. +If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button to correct your mistake just like pressing :kbd:`Backspace`. To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button. -The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`. +The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different predetermined constants under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want a button for constants check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons` checkbox. To input the first constant press the :guilabel:`C1` button for the first constant and so on for the other constants. To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button. -.. image:: kcalc-scientific.png - Numerical System mode --------------------- - To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button. + To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Numeral System Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for hexadecimal press the :guilabel:`A`-:guilabel:`F` buttons standing in for numbers 10-15 in base 10. When you are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button. -.. image:: kcalcnummode.png +.. image:: kcalcnummode.png If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical base. @@ -58,31 +62,31 @@ To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To enter m Customizing ----------- -To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the :guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox. +To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ ,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the :guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox. -To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. +To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. -.. image:: kcalcpref.png +.. image:: kcalcpref.png -The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts. To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the :guilabel:`Pencil` button. +The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts. To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the :guilabel:`Pencil` button. To change what font will be used for displaying KCalc history change the :guilabel:`History font` field. .. image:: kcalc-font-screenshot.png -The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to select. To change the background color of your display choose a different color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background color of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`. +The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to select. To change the background color of your display choose a different color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background color of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press button next to :guilabel:`Statistical functions`. To change the background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`. -.. image:: kcalc-colors.png +.. image:: kcalc-colors.png To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants. .. image:: kcalc-constants.png -To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. To not make your changes to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button. +To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> Keyboard Shortcuts` or press :kbd:`Control + Alt + ,`. To see what your shortcut does read the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button. -.. image:: kcalc-shortcuts.png +.. image:: kcalc-shortcuts.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 19.12.3 of KCalc. +Lubuntu ships with version 4:12.2 of KCalc. How to Launch ------------- @@ -92,4 +96,4 @@ To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run kcalc -from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. +from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-colors.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-colors.png index 7b931a4a..1a4e7a92 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-colors.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-colors.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-constants.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-constants.png index a643f5df..69643af5 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-constants.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-constants.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-font-screenshot.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-font-screenshot.png index e3d4daa1..bb054e35 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-font-screenshot.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-font-screenshot.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-shortcuts.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-shortcuts.png index 2d897a99..63158026 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-shortcuts.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-shortcuts.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalcpref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalcpref.png index 92f316ba..1ca66019 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalcpref.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalcpref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-advanced-pref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-advanced-pref.png index 82e5b2e4..d5f9ea4e 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-advanced-pref.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-advanced-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-compress.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-compress.png index e920060f..89b6260d 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-compress.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-compress.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-content.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-content.png index 46274b3e..79908d0e 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-content.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-content.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png index b72152b6..4665d2fc 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png index 24c18459..b9b1f5b1 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png index 4e79ad8d..e5eccd07 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst index 5f830491..16a17d6c 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt Description ------------ -PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar. +PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar. Features: - Tabs @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ Features: Usage ------ -Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press :kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press :kbd:`f2`. -If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a folder in your terminal right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. +Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press :kbd:`Alt+Up arrow`, press :kbd:`Backspace`, or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press :kbd:`f2`. + +If you double click on a folder you open that folder in PCManFM-Qt and it shows what files are in the folder you opened. If you want to open a folder in a new tab right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a folder in your terminal right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. + To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press :kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`. @@ -24,67 +26,76 @@ To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press :kbd:`Con If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`. -To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on :guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`. +To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`, or :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder`, right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`, or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move to Trash` or select the file and press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on :guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt.png -To view a directory tree on your side pane select :menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the :guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane. +To view a directory tree on your side pane select :menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the :guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane select :menuselection:`Lists` at the top of the side pane. To resize the side pane left click on the border between the side pane and main part of the window. + .. image:: directorytreesidepane.png -To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press :kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split View` again. +To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press :kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To navigate each side has its own set of buttons on top to navigate for that side. To switch back to your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split View` again. .. image:: split_view.png -If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click :menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press :kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, or press :kbd:`control +v`. -To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. +If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file or press the :guilabel:`Plus` button to add that particular file. To remove a file if you select multiple files press the :guilabel:`- button that appears when mousing over a file`. To copy files select the file right click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click :menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press :kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right clicking :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, or pressing :kbd:`control +v`. + +To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` or press :kbd:`Control+F2` and a dialog window will show up. To choose what to rename the selected files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. image:: bulk-rename.png -To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go --> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder :menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`. +To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go --> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New Tab` on the side pane. + + +.. image:: pcmanfm-qt-connect-server.png + +PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in with a USB cable. On the left hand side under :guilabel:`Devices` the mobile device will appear. You may need to accept sending files on the device to allow it to transfer files. After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward pointing arrow to unmount it. -.. image:: pcmanfm-qt-connect-server.png -PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward pointing arrow to unmount it. +At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the filter press :kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the :kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out. -At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the :kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out. +On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing selected it shows :guilabel:`x item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up. -On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up. -To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click :menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open Terminal` from the menu. +To have PCManFM-Qt reload what folder you are viewing press :kbd:`F5`, the circular pointing arrow button, or :menuselection:`View --> Reload`. To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click :menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show Hidden`. Do the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To toggle showing thumbnails check/uncheck the :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails`. To open a terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tools --> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Copy Full Path` after selecting a single file. To create a file that will launch an application by clicking on it :menuselection:`Tools --> Create Launcher` and fill in the fields to create a file to launch programs. To open the tab in as root select :menuselection:`Tools --> Open tab in root instance` and a new window will appear that says it is root at the bottom of the window in red. -To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties :menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open the file. +.. warning:: + + Modifying or deleting files as root may end up making your system unable to boot if you do not know what you are doing or make a mistake. + +To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select :menuselection:`Properties` from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties :menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open the file. - .. image:: file-prop.png + .. image:: file-prop.png The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the :guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button. -.. image:: file-prop-perms.png +.. image:: file-prop-perms.png PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop :menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the desktop item on the left. -To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the :menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down. +To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the :menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down. To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to go. .. image:: edit-bookmarks.png -If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this dialog popup. +If you want to run an executable script from PCManFM-Qt double click and then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this dialog popup. -.. image:: execute_file.png +.. image:: execute_file.png -PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`. If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file size the time it is modified select detailed list view by :menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or :menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon View`. +PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View` or press the button that looks like a picture of a landscape. If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file size the time it is modified select detailed list view by :menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed List` or press the toolbar button with bullet points in front of three horizontal lines. If you really want to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or :menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View` or press the toolbar button with three horizontal lines. To return to the original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon View` or press the toolbar button with 12 dots. To have a view always selected for the particular folder you are on now check the :menuselection:`View --> Preserve Settings for This Folder` checkbox. -.. image:: detailed-list.png +.. image:: detailed-list.png -To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`. +To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hidden Last` checkbox. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`. To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press :kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Permanent filter bar`. .. image:: pathbar-location.png -PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a file name for your new compressed archive enter in the :guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive press the :guilabel:`OK` button. +PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a file name for your new compressed archive enter in the :guilabel:`File name` field. To choose what type of archive choose change the :guilabel:`File Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive press the :guilabel:`Save` button. To add a password to the archive you are creating enter that in the :guilabel:`Password` field. .. image:: pcmanfm-compress.png @@ -93,21 +104,23 @@ To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Searching for Files ------------------- -To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To toggle searching with regular expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add` button and select the additional places to search. To remove an additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files` checkbox. + +To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Find Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add` button and select the additional places to search. To remove an additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`. To close this window press :kbd:`Escape`. + .. image:: filesearch.png To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, :guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`. -.. image:: search-file-type.png +.. image:: search-file-type.png -To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the :guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. +To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the :guilabel:`Case sensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. -.. image:: pcmanfm-content.png +.. image:: pcmanfm-content.png The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the :guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right. -.. image:: find-files-prop.png +.. image:: find-files-prop.png Custom Actions -------------- @@ -146,26 +159,29 @@ from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents Customizing ----------- -To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts out with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox. + +To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png -The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The :guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. + +The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The :guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To disable tooltips check the :guilabel:`Do not show file tooltips` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To toggle making the margin a square check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. + .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png -The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how PCManFM-Qt appears in windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or :guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields. +The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields. To use tabs from your last window in a new window check the :guilabel:`Reopen last window tabs in a new window` checkbox. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png -The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field. +The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for the files. To put an upper limit for built in thumbnails for PCManFM-Qt change the :guilabel:`Image size limit for built in thumbnailer` field. To have a limit for external thumbnails change the :guilabel:`File size limit for external thumbnailers` field. -.. image:: perferences-thumbnail.png +.. image:: perferences-thumbnail.png The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab to home folder`. -.. image:: prefrencesvolume.png +.. image:: prefrencesvolume.png The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` drop down. @@ -173,7 +189,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and advanced Version ------- -Lubuntu currently ships with 0.14.1 of PCManFM-Qt. +Lubuntu currently ships with 0.17.0 of PCManFM-Qt. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/perferences-thumbnail.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/perferences-thumbnail.png index 646e0168..081b7e85 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/perferences-thumbnail.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/perferences-thumbnail.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst index 594abbb9..85f8b240 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu. Usage ------ -Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray. To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select :menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`. +Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray. The tray icon for Qlipper looks like a clipboard. To view your clipboard history left click on the tray icon that looks like a clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select :menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`. Screenshot ----------- @@ -14,12 +14,14 @@ Screenshot Customizing ----------- -If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the :guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the :guilabel:`Select icon` button. - -To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right. +To change preferences of Qlipper right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters Qlipper shows from the configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. .. image:: qlipperprefrences.png +The :guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider stores things you want to always have in Qlipper to quickly paste. This icon will bring up a dialog where you navigate to where your new icon will be. To add a new stick item press the :guilabel:`Add` button and type or paste what you want always available. To remove a sticky item press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a sticky item up in the list press the :guilabel:`Up` button. To move a sticky item down in the list press the :guilabel:`Down` button. + + + Version ------- Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst deleted file mode 100644 index ded969cf..00000000 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config -=========================== - -fcitx config sets settings for fcitx. - -How to Launch -------------- - -To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-configtool`. - -.. code:: - - fcitx-qimpanel-configtool - diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/nobleNote-pref.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/nobleNote-pref.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.7/nobleNote-pref.png rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.6/nobleNote-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote-note.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote-note.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote-note.png rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote-note.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.png rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst similarity index 55% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst index d5cc1803..09f399b2 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ -Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote +Chapter 2.4.6 nobleNote ======================= nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note. Usage ------ -To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`. +To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select :menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`. -If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`. +To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it on the left hand column. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`. -To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`. To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or :menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and select them on the left hand column and then the content of the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the :guilabel:`Restore` button. +To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`. + +To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or :menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the :guilabel:`Restore` button. To permanently delete a note press the :guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the confirmation dialog. To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`. To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for notes`. -If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press :kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`. +If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press :kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`. -To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`. +To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`. -To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or press :kbd:`Control+Q`. +To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To hide the main window right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. To bring back the main menu right click and select :menuselection:`Restore`. To fully close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or press :kbd:`Control+Q`. -To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case sensitve` checkbox. +To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case sensitive` checkbox. -To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet points and a horizontal line. +To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text first select the text and then press the square to the right and choose the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet points and a horizontal line. -Screenshot ----------- +Screenshots +----------- .. image:: noblenote.png .. image:: noblenote-note.png @@ -43,11 +45,11 @@ To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> nobleNote` or noblenote -on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of paper with a pencil. +on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of paper with a black lines. Customizing ------------ -To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "Show source" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` checkbox. +To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system tray after you close the nobleNote window check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. To hide the main window when you open nobleNote check the :guilabel:`Hide main window at startup`. If you want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "Show source" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` checkbox. To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor :guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the default font size change in the small to the right with a number. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst similarity index 93% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst index 1eb168af..e2332627 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass +Chapter 2.4.7 QtPass ==================== QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst b/source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst index fa1fce61..d9f8e54d 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ Chapter 2.4 Accessories ======================= -This chapter documents accessories on your system and the one game 2048-qt. +This chapter documents accessories on your system. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 :titlesonly: - 2.4.1/ARK + 2.4.1/lxqt-archiver 2.4.2/Featherpad 2.4.3/Kcalc 2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt 2.4.5/Qlipper - 2.4.6/fcitx - 2.4.7/noblenote - 2.4.8/2048-qt - 2.4.9/QtPass + 2.4.6/noblenote + 2.4.7/QtPass diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst deleted file mode 100644 index c10f210e..00000000 --- a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -Chapter 2.5.1 K3b -================= - -K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu. - -Usage ------- -To start a new data project to save documents and other files :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`. - -Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press :kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`. - -To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press :kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`. - -The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click and select :kbd:`Rename`. - -To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and the disc should eject when it is done. - -To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted :menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or DVD players for less noise. - -If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> Format/Erase rewritable disk...`. - -If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer :menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the :guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` button. - -Version -------- -Lubuntu ships with version 19.12.2 of K3b. - -Screenshot ----------- -.. image:: k3b.png - -How to Launch -------------- -To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run - -.. code:: - - k3b - -from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a white flame on top. - -Customizing ------------- -To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the :guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`, :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, :guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox. - -To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in the center column. - -To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/k3b.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/k3b.png deleted file mode 100644 index e2a88964..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/k3b.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-config.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-config.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-config.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-config.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-input.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-input.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-input.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-input.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-playback.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-playback.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-playback.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-playback.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-qt.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-qt.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-qt.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-qt.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-recording.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-recording.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pavucontrol-recording.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pavucontrol-recording.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst similarity index 87% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst index 6bccf675..4a3b1b9b 100644 --- a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst +++ b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control +Chapter 2.5.1 PulseAudio Volume Control ======================================== -PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. +PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your system. Usage ------ @@ -13,21 +13,21 @@ To view settings for applications recording audio use the :guilabel:`Recording` .. image:: pavucontrol-recording.png -The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock button where you can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, :guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu. +The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock button where you can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, :guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu. .. image:: pavucontrol-qt.png -The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below :guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the :guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset. +The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below :guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the :guilabel:`Latency offset` field will allow you to change the latency offset. .. image:: pavucontrol-input.png -The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an :menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`. +The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an :menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`. To toggle PulseAudio volume control showing a how much sound a speaker, headphone or microphone is making check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show volume meters` checkbox. .. image:: pavucontrol-config.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control. How to Launch ------------- @@ -37,5 +37,5 @@ To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video pavucontrol-qt -from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the :guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks like a speaker. +from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the :guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks like a black and yellow speaker. diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/equlizer.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/equlizer.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/equlizer.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/equlizer.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-colors.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-colors.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58a28d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-colors.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-geometry.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-geometry.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dad3fb5a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/video-effects-geometry.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-audio-pref.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-audio-pref.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-audio-pref.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-audio-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-compressor.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-compressor.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-compressor.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-compressor.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-crop.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-crop.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-crop.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-crop.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-customize-toolbar.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-customize-toolbar.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-customize-toolbar.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-customize-toolbar.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-essential-video-effects.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-essential-video-effects.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-essential-video-effects.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-essential-video-effects.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-file-open.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-file-open.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6180abac Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-file-open.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-input-codecs.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-input-codecs.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-input-codecs.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-input-codecs.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-minimal.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-minimal.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-minimal.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-minimal.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-networkopen.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-networkopen.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-networkopen.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-networkopen.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-plugin-extensions.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-plugin-extensions.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-plugin-extensions.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-plugin-extensions.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-pref-hotkeys.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-pref-hotkeys.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-pref-hotkeys.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-pref-hotkeys.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-subtitle-pref.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-subtitle-pref.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-subtitle-pref.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-subtitle-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-synchronization.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-synchronization.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-synchronization.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-synchronization.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-video-pref.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-video-pref.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-video-pref.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-video-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst similarity index 68% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst index cf7d5730..33f2715f 100644 --- a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -Chapter 2.5.3 VLC +Chapter 2.5.2 VLC ================= VLC is the default media player for Lubuntu that can open both audio and video files. Usage ------ -To open media stored locally on your system click media open :menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> Open Location from clipboard`. +To open media stored locally on your system click media open :menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on your machine. If you have music on a USB device, optical disk, or another partition the :guilabel:`Devices` segment will let you navigate to those files from here. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> Open Location from clipboard` to quickly open a location in your clipboard. .. image:: vlc-file-open.png .. image:: vlc-networkopen.png -To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the same way again to make it back to how it was before. +To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press the play button which looks like a triangle or :menuselection:`Playback --> Play`. To stop playing a file completely press the square stop button or :menuselection:`Playback --> Stop`. To toggle fullscreen press the button which has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the same way again to make it back to how it was before. On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the volume again. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two arrows poin To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a different left and right channel on each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out :menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio mode you want. -To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select :menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`. +To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select :menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`. To save a playlist to a file press :kbd:`Control + Y`, :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Save Playlist to File`. To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration` column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the :guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, :menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, :menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, :menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same window. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. To r To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far right is the duration of the file. -To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`. +To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`. If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations --> Disable`. @@ -65,43 +65,60 @@ To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud which m .. image:: vlc-compressor.png -To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change how many frames per second on your subtitle. +The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the :guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. + +To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change how many frames per second on your subtitle. To change how long the subtitle stays on the screen change the :guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor`. .. image:: vlc-synchronization.png To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the :guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the :kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider. +To removal horizontal lines from playing back a video check the :guilabel:`Banding removal` checkbox. To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Variance` slider. + .. image:: vlc-essential-video-effects.png To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the :guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the :guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the :guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number of pixels off your left and right hand side check the :guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox. .. image:: vlc-crop.png +To have settings to change the colors showing in VLC use the :guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the :guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of colors on your video from slight transitions check the :guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. + +.. image:: video-effects-colors.png + +To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose different parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the :guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or rotate your video first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select :menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video by the number of degrees you want check the :guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have have the video rotated. + +.. image:: video-effects-geometry.png + +To add a logo to a video file check the :guilabel:`Add logo` checkbox. To choose which logo to add type the logo in the :guilabel:`Logo` field or press the :guilabel:`...` button. Use the :guilabel:`Opacity` slider to change how transparent the logo appears. To change how far the logo is from the top in pixels change the :guilabel:`top` field. To change how far to put logo from the left of the video change the :guilabel:`Left` field. + +Saving or Converting Files +-------------------------- +To save or convert a file in VLC press :kbd:`Control+R` or :menuselection:` Media --> Convert/Save` and a dialog will pop up. To add a local file to save or convert use the :guilabel:`File` tab and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To Save or convert files off a disc press use the :guilabel:`Disc` tab. To save a network URL to use the :guilabel:`Network` tab and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Please enter a network URL` field. To convert or save a the files press the :guilabel:`Convert/Save` button. + +To change what file format to convert to use the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. To choose what file name to save your file use the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To start converting the file press the :guilabel:`Start` button. + Customizing ----------- -To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the :guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the :guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To have VLC continue playback of files changes change the :guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback or ask to ask for playback. +To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button and then press :guilabel:`Choose` to find your custom skin. To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the :guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized check the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the :guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To have VLC continue playback of files changes change the :guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select :menuselection:`Always` to always playback or ask to ask for playback. .. image:: vlcprefrences.png -To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the :guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button. +To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the :guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button. -To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox. +To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox. To submit what tracks you play to Last.fm check the :guilabel:`Submit played tracks stats to Last.fm` checkbox and then put in your username in the :guilabel:`Username` field and your password in the :guilabel:`Password` field. .. image:: vlc-audio-pref.png -To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the :guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the :guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video. To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the :guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change :guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu. +To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the :guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the :guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. To have window decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window decorations` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video on. To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the :guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change :guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Video snapshots` section shows settings for VLC snapshots. The :guilabel:`Directory` is what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` field lets you have a preset to the snapshot file name. You can choose the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu. .. image:: vlc-video-pref.png - - - To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the :guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button :guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the :guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox. To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox. - - .. image:: vlc-subtitle-pref.png -To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the :guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu. +.. image:: vlc-subtitle-pref.png + +To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the :guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific kind of decoding. To choose to seek faster than more precisely check the :guilabel:`Fast seek` option. To the quality of video VLC encodes change :guilabel:`x264 preset and tuning selection` which faster recording taking less resources but being less quality. To change your default optical device the drop down menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default optical device. To choose where save things you record with VLC change type where you want in :guilabel:`Record directory or filename` or press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change your caching policy depending on your network latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu. .. image:: vlc-input-codecs.png @@ -123,7 +140,7 @@ To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`. To rel Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.8 of VLC. +Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.16 of VLC. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlcplaylist.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcplaylist.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlcplaylist.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcplaylist.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlcprefrences.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcprefrences.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlcprefrences.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcprefrences.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-file-open.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-file-open.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0cd8674a..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc-file-open.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst b/source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst index ea7a28fe..9410d377 100644 --- a/source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst +++ b/source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video =========================== -This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling volume and outputs. +This chapter documents playing media and controlling volume and devices. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 :titlesonly: - 2.5.1/K3b - 2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control - 2.5.3/vlc + 2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control + 2.5.2/vlc diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.png b/source/2/2.6/2.6.1/2048-qt.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.png rename to source/2/2.6/2.6.1/2048-qt.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst b/source/2/2.6/2.6.1/2048-qt.rst similarity index 76% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst rename to source/2/2.6/2.6.1/2048-qt.rst index a02f93ab..5c5ffd98 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst +++ b/source/2/2.6/2.6.1/2048-qt.rst @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt +Chapter 2.6.1 2048-Qt ===================== 2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default. Usage ------ -To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by. +To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block appears. In the upper right hand corner is your :guilabel:`BEST` score in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by. If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game` or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/2/2.6/Games.rst b/source/2/2.6/Games.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba544589 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/2/2.6/Games.rst @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Chapter 2.6 Games +================= + +This Chapter documents games included in Lubuntu. + + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :titlesonly: + + 2.6.1/2048-qt + diff --git a/source/2/Applications.rst b/source/2/Applications.rst index 89ff6901..94aa35ee 100644 --- a/source/2/Applications.rst +++ b/source/2/Applications.rst @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu. 2.3/Graphics_Applications 2.4/Accessories 2.5/Sound_and_Video - + 2.6/Games diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.png deleted file mode 100644 index aac484b9..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 27b29e3e..00000000 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx -=================== - -Fcitx is the default input manager for Lubuntu and shows as a tray applet in lxqt-panel. - -Usage ------- -First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have this automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13. - -To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual Keyboard`. - -To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`. - -To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`. - -To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`. - -Version -------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-5 of Fcitx. - -Screenshot ----------- - -.. image:: fcitx.png - -How to launch -------------- -To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from the command line run - -.. code:: - - fcitx diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop-filter.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop-filter.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop-filter.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop-filter.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop-setup.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop-setup.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop-setup.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop-setup.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2276369 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10995c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.1/htop.rst @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Chapter 3.1.1 htop +================== + +htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the process. + +Usage +------ +To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under :guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage on each of your CPU cores. + +To see how many process are running on your system see the :guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers see `Wikipedia load (computing) `_ for more information. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted. + +After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the :guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key. + +To select the process below the currently selected one press :kbd:`Down Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above. To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page Down` or move the scrollwheel on the mouse down. To select the previous group of process on your screen press :kbd:`Page up` or move the mousewheel up. To choose the last process on your system press the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key. + +.. image:: htop.png + +You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing :kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal. + +.. image:: htop-filter.png + +To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, :guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`. + +Customizing +----------- + +:kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` options brings up meters like CPU average. To see what kind of meter you have it will be shown in brackets. To move a meter press :kbd:`Enter` and press the arrow keys to move in the direction of the meter you want to select. To save a meter in that place press :kbd:`Enter` again. To delete a meter press :kbd:`Delete`. To add new meter move all the way to the right by pressing the :kbd:`Right arrow` under :guilabel:`Available meters`. To add a meter press :kbd:`Enter` and to select which one press the arrow keys. + +The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in htop. To toggle an option on press :kbd:`Spacebar`. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or :kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the :kbd:`Spacebar` key. + +.. image:: htop-setup.png + +To change what columns end up showing select :guilabel:`Columns` on the setup menu. The column :guilabel:`Active Columns` shows what columns you will have on htop with the top being the leftmost column in htop and the bottom being the rightmost. To select a different column press :kbd:`Up arrow` or :kbd:`Down arrow`. To move a column up in the list press :kbd:`F7`. To move a column down press :kbd:`F8`. To remove a column press :kbd:`F9`. To see what other columns there is the column :guilabel:`Available Columns`. To add a column when having :guilabel:`Available Columns` and select the column you want and press :kbd:`F5`. + +Version +------- +Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.3 of htop. + +How to launch +------------- +To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run + +.. code:: + + htop + +from the command line. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5397f48b..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-drop-pref.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-drop-pref.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5dec293a Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-drop-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-drop.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-drop.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-drop.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-drop.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-find.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-find.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-find.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-find.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-font.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-font.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-font.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-font.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-pref-behavior.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-pref-behavior.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..957ab7e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-pref-behavior.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-shortcuts.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-shortcuts.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f231bee Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-shortcuts.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca697d5d --- /dev/null +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +Chapter 3.1.2 QTerminal +======================= + +QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in the terminal see `Appendix C `_ + +Usage +------ +To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press :kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double clicking empty space on the tab bar. To close a tab press the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab, :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`, or press :kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v`, right click and select :menuselection:`Paste Clipboard`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key. To see what else a command could be hit :kbd:`Tab` twice. + +.. image:: qterminal.png + +If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click :menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click on the link and select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click :menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back to its original size. + +To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom start typing and it will focus on the bottom. + +To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that :menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`. + +To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`. To go to a particular tab :menuselection:`Actions --> Go to --> tab x` where x is the tab you want to go to. + +To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press :kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again. To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To change to not to match case press the gear button uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox. + +.. image:: qterminal-find.png + +To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X`, right click :menuselection:`Clear Active Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window Borders` or right click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the :menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is :menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`. + +To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12` to have the terminal drop down or roll up. When you click outside the drop down terminal it will autohide. If you don't want QTerminal to autohide press the lock button on the upper right hand side. To have QTerminal drop down autohide again unclick the lock button. + +.. image:: qterminal-drop.png + +To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab :menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`. + +Customizing +----------- + +To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the :guilabel:`Font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down. + +.. image:: qterminal-font.png + +The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character. + +To disable using the alt key in keyboard combos to activate the window for QTerminal check the :guilabel:`No menu bar accelerator` checkbox. To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu bar` checkbox. To hide window borders check the checkbox :guilabel:`Hide Window Broders`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab can be in pixels. The :guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-directional text support`. To use box drawing character from the font you use check the :guilabel:`Use box drawing characters contained in the font` checkbox. + +.. image:: qterminalprefrences.png + +The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent transparent for the full application transparency. The field :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. To change what QTerminal will do with the background image if the window doesn't exactly fit use the :guilabel:`Background mode` menu. The field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal splits to have when you start up QTerminal. To have a margin on the left side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off. + +To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. + +The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different kinds of emulation. The :guilabel:`History size (in lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will save an unlimited amount of history. To change where you are viewing the terminal when you paste change the :guilabel:`Action after paste` menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` checkbox removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. To not close tabs by middle clicking uncheck the :guilabel:`Close tab on middle-click`. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing QTerminal. To have QTerminal be the same size window check the :guilabel:`Save Size when closing`. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you were on. To Open new tabs to the right of the current tab check the :guilabel:`Open new tab to the right of the active tab` checkbox. + +.. image:: qterminal-pref-behavior.png + +The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. + +.. image:: qterminal-shortcuts.png + +The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different key. + +.. image:: qterminal-drop-pref.png + +The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the :guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox. + +Version +------- +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of QTerminal. + +How to Launch +------------- +To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run + +.. code:: + + qterminal + +from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run + +.. code:: + + qterminal -d + +from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like a black background with a white command line prompt on it. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminalprefrences.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminalprefrences.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef61b40f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminalprefrences.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-drop-pref.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-drop-pref.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c2b1186..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-drop-pref.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-pref-behavior.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-pref-behavior.png deleted file mode 100644 index fb29f66f..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-pref-behavior.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-shortcuts.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-shortcuts.png deleted file mode 100644 index e5000ba0..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal-shortcuts.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminalprefrences.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminalprefrences.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0a379eec..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminalprefrences.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-disk-creator.rst similarity index 93% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-disk-creator.rst index 446729b2..aef95511 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-disk-creator.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator +Chapter 3.1.3 Startup Disk Creator ================================== Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating bootable USB media on Lubuntu. @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under the :gu .. warning:: The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about. -.. image:: startup-iso-open.png +.. image:: startup-iso-open.png If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the :guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open` button. -.. image:: statup-disk-creator.png +.. image:: statup-disk-creator.png To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the :guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel: Version ------- -Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator. +Lubuntu ships version 0.3.13 of Startup Disk Creator. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-iso-open.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-iso-open.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c16e8e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/startup-iso-open.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/statup-disk-creator.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.3/statup-disk-creator.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.4/statup-disk-creator.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.3/statup-disk-creator.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray-conninfo.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray-conninfo.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray-conninfo.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray-conninfo.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray-context.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray-context.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray-context.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray-context.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst similarity index 91% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst index a849a695..c8f1de14 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray +Chapter 3.1.4 nm-tray ===================== nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu. @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right click .. image:: nm-tray-context.png -To view your own networking information right click the applet :menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection. +To view your own networking information right click the applet :menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with information such as your IP address. On this window each interface will show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection. .. image:: nm-tray-conninfo.png -The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks up the domain names of websites and finds them. +The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your current IP address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your DNS looks up the domain names of websites and finds them. The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray. How to Launch ------------- -nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection. If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from the command line run +nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an Ethernet connection. If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from the command line run .. code:: diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-iso-open.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-iso-open.png deleted file mode 100644 index 363cc9e0..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-iso-open.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps-pref.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps-pref.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps-pref.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps-pref.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps.rst similarity index 77% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps.rst index 9cff87ba..de600888 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.5/qps.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3.1.6 qps +Chapter 3.1.5 qps ================= qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to close non-responsive programs. @@ -11,23 +11,25 @@ To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To have your To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner. To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox. -At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many process are running on your system. +At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` shows how many processes are running on your system. -When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of cpu usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`. +When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`. To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press :kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`. -To view more detials on this process right click on the process and select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment varibles the process select the :guilabel:`Enviorment` tab. +To view more details on this process right click on the process and select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab. To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option --> Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field. +To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt+Q`. + Screenshot ---------- .. image:: qps.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps. +Lubuntu ships with version 2.3.0 of qps. How to Launch ------------- @@ -37,11 +39,11 @@ To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run qps -from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a black background. +from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green line graph with a black background. Customizing ------------ -To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences` and a preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a remembers it positon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under :guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`. +To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` checkbox. To change the font use the drop down menu under :guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`. To close the preferences press the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: qps-pref.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-colors.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-colors.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0d67707 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-colors.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-partionstats.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-partionstats.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..999149a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-partionstats.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-pref.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-pref.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ab4c57e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde-partition-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a177a52d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst similarity index 63% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst index 9579f003..26d2e7c4 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager +Chapter 3.1.6 KDE Partition Manager =================================== KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives. @@ -10,19 +10,19 @@ KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, and che Usage ------ -To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field :guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The :guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status of the drive. +To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field :guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperature` shows the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The :guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status of the drive. Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure. .. image:: smart-status.png -You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` column shows where that partition is mounted. +You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking on that section of the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` column shows where that partition is mounted. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` column shows where that partition is mounted. The :guilabel:`Partition Label` column shows the name of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of space used on the drive. To see what flags a partition has use the :guilabel:`Flags` column. If you want to add or remove additional columns showing info about partitions right click on the labels of the columns. On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> Select Current Device`. -To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press :kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select :menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of :guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive. +To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press :kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated space press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Partition --> New`. To view statistical information on a partition select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select :menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of :guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. To undo an unwanted pending operation right click on the operation and select :menuselection:`Undo` or press :kbd:`Control+z`. If you want to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive. -To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`. +To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear` or right click on pending operations :menuselection:`Clear` and then use the dialog to confirm. If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated space you can right click on the unallocated space press the :guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press :kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To change what size of partition you want to create change the :guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On the top .. image:: kde-partition-partionstats.png -If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`. - +If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`. To show which filesystems and what operations can be done with KDE Partition Manager :menuselection:`Tools --> File System Support`. The checkmark means the operation is supported and the red ! shows that the function is not supported. To see what program is used for this file system operation see the :guilabel:`Support Tools` column. + If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Screenshot @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager. +Lubuntu ships with version 21.12.2 of KDE Partition Manager. How to launch ------------- @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools --> KDE Pa partitionmanager -from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard drive. +from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a series of blue and green rings that are partially complete with a white center. Customizing ----------- -To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox. +To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing pending operations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Settings --> Panel Shown --> Pending Operations` checkbox. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox. To close a panel press the :guilabel:`x` button on that panel. -To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below` to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons. +To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning partitions and defaults for partitions. To toggle aligning partitions with sectors on a disk check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Align partitions by default` checkbox. To change where your sectors on your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below` to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons. .. image:: kde-partition-pref.png @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the :guilabel:`F .. image:: kde-partition-colors.png -The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu. +The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on KDE Partition Manager. To change what preferred unit to display space as by default change the :guilabel:`Preferred unit` drop down menu. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/smart-status.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/smart-status.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.7/smart-status.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.6/smart-status.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-colors.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-colors.png deleted file mode 100644 index e8d1f921..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-colors.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-partionstats.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-partionstats.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5d3319b1..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-partionstats.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-pref.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-pref.png deleted file mode 100644 index e2533126..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde-partition-pref.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.png deleted file mode 100644 index 22475d3e..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst similarity index 66% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst index 895d2aec..d2ca5e58 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo +Chapter 3.1.7 LXQt sudo ======================= LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with administrative privileges on Lubuntu. @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator. .. warning:: - Modifying the wrong system configuration files with adminstrator privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable to login. + Modifying the wrong system configuration files with administrator privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable to login. -To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets of paper. +To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To see which attempt to authenticate you are on will be shown with :guilabel:`Attempt #`. To not run your command as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets of paper. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of lXQt-sudo. +Lubuntu ships with 0.17.0 of lXQt-sudo. Screenshot ---------- diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.8/sddm_configuration.rst similarity index 90% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.8/sddm_configuration.rst index 5b85a1e8..9c24aec1 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.8/sddm_configuration.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration +Chapter 3.1.8 SDDM configuration ================================ -Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical application to do this currently. +SDDM is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical application to do this currently. Usage ------ @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file /etc/s lxqt-sudo featherpad -and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line [autologin]. +and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line [Autologin]. -To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you can log in run +To test your SDDM configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you can log in run .. code:: diff --git a/source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst b/source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst index ef8524e9..ff29fa45 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ This chapter documents tools to administer your system. :maxdepth: 2 :titlesonly: - 3.1.1/fcitx - 3.1.2/htop - 3.1.3/qterminal - 3.1.4/startup-disk-creator - 3.1.5/nm-tray - 3.1.6/qps - 3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager - 3.1.8/lxqt-sudo - 3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst + + 3.1.1/htop + 3.1.2/qterminal + 3.1.3/startup-disk-creator + 3.1.4/nm-tray + 3.1.5/qps + 3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager + 3.1.7/lxqt-sudo + 3.1.8/sddm_configuration.rst diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst index 8a44beb9..80df3560 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of LXQt Configuration Center. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of LXQt Configuration Center. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/configuration_center.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/configuration_center.png index a3421efb..10cb0237 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/configuration_center.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/configuration_center.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst index 1e93f11a..c5cc8e3d 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop up wil Multimonitor ------------ -With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your computer with. +With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your computer with. If you want to have no annoying overlap between two monitors you can move a monitor beyond the edge of the current monitor and then it will snap back into perfect alignment. .. image:: multimonitor_settings.png @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off different monit .. image:: multimonitor-fast.png -The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the :guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select :menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the display vertically. +The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the :guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary Display` to make this your main monitor. The primary display will also be the display that desktop icons appear on by default first. If you select :menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the display vertically. .. image:: multimonitor-extended.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Monitor Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Monitor Settings. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst index a64dbe7e..b29cf7da 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst @@ -9,29 +9,29 @@ The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the window .. image:: obconf-titlebar.png -The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN. +The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the iconify (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN. The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it. .. image:: openbox-config.png -The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the :guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or :guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`. +The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the :guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or :guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`. To chose which monitor if you want them on a specific monitor select the monitor with :guilabel:`Fixed monitor`. .. image:: obconf-font.png -The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows. The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to place new windows on multimonitor layouts. +The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows. The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to place new windows on multimonitor layouts. To change which desktop openbox uses for places when switching windows with alt tab change the :guilabel:`Primary monitor` drop down. .. image:: obconf-windows.png -The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The :guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog. +The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The :guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels to drag a window. To change how much you need to drag a window past another window change the :guilabel:`Amount of resistance against other windows` field. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window past the screen edge` checkbox lets you drag a window past the edge to switch desktops. To change how hard it is to drag a window past a screen edge change the :guilabel:`Amount of resistance against screen edges` field. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog. .. image:: obconf-mv-resize.png -The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The :guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize. +The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The :guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize. To change how long you have to double click change the :guilabel:`Double click time` field. .. image:: obconf-mouse.png -On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want. +On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox to :guilabel:`Show a notification when switching desktops` and a field for how many milliseconds to show that notification for. To change how many virtual desktops you have change the :guilabel:`Number of desktops` field. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want. .. image:: obconfdesktop.png @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Cl Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Openbox Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.16.0 of Openbox Settings. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lidwatcher.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lidwatcher.png index e2e1379c..ba77c7b3 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lidwatcher.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lidwatcher.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png index 2260760c..0cee119f 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power-keys.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power-keys.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b1e007d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power-keys.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.png index e0355cb9..b97abf01 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst index dda482b9..11bc9df1 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst @@ -5,31 +5,36 @@ Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for laptop l Usage ------ -LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each. +LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, idleness, and what happens when you press power or sleep buttons. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each. The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black circle. .. image:: lxqt-power-battery.png -The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the bottom of the screen. +The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. To toggle showing and icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show icon` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the bottom of the screen. -The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course unchecking means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power. +The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course uncheck means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power. -.. image:: lidwatcher.png +.. image:: lid watcher.png The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and :guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged into an external monitor. -The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish. +The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle on AC` you select whether you want to do Nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown, or Turn Off Monitor(s) when your computer is plugged in. The :guilabel:`When idle on Battery` field tell you how long to wait when you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish. To change when what happens when your computer is unplugged change the :guilabel:`When idle on Battery` field. To change how long to change what happens when the idle when your computer is unplugged change :guilabel:`Battery idle time` field. -To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. +To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the bright the screen becomes when idle :guilabel:`Backlight` slider as lowering the brightness will use less power. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery discharging` checkbox. To disable changing the screen when you have a window fullscreen check the :guilabel:`Disable idleness when fullscreen` checkbox. -Screenshot ----------- .. image:: power_management.png +To change what buttons do in regards to power use the :guilabel:`Power keys` tab. To change what the power button does change :guilabel:`Power Key Action` to what you want to happen when you press the power button on your computer. To change what the suspend button does use the :guilabel:`Suspend Key Action` menu. To change what the hibernate button does use the :guilabel:`Hibernate Key Action` menu. + +.. image:: power-keys.png + +To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. + + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Power Management. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Power Management. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/default-app-tabs.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/default-app-tabs.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9ba609ae..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/default-app-tabs.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/lxqt-session-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/lxqt-session-advanced.png index 147967bb..fca95051 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/lxqt-session-advanced.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/lxqt-session-advanced.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png index 05bceba7..f47b0890 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst index d44dc710..4b69f826 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst @@ -5,19 +5,19 @@ Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. Here y Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the :guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button. + + +The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window manager. The :guilabel:`LXQt Modules` heading lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the :guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button. + .. image:: sessionsettings-basic.png The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` field. -The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for :guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser. - -.. image:: default-app-tabs.png To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, :guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward pointing arrow with an x in it. -.. image:: user-directories-tab.png +.. image:: user-directories-tab.png The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. "Terminal drop down" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate terminal command e.g. "qterminal -d" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Session Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Session Settings. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png index ded0c636..3abcdc42 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/user-directories-tab.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/user-directories-tab.png index 15597c99..860b1ff5 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/user-directories-tab.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/user-directories-tab.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst index df3e4e86..9bb80fa9 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the keyboa You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut does, for example "start drop down terminal", or "increases screen brightness" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Default` button. -To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column. +To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what command or what the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column. To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Screenshots Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Shortcut Keys. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Shortcut Keys. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst index 7b0b5c5d..a71d9e58 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or double The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field. -.. image:: users-groups-group-prop.png +.. image:: users-groups-group-prop.png The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the :guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder. -.. image:: user-group-prop-advanced.png +.. image:: user-group-prop-advanced.png The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The :guilabel:`Group ID` shows the numeric group id of the group in the name field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group. @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change properties. T Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Users and Groups. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Users and Groups. How to Launch ------------- -To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run +To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a teal circle with nondescript picture of a person in the foreground. Or you can run .. code:: diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst index 22bb417c..28c6d79f 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the Compto Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox. The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. :guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another. +The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Avoid drawing shadows` on dock/panel windows will stop drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. :guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another. .. image:: window_effects.png @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To have your settings applied you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply` butto Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Window Effects. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.16.0 of Window Effects. How to Launch ------------- @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt Sett compton-conf -from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 `_ for how to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor now but not have it autostart :menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu. +from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 `_ for how to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once :menuselection:`Accessories --> compton` from the menu. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst index ab2562ac..18bc8e9f 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your default Usage ------ -To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative you will input your password to authenticate to change your default application. +To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. Left click on the button to change to the new default program. When you change your alternative you will input your password to authenticate to change your default application. -To show a search for the different application groups press the button that looks like a magnifying glass. +To show a search for the different application groups press the button that looks like a magnifying glass. Type the results in the field next to the magnifying glass and then see the results on the left and side column. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of Alternatives Configurator. Screenshot ---------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternatives.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternatives.png index 6c0da346..29e76463 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternatives.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternatives.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst similarity index 75% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst index d72c59c9..abbeb4cb 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst @@ -1,23 +1,25 @@ -Chapter 3.2.19 Printers +Chapter 3.2.18 Printers ======================= -Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print queue. +Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and shows your print queue. Usage ------ -To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click :menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press :kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you can restart it. +To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click :menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press :kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you can restart it. To see what status in your printer view the :guilabel:`Status` column to see if the job is pending, held or printed. To view what you have already printed press the :guilabel:`Checkmark` button. To reprint a job press the u shaped arrow button or right click and select :menuselection:`Reprint`. To cancel a job press the button with an octagon with a circle in it or right click on the job and select :menuselection:`Cancel`. To hold a printer job press the :guilabel:`||` button or right click and select :menuselection:`Hold`. + +.. image:: print-queue.png .. image:: printers.png To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or :menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page. -.. image:: new_printer.png +.. image:: new_printer.png If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> Rename`. -To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the :guilabel:`Print Test Page` button. +To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To see the current state of the printer view the :guilabel:`Printer State` field. To see what To print a test page press the :guilabel:`Print Test Page` button. -.. image:: prop-settings.png +.. image:: prop-settings.png To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the :guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down. @@ -31,14 +33,14 @@ To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer Options` .. image:: prop-printer-option.png -To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default :guilabel:`Copies` field. +To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default :guilabel:`Copies` field. To change which direction to print with this printer by default change the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To have the printer resize anything you print to fit to a page check the :guilabel:`Scale to fit` checkbox. To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.15 of Printers. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/new_printer.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/new_printer.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/new_printer.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/new_printer.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/print-queue.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/print-queue.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98e64b0b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/print-queue.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/printers.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/printers.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e4e2c2e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/printers.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-access-control.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-access-control.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-access-control.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-access-control.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-policies.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-policies.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-policies.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-policies.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-printer-option.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-printer-option.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-printer-option.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-printer-option.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-settings.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-settings.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.19/prop-settings.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.18/prop-settings.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/printers.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/printers.png deleted file mode 100644 index 28e8c035..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/printers.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver-advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..187dc214 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver-advanced.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc98fba5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst similarity index 79% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst index d0d493fd..2d510497 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ -Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver +Chapter 3.2.19 Screensaver ========================== Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver. Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen. +The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. Check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and change :guilabel:`minutes` to change how soon to lock the screen. + +To change your screensaver to a different screensaver left click on the name of the screensaver on the left hand side of the screen. You can see a small preview of the screensaver on the right hand side of the window. .. image:: screensaver.png @@ -19,7 +21,6 @@ To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the :guilabel:`Advan .. image:: screensaver-advanced.png - Version ------- Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver @@ -32,4 +33,4 @@ To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` xscreensaver-demo -from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background. +from the command line. The icon for Screensaver looks like purple night picture of the sky at night. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png index 3dd55e7a..74e50c0c 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-font.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-font.png index ebbe6fd1..9b9873f8 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-font.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-font.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png index 5d54f2e5..23736920 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png index 3fe494ea..52f135bf 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst index ba25091f..6cde73b2 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a differe Usage ------ -The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click. + +The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and menus are drawn. To change how buttons and toolbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications use the :guilabel:`Qt Style` menu. The section :guilabel:`Qt Palate` changes colors on Qt applications. To change the background color of windows use the :guilabel:`Window` button and then choose your color. To change foreground elements colors use the :guilabel:`View` menu. To change the color of selected buttons and text change the :guilabel:`Selection` button. To change the color of hyperlinks on windows change the :guilabel:`Link` button. To change how the text of windows appears change the :guilabel:`Window Text` field. To change the color of text on buttons change the :guilabel:`View Text` button. To change the color of text you have selected press the :guilabel:`Selected Text` button. to change the color of links you have visited press the :guilabel:`Visited Link` button. To change your colors back to default press the :guilabel:`Default Palette` button and then press :guilabel:`Apply`. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`Set GTK themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click. + .. image:: appearance.png @@ -15,7 +17,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer and if yo The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one that comes with the LXQt theme. -.. image:: lxqt-theme-tab.png +.. image:: lxqt-theme-tab.png The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the :guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu. @@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the :guilabel:`Reset` b Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Appearance. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Appearance. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver-advanced.png deleted file mode 100644 index fddb3148..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver-advanced.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.png deleted file mode 100644 index 37f8db3d..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness-confirmation.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness-confirmation.png index 5f89f9d9..d8298397 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness-confirmation.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness-confirmation.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.png index 189d367e..9a567d2a 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst index a6caeca3..a448ccce 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you are usi Usage ------ -To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings. +To use brightness click drag a set of sliders on thee for a particular monitor or backlight. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click on the slider and drag the dial towards the left. If you want to make the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the slider towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a slider on the center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings. Using a less bright backlight will result in longer battery life. .. image:: brightness-confirmation.png -If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor. +If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will be shown on a slider for each monitor. If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of Brightness. +Lubuntu ships with 0.17.1 of Brightness. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst index 94cd5c7c..62925124 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst @@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings for sync To change the timezone of your computer left click the :guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says :guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty. -If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you want with the keyboard. + +If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the calendar or change month from the month in the top of the calendar. To change the year left click the year and click on the year and type in the year. + To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key. @@ -21,7 +23,7 @@ Screenshots Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Date and Time. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Date and Time. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png index 912b72cd..98f225a4 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-general.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-general.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cdead97 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-general.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-open-file.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-open-file.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8208fc6 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-open-file.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.png index 8cee2c42..ffaff438 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst index bea14c39..1f541c44 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst @@ -5,36 +5,46 @@ Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the appearance of ic Usage ------ -To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the :guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. +The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the :guilabel:`Browse` button to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. -The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. +.. image:: desktop-open-file.png + +The drop down menu :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper is made to fit on the screen. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To have the image oriented based on metadata check the :guilabel:`Transform image based on EXIF data` checkbox. To use a different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual wallpaper for each monitor`. If your wallpaper looks stretched and you don't want it to you can select :menuselection:`Center on the screen`. This is also useful if your multimonitor setup has the wallpaper split across monitors awkwardly and you want the same wallpaper twice. .. image:: desktop.png +The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. + +.. image:: desktop-general.png + The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what languages your fonts can support choose your language in the :guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box. .. image:: desktop-font.png -The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox. -.. image:: slideshow-desktop.png +The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox. + + +.. image:: slideshow-desktop.png + + +The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for default desktop icons or included. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or :guilabel:`Network`. -The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or :guilabel:`Network`. To show the openbox window manager menus by right clicking on the desktop check the :guilabel:`Show menus provided by window managers when desktop is clicked`. -.. image:: desktop-advanced.png +.. image:: desktop-advanced.png To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.14.1 of Desktop. +Lubuntu ships with 0.17.0 of Desktop. How to Launch ------------- -To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the desktop button to launch it or run +To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop`, from LXQt Configuration Center press the desktop button to launch it, or run .. code:: pcmanfm-qt --desktop-pref=general -from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing. +from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/slideshow-desktop.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/slideshow-desktop.png index 5ca8b8aa..d0fa84fa 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/slideshow-desktop.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/slideshow-desktop.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst index aafbb2dc..da97f4db 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst @@ -5,11 +5,15 @@ Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification settings Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your window. -To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press :guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears under :guilabel:`Position on screen` on the portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your window. + +To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. + +The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other. + +If you want to deal with notification when you are away from your computer use the settings under :guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore particular applications type the application name in the :guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field. -The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification when you are away from your computer use the settings under :guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore particular applications type the application name in the :guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field. Screenshots ----------- @@ -19,11 +23,11 @@ Screenshots Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Desktop Notifications. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Desktop Notifications. How to Launch ------------- -To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and :menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the command line run +To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications tray icon and :menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the command line run .. code:: diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.png index fa1164b5..ea256385 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst index 820d581a..7acded0d 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another program .. image:: application_chooser.png +To choose several common programs to end up using as default application use the :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab. For each application to change to a different default application press the :guilabel:`Change` button. + To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key. Screenshot @@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of File Associations +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of File Associations How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst index 1550338b..50f56531 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your keyboard, mouse Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. To increaqse acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`Acceleration` slider to the right for more acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate slower drag it to the left. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag the slider for :guilabel:`Sensitivity` towards the right or conversely to decrease sensitivity drag the :guilabel:`Sensitivity` slider towards low. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it. -The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. +The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it. .. image:: keyboardandmouse.png -If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. +If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. To have your changes take place press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. + The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To select whi Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Keyboard and Mouse. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Keyboard and Mouse. How to Launch ------------- @@ -43,4 +43,3 @@ To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt setti lxqt-config-input The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard. - diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboardandmouse.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboardandmouse.png index df83baa4..489de0a2 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboardandmouse.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboardandmouse.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst index 56d2a4a6..3497a478 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more customizatio Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of Locale. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Locale. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst b/source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst index 187e3098..164f5460 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst @@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for themeing a 3.2.15/users_and_groups 3.2.16/window_effects 3.2.17/alternative_configurator - 3.2.19/Printers - 3.2.20/screensaver + 3.2.18/Printers + 3.2.19/screensaver diff --git a/source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst b/source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst index f5b66885..cf574300 100644 --- a/source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst +++ b/source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences *************************************** -This chapter documents tools to manage your system, to change preferences, and themeing Lubuntu. +This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, and themeing Lubuntu. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover-details.png b/source/4/4.1/discover-details.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01a960fe Binary files /dev/null and b/source/4/4.1/discover-details.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover-installed.png b/source/4/4.1/discover-installed.png index 79136350..f6ab78ca 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.1/discover-installed.png and b/source/4/4.1/discover-installed.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover-settings.png b/source/4/4.1/discover-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea3cded0 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/4/4.1/discover-settings.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover.rst b/source/4/4.1/discover.rst index 481d6d3d..b16694cd 100644 --- a/source/4/4.1/discover.rst +++ b/source/4/4.1/discover.rst @@ -1,27 +1,41 @@ Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center ========================================== -Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead. +Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, Discover only shows GUI applications so if you are looking for command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead. Usage ------ -Discover allows you to search for applications by using the :guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the start with press the button that looks like a house. + +Discover allows you to search for applications by using the :guilabel:`Search` box or by pressing :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. To install a program press the cloud with downward pointing arrow button that says :guilabel:`Install` when viewing a single package. When installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the different categories. If a category has a :menuselection:`-->` next to it you can click on it and then will have subcategories. To go back up a little press the :guilabel:`Back` button in the upper left. In the results after selecting your program you are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot click on the screenshot. To change which screenshot you are looking at press the left and right arrow buttons near the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the start with press the button that looks like a house. + Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history. -To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`. +To view more information on a program you want to install left click on a program to see more details on it. Towards the right will show a description of the program. To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All Reviews`. To install the program press the :guilabel:`Install` button. To view more screenshots press the left and right arrows next to the screenshots. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside the areas of reviews. To view ratings of thee program is shown in stars with how many ratings of the number of reviews next to :guilabel:`ratings`. Below the reviews there is information on the package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`. -Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)` where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis. To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download size of the update to the right. To finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the :guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button. .. image:: update-authentication.png +======= +.. image:: discover-details.png + + To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt +I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner. .. image:: discover-installed.png -In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release date. +In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` category to sort your search results by :menuselection:`Name`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Size`, or :menuselection:`Release Date`. To get to your settings on what software to use install use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the checkbox next to that software source. +.. image:: discover-settings.png + +Updating +-------- + +Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)` where x is the number of the packages needing updating or press :kbd:`Alt+U`. When you select updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis. To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download size of the update to the right. To see what is changing in a package with the changelog left click on the package and then mouseover to see what has changed in the update. To view info about a package being updated left click on it and then left click :guilabel:` More information`. To finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all updates and then a dialog will pop up you will need to enter your password and press the :guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button to restart your machine. + +.. image:: update-authentication.png + Screenshot ---------- @@ -29,7 +43,7 @@ Screenshot Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 5.17.9 of Discover. +Lubuntu ships with version 5.24.1 of Discover. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png b/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png index ba8d0920..536c3341 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png and b/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.2/muon-pref.png b/source/4/4.2/muon-pref.png index e6f02a1a..b3212f05 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.2/muon-pref.png and b/source/4/4.2/muon-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.2/muon-shortcuts.png b/source/4/4.2/muon-shortcuts.png index 5c39edbd..0fcefeb9 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.2/muon-shortcuts.png and b/source/4/4.2/muon-shortcuts.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.2/muon-toolbar.png b/source/4/4.2/muon-toolbar.png index ac6e1a03..fb155749 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.2/muon-toolbar.png and b/source/4/4.2/muon-toolbar.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.2/muon.png b/source/4/4.2/muon.png index e7c1efbf..58b490a3 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.2/muon.png and b/source/4/4.2/muon.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.2/muon.rst b/source/4/4.2/muon.rst index f9326859..8ea1a3b1 100644 --- a/source/4/4.2/muon.rst +++ b/source/4/4.2/muon.rst @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ Usage ------ To update your packages press the gear button with a clockwise pointed arrow. If updates are available press the upward pointing arrow with a dot on top to install the updates. -To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the :guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`. +To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can right click and then :menuselection:`Mark for installation` or left click the :guilabel:`Mark for Installation` button. When the package you want to install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the :guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To choose a package to not install you can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Unmark`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`. -The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or :guilabel:`Package` columns. +The :guilabel:`Package` column shows the package name and a short description of the package. The :guilabel:`Status` column shows what the current status of the package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` column shows what status you want for the package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or :guilabel:`Package` columns. To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the previous package left click on the list of packages above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key. When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a description of the package you are currently selected. The :guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab. -.. image:: lower-muon-screen.png +.. image:: lower-muon-screen.png If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search through your history enter what you want to search for in the :guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, :guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can :menuselection:` On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and :guilabel:`upgradeable`. -To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` again to get your checkbox back. +To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` checkbox or right click on the menubar and uncheck :menuselection:`Main Toolbar`. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` again to get your checkbox back. Screenshot ---------- @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Customizing To get to your preferences for Muon package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To always install suggested packages as dependencies check the :guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the maximum number of package operations you can undo change the :guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. -.. image:: muon-pref.png +.. image:: muon-pref.png To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button. diff --git a/source/4/4.3/ediiting-sources.png b/source/4/4.3/ediiting-sources.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6277af7f Binary files /dev/null and b/source/4/4.3/ediiting-sources.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.3/proprietary-drivers.png b/source/4/4.3/proprietary-drivers.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1b6b2b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/4/4.3/proprietary-drivers.png differ diff --git a/source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst b/source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst index 97ad76f8..aac438e0 100644 --- a/source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst +++ b/source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst @@ -11,17 +11,19 @@ Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources. This c Usage ------ -You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the window. +To use Software Sources you will need to authenticate with your password as this changes systemwide settings. You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the window. -The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the :guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an :guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The :guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best Server`. +The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the :guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an :guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The :guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best Server`. To see what protocol you will use to download packages from this mirror see the :guilabel:`Protocol` field. -.. image:: ubuntu_software-tab.png +.. image:: ubuntu_software-tab.png -The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories.To enable/disable a software source click the checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button. +The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button. -.. image:: other-software-sources.png +.. image:: other-software-sources.png -The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released (unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, :menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases only` or :menuselection:`Never`. +To change where a source is downloading software from press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To change between downloading source and binary code use the :guilabel:`Type` menu. To change where the link to download software change the :guilabel:`URI` field. To change what distribution this source is for enter that in the :guilabel:`Distribution` field. To change what parts of the repository to use the :guilabel:`Components` field. To add a comment to yourself about a repository enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. + +The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released `, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, :menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases only`, or :menuselection:`Never`. .. image:: software_sources.png @@ -31,17 +33,19 @@ The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your downloads - Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We urge you to enable this feature but it is disabled by default as Lubuntu has an "Opt-in" philosophy. -To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` button. +To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. If you made changes and close software sources a dialog stating :guilabel:`Your local copy of the software catalog is out of date` and so press the :guilabel:`Reload` button to download a list of packages now from the new sources. Proprietary Drivers ------------------- To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button. -To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences --> Additional Drivers`. +To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences --> Additional Drivers` with the icon that looks like a circuit board with pins on thee bottom. + +.. image:: proprietary-drivers.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.97.9 of Software Sources. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.99.19 of Software Sources. How to Launch ------------- @@ -52,6 +56,6 @@ To launch software properties from the menu you can :menuselection:`Preferences lxqt-sudo software-properties-qt -The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white downward pointing arrow. +The icon for Software Sources looks like a dark circle with three blue dots. tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, security, diff --git a/source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst b/source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst index 4e0ed826..a25bfd91 100644 --- a/source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst +++ b/source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst @@ -7,16 +7,18 @@ Usage ----- To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the :guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is done press the :guilabel:`Close` button. +To see what will change on a update left click on the a category most likely :guilabel:`Upgrade` and see what list of packages will be upgraded. If there are any security updates a second column will appear that says :guilabel:`Security`. Next to each security update a green shield will show up to denote that upgrade is a security upgrade. To see further what dependencies are pulling in the upgrade and to collapse them click the arrow next to the package to be upgraded and again to collapse the list. + If you have to restart after an update the window will say :guilabel:`Restart Required`. Screenshot ---------- -.. image:: upgrade-notifer.png +.. image:: upgrade-notifer.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.4 of Update Notifier. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/4/4.4/upgrade-notifer.png b/source/4/4.4/upgrade-notifer.png index 20b4b0b3..810c91a0 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.4/upgrade-notifer.png and b/source/4/4.4/upgrade-notifer.png differ diff --git a/source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst b/source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst index a6e0f44b..9b4dcf5f 100644 --- a/source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst +++ b/source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software ******************************************************** -This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and remove software and manage where your system downloads sources. +This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and remove software. It also manages where your system downloads packages. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 diff --git a/source/5/5.1/desktop-switch.png b/source/5/5.1/desktop-switch.png index b4b4d709..8a502b86 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/desktop-switch.png and b/source/5/5.1/desktop-switch.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png index 66401623..8a94dded 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png and b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst index 4994a9d7..49286004 100644 --- a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst +++ b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst @@ -5,31 +5,33 @@ LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. The pane Usage ------ -The application menu allows you to browse and search through available programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, :menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, :menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop name. +The application menu allows you to browse and search through available programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, :menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, :menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to lock your screen use :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you want to lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop name. .. image:: menu_search.png -The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the show desktop button again. +The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the left. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the right. Another way to reorder items on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button again. -The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar. +The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of these windows to focus simply left click the button with icon and name on the task bar. If you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar. If you want to close one window out of a particular group left click to bring up the single window and then right click on the window and select :menuselection:`Close`. .. image:: multiple_tasks.png -On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting :guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select :menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only your titlebar. +On a single window on the taskbar to move it to a different desktop right click :menuselection:`To Desktop` to move the window to the desired desktop. To move a window to your current virtual desktop right click on the window on your taskbar and select :menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. If you have multiple monitors you can right click and select :menuselection:`Move to next monitor` to move a window to the next monitor. To move a window back to a previous monitor right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Move to previous monitor`. Right clicking and selecting :guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you can minimize by right clicking on the window on the taskbar and selecting :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only your titlebar. -Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired position. +Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar into a particular order left click and drag them to the desired position. .. image:: menu-right-click.png -The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these notifications left click the docked notifications and press :menuselection:`Clear All`. +The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file manager. .. image:: system_tray.png -In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key. +In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. To see more on how to use nm-tray which manages network in the tray see chapter 3.1.5. Also included is Qlipper which to see how to use view how to view chapter 2.4.5. Other Programs you install can also place a tray icon here as well. With the volume applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up and down or press :kbd:`Up arrow` or :kbd:`Down arrow`. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To see what the current volume is you can hover the mouse over the volume applet. To close the volume applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key. .. image:: volume-widget.png -To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or :kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year. +Next over to the right is the status notifier applet with a blue exclamation point over a white rectangle. To view notifications you may have missed while away from the keyboard left click on this applet. To bring up a particular notification left click on that notification from the list and it will pop up like notifications on your screen. To clear all notifications click the button that says :guilabel:`Clear All` for notifications. + +To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or :kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year. Too see what week of the year it is read the number on the far left of the calendar. .. image:: calendar-widget.png @@ -43,21 +45,24 @@ Customizing ----------- To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key. -The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The :guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either :menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the :guilabel:`Rows` field. +The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the panel. The :guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either :menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the :guilabel:`Rows` field. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of :guilabel:`Position` that can move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. + +If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the :guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To only hide the panel when the panel overlaps a window check the :guilabel:`Hide only on overlapping a window` checkbox. To have the space for the panel not be used for anything else check the :guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox. -If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a very thin bit of the panel visible when autohidden check the :guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the space for the panel not be used for anything else check the :guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox. -To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog. +To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. If you use a compositor and want to change the background opacity for the panel you can change how transparent the background is with the :guilabel:`Background opacity` slider. To add an image to your panel background press the checkbox :guilabel:`Background image` and press the the dialog button on the right to choose your file. .. image:: lxqt-panel-config.png -The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize the panel. +The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize the panel. -The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default. To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not. -.. image:: widget-add.png +The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default. To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The :guilabel:`dark circle with three blue dots` button has the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not. + +.. image:: widget-add.png Shipped applets not enabled by default: + - Backlight - CPU Monitor - Color Picker - Panel DOM Tree @@ -67,68 +72,75 @@ Shipped applets not enabled by default: .. image:: panel-config-widgets.png -To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then press the keyboard shortcut you want. +To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The :guilabel:`Icon` checkbox lets you choose a custom icon to use in your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then press the keyboard shortcut you want. -To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has :guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search upon showing menu` checkbox. +To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu entries` checkbox. To turn off showing matching items directly in top layer of the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Show matching entries` checkbox. Leave both of these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has :guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your search upon reopening the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search upon showing menu` checkbox. .. image:: menu-pref.png -To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`. +To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`three dots` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show the current desktop check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`. .. image:: desktop-switch.png To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick launch to the left right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu. -To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off. +To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the :guilabel:`three dots` button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off. If you want all windows of the same program next to each other check the :guilabel:`Put buttons of the same class next to each other` checkbox. .. image:: taskmanager-config.png To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. :menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the :guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. -The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click the applet :menuselection:`Configure "Removable media"` from :guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and :menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or :menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click the applet :menuselection:`Configure "Removable media"` from :guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and :menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or :menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To change what to do when the eject button is pressed on optical drives change the :guilabel:`When eject button is pressed` menu. .. image:: removalble-media-settings.png -To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and select :menuselection:`Configure "Volume Control"`. To change which audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the :guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100 percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To change how what percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust step` field. +To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and select :menuselection:`Configure "Volume Control"`. To change which audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the :guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100 percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust step` field. To change what you use as your mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. .. image:: volume-app-pref.png -To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then :menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the :guilabel:`Format` field. +To change settings of your status notifier press the :guilabel:`...` button in the list of applets or on the status notifier applet left click on :menuselection:`Options`. To change how long to have something visible you will autohide will have change the :guilabel:`Attention period`. To hide or authide notifications from a particular application is to change the app settings under the:guilabel:`Visibility` column. + +.. image:: status-notifier-pref.png -.. image:: clock-custom.png +To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then :menuselection:`Configure World clock`. To change settings on how your clock shows stuff use the :guilabel:`Display format` tab. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the :guilabel:`Format` field. + +.. image:: clock-custom.png To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the :guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. -To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select :menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section. +To add two or more panels right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select :menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section. Non-Default widgets ------------------- -To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar :menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar :menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width` is how many pixels wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. -.. image:: CPU-load-settings.png +.. image:: CPU-load-settings.png The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the right. -.. image:: spacer-color-picker.png +.. image:: spacer-color-picker.png -To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your temperature is in a number. +To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your temperature is in a number in the :guilabel:`Cur` field. Also shown on mouseover is the :guilabel:`Crit` field shows the temperature the sensor should not read above without overheating. -To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet :menuselection:`Configure "Sensors"`. The :guilabel:`Update interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet :menuselection:`Configure "Sensors"`. The :guilabel:`Update interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your temperature gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. .. image:: sensors-config.png The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu. -.. image:: sensors-applet.png +.. image:: sensors-applet.png -To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, :menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the spacers appearance. +To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, :menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the spacers appearance. .. image:: panel-spacer.png +To add an easy way to change brightness to your panel add the :guilabel:`Backlight` widget. To bring the applet to change backlight level left click on the icon. To make the backlight more faint drag the slider to the bottom and to make it brighter drag the slider towards the top. + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 of LXQt-panel. + +Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of LXQt-panel. How to Launch ------------- diff --git a/source/5/5.1/menu-right-click.png b/source/5/5.1/menu-right-click.png index 92a2098c..94d19c34 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/menu-right-click.png and b/source/5/5.1/menu-right-click.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/menu_search.png b/source/5/5.1/menu_search.png index f5a758a4..516042dc 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/menu_search.png and b/source/5/5.1/menu_search.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/multiple_tasks.png b/source/5/5.1/multiple_tasks.png index c90ac07c..ac71c311 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/multiple_tasks.png and b/source/5/5.1/multiple_tasks.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png index 0cc90f33..b6455b2e 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png and b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/removalble-media-settings.png b/source/5/5.1/removalble-media-settings.png index f0986706..170e8264 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/removalble-media-settings.png and b/source/5/5.1/removalble-media-settings.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/status-notifier-pref.png b/source/5/5.1/status-notifier-pref.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed32b0b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/5/5.1/status-notifier-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/taskmanager-config.png b/source/5/5.1/taskmanager-config.png index 09e8f6f2..431edc91 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/taskmanager-config.png and b/source/5/5.1/taskmanager-config.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/volume-app-pref.png b/source/5/5.1/volume-app-pref.png index 134a3741..8881dc89 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/volume-app-pref.png and b/source/5/5.1/volume-app-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png b/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png index 1ae104b4..17e0e625 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png and b/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst b/source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst index 4ee8e16c..aff4347f 100644 --- a/source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst +++ b/source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst @@ -1,12 +1,18 @@ Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons ========================= -The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like Featherpad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an :guilabel:`!` on the icon. -If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide Desktop Items`. To get your desktop icons to show again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` checkbox. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`. +The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an :guilabel:`!` on the icon. + +If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and select the :menuselection:`Show Hidden` checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`. To paste a file right click and select :menuselection:`Paste` and this shares things you have copied in PCManFM-Qt. To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by how large each file is right click on the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`. - + +To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what you currently have select right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Invert Selection`. + +Having a folder on your desktop gives you a few more options. To open a folder in your terminal from the desktop right click and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`. + + Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of all files in your trash can. Adding and removing items from the desktop @@ -23,34 +29,8 @@ To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Move Editing ------- -To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to open the .desktop entry in Featherpad or the text editor of your choice you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and :menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by something else change the line starting with Icon=. +To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and :menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by something else change the line starting with Icon=. Creating -------- -To create your own desktop file you will need to have certain required key value pairs in your file - -one thing you will need on the first line is - -.. code:: - - [desktop entry] - -If you read to the next required key you will need is a type of each action - -.. code:: - - Type= - -The next required field for creating your own desktop file is a name key which you will need a line starting with - -.. code:: - - Name= - -If you want your desktop icon to run a program you will need a line that has - -.. code:: - - Exec= - - +To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the :guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select :menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the :guilabel:`URL` field. diff --git a/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst b/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst index ebd95d18..ed9192e4 100644 --- a/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst +++ b/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst @@ -6,11 +6,12 @@ Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in the LXQt Usage ------ -To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu :menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for screengrab. To paste a command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`. +To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If you want to clear history open the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`. To change to the last result of what you are searching for press :kbd:`End`. To move to the first result press :kbd:`Home`. -Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter :kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end. +Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter :kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end. After typing :kbd:`=` the result will be copied to your clipboard. -You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something press the :kbd:`Escape` key. + +You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something press the :kbd:`Escape` key or click on the :guilabel:`x` button. Screenshot --------------- @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ Screenshot Configuration ------------- -Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu. To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu. To change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. .. image:: runner-config.png @@ -32,4 +33,3 @@ Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` should br lxqt-runner from the command line. - diff --git a/source/5/5.4/window_management.rst b/source/5/5.4/window_management.rst index cc83a62c..fb9136a8 100644 --- a/source/5/5.4/window_management.rst +++ b/source/5/5.4/window_management.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Using the mouse --------------- In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic controls of the window. Starting from left to right -- Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the tittlebar. +- Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the titlebar. - Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen. - Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog asks for to save or the program is not responding. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic controls of th In the top center is the title of your window. -The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`. +The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the mouse, holding :kbd:`alt+drag the mouse`, or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`. Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the window management menu. Here you can: diff --git a/source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst b/source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst index c9af3100..ef1942a3 100644 --- a/source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst +++ b/source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation ==================================== -Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and then press that key to see what it is to press. +Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file menu in LibreOffice Writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and then press that key to see what it is to press. -Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and :kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to the top of the menu. +Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and :kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If you want to move up in a different way press :kbd:`Shift+Tab`. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to the top of the menu. -If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. +If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key. .. image:: menu-example.png diff --git a/source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst b/source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst index 6ad4cdc8..f270f0ca 100644 --- a/source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst +++ b/source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst @@ -16,8 +16,16 @@ even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not installed. If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key. -To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get a black screen without proprietary drivers. +To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get a black screen without proprietary drivers. If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki `_ . -If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what time it is. +If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what time it is. Also setting individual wallpaper for each monitor can make the wallpaper look much better see chapter 3.2.5 for how to do this. + +In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you will need to run + +.. code:: + + sudo systemctl restart systemd-resolved + +to get your changes actually applied. diff --git a/source/C/command_line.rst b/source/C/command_line.rst index 1230e0e0..32582676 100644 --- a/source/C/command_line.rst +++ b/source/C/command_line.rst @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ ************************ -Appendix C Command line +Appendix C Command Line ************************ The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running in a window. @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of the manu man df -This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`. +This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search for. To scroll up and down in a manual page press :kbd:`Up arrow` or :kbd:`Down arrow`. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`. .. code:: @@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ To change to another directory an important command is where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level. -There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package management `_ for how to insert and remove packages from the command line. +Many command line commands have what are called options that use one or sometimes two :kbd:`-` to type before options that allow you to do different options on different commands which checking the man page to see what options for each command. + +There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package management `_ for how to insert and remove packages from the command line. If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke something run diff --git a/source/D/01_updating_software.png b/source/D/01_updating_software.png deleted file mode 100644 index c4ebb28c..00000000 Binary files a/source/D/01_updating_software.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/D/02_up-to-date.png b/source/D/02_up-to-date.png deleted file mode 100644 index b1adae81..00000000 Binary files a/source/D/02_up-to-date.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/D/03_development_release.png b/source/D/03_development_release.png deleted file mode 100644 index 71801125..00000000 Binary files a/source/D/03_development_release.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/D/04_release_available.png b/source/D/04_release_available.png deleted file mode 100644 index d4168152..00000000 Binary files a/source/D/04_release_available.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/D/05_release_notes.png b/source/D/05_release_notes.png deleted file mode 100644 index f6328f43..00000000 Binary files a/source/D/05_release_notes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/D/do-release-upgrade-continue.png b/source/D/do-release-upgrade-continue.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b99e2cb Binary files /dev/null and b/source/D/do-release-upgrade-continue.png differ diff --git a/source/D/newdistributioin-release-notification.png b/source/D/newdistributioin-release-notification.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95ab6290 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/D/newdistributioin-release-notification.png differ diff --git a/source/D/upgrading.rst b/source/D/upgrading.rst index a658bc03..eae447fd 100644 --- a/source/D/upgrading.rst +++ b/source/D/upgrading.rst @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ ******************************************** -Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases +Appendix D Upgrading from Previous Releases ******************************************** -With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous release will download will take time and data. +With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous release will download will take time and data. This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported. .. note:: - Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an iso again. + Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling Lubuntu. Upgrading with command line --------------------------- -The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, enter your password. +The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, enter your password. Another way updating is running the graphical updater from :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full Upgrade`. .. code:: - sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade -y + sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade .. image:: terminal_upgrade.png @@ -32,6 +32,12 @@ The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-release-upgr sudo do-release-upgrade -You may be prompted "No new release found", if so follow this step, else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select :menuselection:`Normal Releases`. +You may be prompted "No new release found", if so follow this step, else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select :menuselection:`Normal Releases`. If you want to stay on the Long Term Support release from the :guilabel:`Updates` tab in :guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` select :guilabel:`Long term support releases only`. + +.. image:: newdistributioin-release-notification.png + +While running the command line upgrade you will see what a chance to Cancel the installation, Continue, or see Details of what will change. To see details of what will change press :kbd:`d`. To get back to the choice of whether to upgrade from viewing the details of changes press :kbd:`q`. To cancel the upgrade press :kbd:`N`. To actually do the upgrade press :kbd:`y`. After pressing y the command line upgrader will download all the new software versions and then install new versions. Some things like a screensaver may need to be prompted to be restarted after you upgrade the package. After the new packages are installed you be asked to conitnue to remove uneeded packages. To remove the uneeded old pacakages press :kbd:`y`. To view details on what will be removed press :kbd:`d`. + +.. image:: do-release-upgrade-continue.png After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu. diff --git a/source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst b/source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst index 0e30c12b..7505f343 100644 --- a/source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst +++ b/source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ ***************************** -Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts +Appendix F Hotkeys Shortcuts ***************************** -Hotkeys, also known as keyboard shortcuts, allow users to easily navigate, start applications, and change settings like resize windows. These are useful as they create a smooth and time efficient user experience. It would benefit users to take a few minutes to learn some of these shortcuts. +Hotkeys, also known as keyboard shortcuts, allow users to easily navigate, start applications, and change settings like resizing windows. These are useful as they create a smooth and time efficient user experience. It would benefit users to take a few minutes to learn some of these shortcuts. Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt Global Keys and Openbox. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Openbox keyboard shortcuts ------------------------------- Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings `_ -.. note:: Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For example if the W(indows) key opens the LXQT application menu (equivilant of the windows start menu) in Global-keys, Openbox commands like window resizing (W + arrow keys) will not work correctly. Keep this in mind when using and editing keyboard shortcuts. +.. note:: Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For example if the W(indows) key opens the LXQT application menu (equivalent of the windows start menu) in Global-keys, Openbox commands like window resizing (W + arrow keys) will not work correctly. Keep this in mind when using and editing keyboard shortcuts. The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts: @@ -37,7 +37,73 @@ M Meta key H Hyper key (If it is bound to something) ==== ======================== -.. include:: openbox_keyboard.rst +**Keybindings for desktop switching** + +============================= ======================== + +GoToLeftDesktop C-A-Left + +GoToRightDesktop C-A-Right + +GoToDesktop C-A-Up + +GoToDesktop C-A-Down + +SendToDesktoaToLeft S-A-Left + +SendToDesktopToRight S-A-Right + +SendToDesktop S-A-Up + +SendToDesktop S-A-Down + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybindings for windows** + +============================= ======================== + +Close A-F4 + +Lower (minimize) A-Escape + +ShowMenu A-space + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybindings for window switching** + +============================= ======================== + +NextWindow A-Tab + +PreviousWindow A-S-Tab + +NextWindow C-A-Tab + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys** + +============================= ======================== + +DirectionalCycleWindows W-S-Right + +DirectionalCycleWindows W-S-Left + +DirectionalCycleWindows W-S-Up + +DirectionalCycleWindows W-S-Down + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen** + +============================= ======================== + +ToggleFullscreen F11 + +============================= ======================== <<<<<<< HEAD ======= @@ -187,3 +253,69 @@ Mute Volume XF86AudioMute >>>>>>> 617ac87f (Fix typo in lxqt-runner in appendix F thanks guiverc) +============================= ======================== + +Launch lxqt-runner W-r + +Open Panel Menu W + + +============================= ======================== + +**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del** + +============================= ======================== + +Open qps C-A-Delete + +============================= ======================== + +**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T** + +============================= ======================== + +Open qterminal C-A-T +============================= ======================== + +============================= ======================== + +Launch firefox XF86WWW + +Open qterminal XF86Terminal + + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybinding for computer button** + +============================= ======================== + +Open pcmanfm-qt XF86MyComputer + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybinding for backlight** + +============================= ======================== + +Toggle turn off monitor C-F7 + +Decrease backlight brightness C-S-F6 + +Increase backlight brightness C-S-F7 + +============================= ======================== + +**Keybindings fo Volume** + +============================= ========================= + +Decrease Volume XF86VolumeLower + +Increase Volume XF86VolumeRaise + +Mute Volume XF86AudioMute + +============================= ========================= + + diff --git a/source/conf.py b/source/conf.py index 51ebd41b..5af2b034 100644 --- a/source/conf.py +++ b/source/conf.py @@ -33,7 +33,11 @@ master_doc = 'index' # General information about the project. project = u'Lubuntu Manual' +<<<<<<< HEAD copyright = u'2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License' +======= +copyright = u'2016-2022, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License' +>>>>>>> stable author = u'Lubuntu Team' # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for @@ -41,9 +45,9 @@ author = u'Lubuntu Team' # built documents. # # The short X.Y version. -version = u'20.04' +version = u'22.04' # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = u'20.04 LTS' +release = u'22.04' # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation # for a list of supported languages. @@ -221,6 +225,8 @@ htmlhelp_basename = 'LubuntuManualdoc' # -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------- +latex_engine = 'xelatex' + latex_elements = { # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). # @@ -237,8 +243,24 @@ latex_elements = { # Latex figure (float) alignment # # 'figure_align': 'htbp', + 'fontpkg': r''' + \setmainfont{DejaVu Serif} + \setsansfont{DejaVu Sans} + \setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono} + ''', + 'preamble': r''' + \usepackage[titles]{tocloft} + \cftsetpnumwidth {1.25cm}\cftsetrmarg{1.5cm} + \setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{0.75cm} + \setlength{\cftsecindent}{\cftchapnumwidth} + \setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{1.25cm} + ''', + 'fncychap': r'\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}', + 'printindex': r'\footnotesize\raggedright\printindex', } +latex_show_urls = 'footnote' + # Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples # (source start file, target name, title, # author, documentclass [howto, manual, or own class]). diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/be/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index e0ea843f..454d9eef 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henrik Christiansen \n" "Language: da\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,66 +28,32 @@ msgstr "Kapitel 1.1 Hent installation image" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -97,7 +63,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -105,64 +71,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -171,42 +137,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -216,7 +170,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -225,13 +179,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -240,38 +194,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -318,3 +276,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 0dce11fa..45111d54 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henrik Christiansen \n" "Language: da\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Kapitel 1: Installer Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Dette kapitel viser dig hvordan Lubuntu installeres på din computer." diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 398a8bd8..6df04fd7 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: F. Lamy \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,68 +28,19 @@ msgstr "Kapitel 1.1 Erlangen der Image-Datei" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie Lubuntu installieren, müssen Sie die korrekte Image-Datei " -"herunterladen. Lubuntu unterstützt mehrere verschiedene CPU-Typen und " -"Architekturen, mit einer neuen Version alle sechs Monate (Unterstützung " -"für neun Monate) und alle zwei Jahre mit einer Langzeitunterstützung " -"(Unterstützung für drei Jahre)." #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Prozessorachitekturen" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 64-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 32-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Die amd64 Image-Datei ist mit den meisten modernen Prozessoren " -"kompatibel. Der beste Weg um herauszufinden ob Ihr Computer einen amd64 " -"oder i386 Prozessor hat, ist die entsprechende Image-Datei zu booten. Das" -" ist der einzige Weg um wirklich sicher zu wissen, welche " -"Prozessorarchitektur ihr Computer besitzt. Amd64-Computer sind " -"abwärtskompatibel mit i386-Imagedateien. Falls Sie einen Computer mit " -"einem amd64 Prozessor mit sehr wenig RAM haben, empfiehlt es sich eine " -"i386 Image-Datei zu verwenden." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Auf Computern mit sehr wenig RAM und geringer Prozessorleistung, wird die" -" ursprüngliche 32-Bit Architektur am besten funktionieren." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS gegenüber regelmäßigen Veröffentlichungen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -97,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu bietet zwei Arten von Versionen an. Die Version mit " "Langzeitunterstützung (engl. \"Long Term Support\", kurz \"LTS\"), welche" @@ -112,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" " derzeitig unterstützten Lubuntu Versionen die \"LXDE\" Desktop-Umgebung," " das die traditionelle Lubuntu Erfahrung widerspiegelt." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -126,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "regelmäßigen Versionen (engl. \"regular releases\") oder " "Übergangsversionen (engl. \"interim releases\") an." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -138,11 +89,11 @@ msgstr "" "veröffentlicht wird.** Falls das von Ihnen nicht gewünscht ist, sollten " "Sie die LTS-Version in Erwägung ziehen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Möglichkeiten die Image-Datei herunterzuladen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -150,15 +101,15 @@ msgstr "" "Jetzt, nachdem die Entscheidung welche Prozessorarchitektur und Version " "Sie benötigen, gefallen ist, müssen Sie die Image-Datei herunterladen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Es gibt einige Möglichkeiten die Lubuntu Image-Datei herunterzuladen:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "HTTP Download (via Webbrowser oder aus dem Terminal)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -166,11 +117,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (durch einen BitTorrent Programm, wie beispielsweise " "Transmission. Empfohlen für Windows- und macOS-Nutzer)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (via Terminal, empfohlen für Linux-Nutzer)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -178,11 +129,12 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können die Image-Datei auch via Jigdo herunterladen, dies wird aber " "kein Bestandteil dieser Anleitung sein." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -192,17 +144,17 @@ msgstr "" "`cdimage.ubuntu.com `_. Diese hat die" " entsprechenden Dateien aufgelistet." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" "Unten stehend finden Sie weitere detaillierte Hinweise zu den einzelnen " "Download-Möglichkeiten." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -211,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Wir empfehlen diese Methode nicht, da sie meist langsamer und weniger " "effizient ist, als andere Methoden.*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -225,42 +177,30 @@ msgstr "" "Sie Ihre Image-Datei prüfen, finden Sie im `Ubuntu Community Hilfe Wiki " "unter `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -275,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bandbreite. Falls Sie mehr über BitTorrent erfahren möchten, schauen Sie " "auf `diese Wikipediaseite `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " @@ -290,15 +230,16 @@ msgstr "" " Da Transmission nur für Linux und macOS zur Verfügung steht, empfehlen " "wir Windows-Nutzern `uTorrent `_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "Die BitTorrent-Links finden Sie auf unserer Downloadseite oder unter " "cdimage.ubuntu.com. Beide haben wir bereits oben verlinkt." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -313,24 +254,24 @@ msgstr "" " Das hilft dabei Kosten für die Bandbreite zu reduzieren und die " "Download-Orte weiter zu dezentralisieren." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" "Zsync ist ein praktisches Programm, dass die Prüfsumme automatisch " "verifiziert, wenn die Image-Datei geladen wurde. The Lubuntu team uses " "this to download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta " "since the last image was spun." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -339,16 +280,17 @@ msgstr "" " um ein Linux-Programm handelt, können Sie es aus der Paketquelle der " "Distribution beziehen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Falls Sie Debian oder Ubuntu benutzen (oder eine Distribution, die auf " "darauf basiert), können Sie das folgende Kommando in den Terminal " "eingeben:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " @@ -358,7 +300,12 @@ msgstr "" "gleich funktioniert und auf allen Linux Distributionen funktionieren " "sollte:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Herunterladen der Image-Datei via zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -372,3 +319,112 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bevor Sie Lubuntu installieren, müssen " +#~ "Sie die korrekte Image-Datei " +#~ "herunterladen. Lubuntu unterstützt mehrere " +#~ "verschiedene CPU-Typen und Architekturen, " +#~ "mit einer neuen Version alle sechs " +#~ "Monate (Unterstützung für neun Monate) " +#~ "und alle zwei Jahre mit einer " +#~ "Langzeitunterstützung (Unterstützung für drei " +#~ "Jahre)." + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Prozessorachitekturen" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 64-bit)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (üblicherweise bezogen auf 32-bit)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die amd64 Image-Datei ist mit den" +#~ " meisten modernen Prozessoren kompatibel. " +#~ "Der beste Weg um herauszufinden ob " +#~ "Ihr Computer einen amd64 oder i386 " +#~ "Prozessor hat, ist die entsprechende " +#~ "Image-Datei zu booten. Das ist der" +#~ " einzige Weg um wirklich sicher zu" +#~ " wissen, welche Prozessorarchitektur ihr " +#~ "Computer besitzt. Amd64-Computer sind " +#~ "abwärtskompatibel mit i386-Imagedateien. Falls " +#~ "Sie einen Computer mit einem amd64 " +#~ "Prozessor mit sehr wenig RAM haben, " +#~ "empfiehlt es sich eine i386 Image-" +#~ "Datei zu verwenden." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auf Computern mit sehr wenig RAM " +#~ "und geringer Prozessorleistung, wird die " +#~ "ursprüngliche 32-Bit Architektur am besten " +#~ "funktionieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 3a2e502b..f386881c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: F. Lamy \n" -"Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" +"Language-Team: German " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Kapitel 1.2 Die Image-Datei booten" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -39,107 +39,113 @@ msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Dies erfordert zusätzliche Recherche, da dies stark von Ihrer verwendeten " -"Hardware abhängt.**" +"**Dies erfordert zusätzliche Recherche, da dies stark von Ihrer " +"verwendeten Hardware abhängt.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Datenträger" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -"Um die Image-Datei booten zu können, müssen Sie sie irgendwo ablegen. Sie " -"haben drei Möglichkeiten, abhängig davon welche Image-Datei Sie geladen " +"Um die Image-Datei booten zu können, müssen Sie sie irgendwo ablegen. Sie" +" haben drei Möglichkeiten, abhängig davon welche Image-Datei Sie geladen " "haben:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "eine DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "ein USB-Stick (2 GB oder größer)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "Brennen der Image-Datei" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -"Hier sind einige gängige Programme zum brennen von Image-Dateien auf CDs/" -"DVDs:" +"Hier sind einige gängige Programme zum brennen von Image-Dateien auf " +"CDs/DVDs:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "Windows Disc Image Burner" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "InfraRecorder" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -"Leider würde die Anleitung, wie man Image-Dateien auf CDs bzw. DVDs brennt, " -"den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Die Ubuntu Webseite bietet " -"allerdings viele Hilfestellungen zu diesem Thema. Diese möchten wir Ihnen " -"nahelegen, falls Sie planen die Image-Datei auf einen Datenträger zu brennen." +"Leider würde die Anleitung, wie man Image-Dateien auf CDs bzw. DVDs " +"brennt, den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Die Ubuntu " +"Webseite bietet allerdings viele Hilfestellungen zu diesem Thema. Diese " +"möchten wir Ihnen nahelegen, falls Sie planen die Image-Datei auf einen " +"Datenträger zu brennen." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "Hilfestellungen von der Ubuntu Webseite:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter Ubuntu brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter Ubuntu brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter Windows brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter Windows brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -"`Wie man eine DVD unter macOS brennt `_" +"`Wie man eine DVD unter macOS brennt " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -"Um Image-Dateien unter Linux auf einen USB-Stick zu schreiben, empfehlen wir " -"`mkusb `_. Dieses Programm wurde " -"von einem Lubuntu-Mitglied entwickelt." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" @@ -148,43 +154,66 @@ msgstr "" "würde den Umfang dieses Handbuchs erheblich vergrößern. Aber auch hier " "stellt Ihnen die Ubuntu Webseite einige Hilfestellungen zur Verfügung:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" "`Wie man einen boot-fähigen USB Stick unter Windows erstellt " "`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" "`Wie man einen boot-fähigen USB Stick unter macOS erstellt " "`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "Die Image-Datei booten" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der boot-fähige Datenträger eingelegt oder " "eingesteckt ist und starten Sie den Computer neu. Je nachdem wie Ihr " -"Computer konfiguriert ist, wird er direkt vom Datenträger booten oder Sie " -"müssen während des Startvorgangs eine Taste drücken um in die boot-" -"Einstellungen zu gelangen. Dies variiert, sodass Ihr Computerhandbuch Ihnen " -"sicherlich Aufschluss geben kann." +"Computer konfiguriert ist, wird er direkt vom Datenträger booten oder Sie" +" müssen während des Startvorgangs eine Taste drücken um in die boot-" +"Einstellungen zu gelangen. Dies variiert, sodass Ihr Computerhandbuch " +"Ihnen sicherlich Aufschluss geben kann." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" "**Sie haben die Image-Datei gebootet. Bitte fahren Sie mit Kapitel 1.3. " "fort**" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um Image-Dateien unter Linux auf " +#~ "einen USB-Stick zu schreiben, empfehlen" +#~ " wir `mkusb " +#~ "`_. Dieses " +#~ "Programm wurde von einem Lubuntu-" +#~ "Mitglied entwickelt." + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/el/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/en-gb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 177f546e..e89dbbbc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,62 +28,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Arquitecturas" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (comúnmente conocido como 64 bits)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (comúnmente denominado 32 bits)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"La imagen amd64 funcionará con la mayoría de los procesadores modernos. " -"La mejor manera de determinar si su ordenador tiene un procesador amd64 o" -" i386 es arrancar la imagen. Es la única forma de saber con seguridad qué" -" arquitectura tiene su computadora. Los ordenadores amd64 son compatibles" -" con versiones anteriores de imágenes i386. Es posible que desee utilizar" -" una imagen i386 en su lugar si tiene un procesador amd64 con cantidades " -"muy bajas de RAM." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Esta es la arquitectura original de 32 bits que funcionará mejor en " -"computadoras con cantidades muy bajas de RAM y potencia de procesamiento." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS vs Lanzamientos regulares" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -91,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu ofrece dos tipos de versiones. La versión de **Soporte a Largo " "Plazo** (también llamada LTS), es la más recomendada para los usuarios. " @@ -106,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "usan el entorno de escritorio **LXDE**, el cual es la experiencia " "tradicional de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -123,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usuarios de los lanzamientos regulares son típicamente entusiastas, y son" " algo mas expertos buscando por una experiencia más fresca." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -134,11 +91,11 @@ msgstr "" "lanzamiento nuevo luego de ser anunciado.** Si no te parece cómodo hacer " "esto, deberías considerar usar la versión LTS." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Maneras de descargar la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -146,15 +103,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que se ha tomado la decisión de qué arquitectura y tipo de versión " "necesita, deberá descargar la imagen." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Hay varias formas de descargar la imagen de Lubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "Descarga HTTP (desde su navegador web o terminal)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -162,11 +119,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (desde un cliente BitTorrent, tal como Transmission, " "recomendado para usuarios de Windows y macOS)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (desde la terminal, recomendado para usuarios de Linux)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -174,11 +131,12 @@ msgstr "" "También puedes descargar la imágen mediante Jigdo, pero no cubriremos esa" " opción en este manual." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -188,15 +146,15 @@ msgstr "" "necesitarás visitar `cdimage.ubuntu.com " "`_, la cual tiene los archivos." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "Debajo podrás encontrar notas más detalladas para cada método de descarga." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -205,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "*No recomendamos usar este método ya que suele ser más lento y menos " "eficiente que los otros métodos.*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -219,42 +177,30 @@ msgstr "" "`_ que puede guiarte " "en la dirección correcta." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -269,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" "vistazo la página de `Wikipedia sobre el tema " "`_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " @@ -283,15 +229,16 @@ msgstr "" "abierto. Ya que Transmission solo provee clientes para Linux y macOS " "recomendamos μTorrent para usuarios de Windows." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "Los links para BitTorrent pueden ser encontrados en nuestra página de " "Descargas o cdimage.ubuntu.com, ambos colocados arriba." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -306,22 +253,23 @@ msgstr "" "costos de banda ancha incluso más al descentralizar la ubicación de " "descarga para otros usuarios." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" "zsync es una aplicación conveniente que verificará automaticamente el " "checksum de la imágen luego de haber sido descargada. El equipo de " "Lubuntu usa este método para descargar imágenes diarias." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -329,15 +277,16 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar zsync, deberás instalarlo. Ya que esto solo funciona en Linux, " "lo podrás obtener desde el repositorios de paquetes de tu distribución." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Si estás usando Debian o Ubuntu (o una distribución basada de cualquiera " "de los dos), corre los siguientes comandos en una terminal:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " @@ -347,7 +296,12 @@ msgstr "" " cual debería funcionar de la misma manera y en todas las distribuciones " "de Linux:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Descargando la imagen mediante zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -361,3 +315,102 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Arquitecturas" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (comúnmente conocido como 64 bits)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (comúnmente denominado 32 bits)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La imagen amd64 funcionará con la " +#~ "mayoría de los procesadores modernos. La" +#~ " mejor manera de determinar si su " +#~ "ordenador tiene un procesador amd64 o" +#~ " i386 es arrancar la imagen. Es " +#~ "la única forma de saber con " +#~ "seguridad qué arquitectura tiene su " +#~ "computadora. Los ordenadores amd64 son " +#~ "compatibles con versiones anteriores de " +#~ "imágenes i386. Es posible que desee " +#~ "utilizar una imagen i386 en su " +#~ "lugar si tiene un procesador amd64 " +#~ "con cantidades muy bajas de RAM." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta es la arquitectura original de " +#~ "32 bits que funcionará mejor en " +#~ "computadoras con cantidades muy bajas de" +#~ " RAM y potencia de procesamiento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index b1377b37..c2009ece 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 09:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" -"Language-Team: Spanish \n" "Language: es\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Capítulo 1.2 Arrancando la imagen" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -31,146 +31,157 @@ msgid "" "Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " "device and boot the image for installation." msgstr "" -"Ahora que usted tiene el archivo ISO, debe poner la imagen en un dispositivo " -"multimedia y arrancar la imagen para la instalación." +"Ahora que usted tiene el archivo ISO, debe poner la imagen en un " +"dispositivo multimedia y arrancar la imagen para la instalación." #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Esto requiere ser investigado de su parte, ya que esto varia dependiendo " -"de su hardware.**" +"**Esto requiere ser investigado de su parte, ya que esto varia " +"dependiendo de su hardware.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Eligiendo el medio" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" "Para poder arrancar la imagen, la debe poner en algun lugar. Tiene tres " "opciones, dependiendo de la imagen que ha descargado:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "un DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "un USB (2 GB o más)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "Escribir/quemar la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "Aquí hay algunas herramientas comunes para grabar imagenes a CDs/DVDs:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "Windows Disc Image Burner" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "InfraRecorder" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -"Lamentablemente, grabar imágenes a CDs o DVDs esta fuera del alcance de este " -"manual. El sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías con respecto a este tema, " -"y recomendamos que las leas si planeas hacer esto." +"Lamentablemente, grabar imágenes a CDs o DVDs esta fuera del alcance de " +"este manual. El sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías con respecto a " +"este tema, y recomendamos que las leas si planeas hacer esto." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "Guías del sitio web de Ubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -"`Como quemar un DVD en Ubuntu `_" +"`Como quemar un DVD en Ubuntu " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -"`Como quemar un DVD en Windows `_" +"`Como quemar un DVD en Windows " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -"`Como grabar un DVD en macOS `_" +"`Como grabar un DVD en macOS " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -"Para escribir imágenes a unidades USB en Linux, recomendamos `mkusb " -"`_, una herramienta desarrollada " -"por un miembro del equipo de Ubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" "Escribir imágenes en unidades USB desde macOS o Windows esta fuera del " -"alcance de este libro, pero el sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías sobre " -"esto:" +"alcance de este libro, pero el sitio web de Ubuntu tiene varias guías " +"sobre esto:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Como crear un USB de arranque en Windows `_" +"`Como crear un USB de arranque en Windows " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Como crear un USB de arranque en macOS `_" +"`Como crear un USB de arranque en macOS " +"`_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "Arrancando la imagen" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" "Con su medio insertado, arranque su computadora. Dependiendo de su " "configuración de hardware, puede arrancar en la imagen sin hacer nada, o " @@ -178,6 +189,22 @@ msgstr "" "opciones de arranque. Esto varia pero ver documentación específica a su " "hardware probablemente tenga la respuesta." -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "**Ha arrancado desde la imagen. Por favor continúe al capitulo 1.3.**" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para escribir imágenes a unidades USB" +#~ " en Linux, recomendamos `mkusb " +#~ "`_, una " +#~ "herramienta desarrollada por un miembro " +#~ "del equipo de Ubuntu." + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index 6203394b..dea404f5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "Capítulo 1.3 Instalación" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -36,26 +36,37 @@ msgstr "Comenzando el instalador" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -65,9 +76,14 @@ msgstr "Seleccionando su ubicación" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -78,10 +94,10 @@ msgstr "Seleccionando el modelo de su teclado" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -90,10 +106,16 @@ msgstr "Estableciendo las particiones" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -105,95 +127,147 @@ msgstr "" "Borrar tu disco duro o partición puede causar perdida de información, por" " favor respalda tus archivos importantes antes de hacerlo." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" +msgstr "" +"Si has previamente tenido una instalación de Linux y quieres usar todo el" +" disco duro o reemplazar una partición entera necesitarás desmontarlas. " +"En este subcaso usando `sudo swapoff -a` las desmontará y también " +"cualquier partición con pcmanfm-qt." + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 msgid "User Setup" msgstr "Configuración de Usuario" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 msgid "The Install" msgstr "La instalación" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" "La instalación mostrará una barra cargando mientras el instalador escribe" " sobre la partición e instalar Lubuntu. Una vez que Lubuntu esté " "instalado tendrás la opción de reiniciar luego de haber instalado " "Lubuntu, y ahora estará terminada la instalación." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 #, fuzzy -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "Particionado manual" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " +"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " +"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " +"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -"Si has previamente tenido una instalación de Linux y quieres usar todo el" -" disco duro o reemplazar una partición entera necesitarás desmontarlas. " -"En este subcaso usando `sudo swapoff -a` las desmontará y también " -"cualquier partición con pcmanfm-qt." -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Manual partitioning" -msgstr "Particionado manual" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 msgid "" -"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " -"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " -"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " -"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -439,3 +513,152 @@ msgstr "" #~ "presionar el botón instalar todo luego" #~ " de haber confirmado el diálogo." +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "Particionado manual" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 702dd09c..9bd188d7 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Capítulo 1: Instalando Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Este capítulo le mostrará cómo instalar Lubuntu en su ordenador." diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index f400cd49..f813cb42 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "Firefox tiene características de otros navegadores y las suyas, como:" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "Navegación de pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -86,157 +87,248 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Uso/Capturas de pantalla" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" "Lubuntu actualmente trae consigo la última versión de Firefox, Firefox " "Quantum." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " @@ -247,9 +339,217 @@ msgstr "" "rojo/naranja cubriendo una esfera azul) en el menú de Lubuntu. También " "puedes tipear y correr `firefox` en la terminal para abrir el navegador." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 72bc3433..aa3dc34c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -28,51 +28,49 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1.2 Qtransmission" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 #, fuzzy -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "Qtransmission es un cliente BitTorrent." #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "Lubuntu contiene la version 2.94 de Qtransmission." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -80,10 +78,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -103,31 +120,247 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "Lubuntu contiene la version 2.94 de Qtransmission." + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar Qtransmission vaya a menú -> Internet -> Cliente Bittorrent " "Qtransmission o use la terminal de comandos para correrlo." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index 6498e5c5..ccbaafbb 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -28,47 +28,94 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1.4 Bluedevil" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Bluedevil es la aplicación estándar para dispositivos bluetooth en " "Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 5.13.5 de Bluedevil." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 5.13.5 de Bluedevil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 60bbd184..75222159 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -31,34 +31,26 @@ msgstr "Trojita es el cliente por defecto de correo electrónico IMAP de Lubuntu #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7-0 de Trojita." - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -77,92 +69,307 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7-0 de Trojita." + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar Trojita, utilice el menú -> Internet -> Trojita con el icono " "que parece un sobre o corra Trojita desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 55d2198e..8f721fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.1 Aplicaciones de Internet" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index f43ffd04..f696b20a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,78 +19,141 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.1 LibreOffice" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" "LibreOffice es un conjunto entero de office a código abierto. En el menú " "hay atajos para las diferentes aplicaciones de LibreOffice y sus archivos" " recientemente usados." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" -"Para abrir un archivo recientemente usado en LibreOffice se mostrarán en " -"la parte principal de la ventana. Para abrir un programa o crear un " -"archivo encontrarás estás opciones en la parte izquierda de la columna." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.2.1 de LibreOffice." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" "Desde el menú -> Office -> LibreOffice para lanzar LibreOffice o corra " "libreoffice desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para abrir un archivo recientemente " +#~ "usado en LibreOffice se mostrarán en " +#~ "la parte principal de la ventana. " +#~ "Para abrir un programa o crear un" +#~ " archivo encontrarás estás opciones en " +#~ "la parte izquierda de la columna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index caa9af14..f1910f70 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,20 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" "LibreOffice Calc es un programa de hojas de cálculo incluido por defecto " "en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -40,65 +42,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -106,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -114,14 +165,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -129,42 +182,234 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Calc." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar LibreOffice Calc en el menú vaya a Office -> LibreOffice Calc" " o corra localc desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index cc63728c..adf8a42e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "LibreOffice Impress es un programa para mostrar presentaciones." #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -34,39 +36,42 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "Temas pre hechos" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "Verificación de deletrado" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +#, fuzzy +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "Exportación PDF" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -"Cuando abres LibreOffice Impress aparecerá un diálogo para seleccionar " -"una plantilla, selecciona la que quieras usar haciendo clic izquierdo y " -"luego clic en abrir. Para añadir un título a una sección haz clic en " -"donde dice añadir título." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" @@ -76,14 +81,14 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" "Para abrir una presentación previa en la que has estado trabajando " "presiona el botón que parece una carpeta con una hoja de papel dentro y " "navega hacia el archivo que quieres y abrelo. Para guardar tu " "presentación presiona el botón que parece un disquete." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -93,13 +98,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -109,9 +115,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -120,15 +126,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -138,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -148,20 +157,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -173,14 +184,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -190,63 +227,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -255,54 +366,343 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Impress." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar ve al menú -> Office -> LibreOffice Impress o corre loimpress" " desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando abres LibreOffice Impress aparecerá " +#~ "un diálogo para seleccionar una " +#~ "plantilla, selecciona la que quieras " +#~ "usar haciendo clic izquierdo y luego " +#~ "clic en abrir. Para añadir un " +#~ "título a una sección haz clic en" +#~ " donde dice añadir título." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index d4c0cd46..4e2055cc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,48 +19,51 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -72,20 +75,81 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 6.1.1.2 de LibreOffice Math." + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar LibreOffice Math en el menú -> Oficina-> LibreOffice Math o " "corra lomath desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index 459f3b8a..9a86ac88 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" "LibreOffice Writer es una aplicación de procesamiento de palabras que " "esta por defecto incluida en Lubuntu." @@ -38,41 +38,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +#, fuzzy +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "Sin cinta" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +#, fuzzy +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "Exportación PDF" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "Varios tipos de formato para exportar" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "Verificación de deletreado" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "Contador de palabras" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version LibreOffice Writer 6.1.1.2" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -80,11 +78,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" "Para usar LibreOffice Writer escribe lo que deseas escribir en la parte " "principal de la venta. Si deseas grabar tus cambios presiona el icono que" @@ -95,9 +94,9 @@ msgstr "" "parece una hoja de papel curvada con líneas rojas o vaya a Archivos -> " "Exportar y seleccione el tipo de archivo como PDF." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -121,21 +120,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -143,34 +198,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -178,69 +252,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -250,40 +348,243 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version LibreOffice Writer 6.1.1.2" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar vaya al menú -> Oficina -> LibreOffice Writer o corra " "lowriter desde la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -329,3 +630,198 @@ msgstr "" #~ "imprimir, o presiona Ctrl + P o" #~ " Archivos -> Imprimir." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 8cc3778a..483b7558 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,106 +19,127 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "Capítulo 2.2.6 qpdfview" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "qpdfview es el visor PDF por defecto de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "Modo de presentación" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "Zoom a la página entera" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "Rotar páginas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "Contorno, propiedades, imagen miniatura y marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "Soporte de impresión" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "Anotación y destaque" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Atajos de teclado personalizables" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." msgstr "" "Si quieres ver una pagina en particular selecciona la caja (por ejemplo " "página 1/3) y escribe el numero de la pagina (por ejemplo página 3/3). " @@ -127,215 +148,310 @@ msgstr "" "porcentaje, anchura de página, tamaño de página, continuo y múltiples " "páginas." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." " If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.4.17 de qpdfview." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" @@ -344,8 +460,10 @@ msgstr "" "Para lanzar qpdfview ve al menu -> Office -> qpdfview o corre qpdfview en" " la consola de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -391,3 +509,357 @@ msgstr "" #~ " útil para navegar PDFs con mucho " #~ "contenido." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index ca6fa196..03aa7666 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.2 Aplicaciones Office" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index a509e19e..7e97cee5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,61 +19,66 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "Capítulo 2.3.1 lximage" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "Lximage es el visor de imágenes por defecto en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" -"Para usar lximage use la flecha a la derecha para ver el siguiente " -"archivo en la carpeta y la flecha a la izquierda para ver la carpeta " -"anterior. Para abrir una nueva imagen presione el botón de abrir que " -"parece una carpeta azul con una hoja de papel en ella. Para guardar el " -"archivo como algo, presione el botón que parece un disquete." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" "Si deseas imprimir una imagen luego de verla, desde el menú de Archivos " "-> Imprimir, o presione Ctrl + P para mostrar el diálogo de impresión." @@ -81,13 +86,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" "Para rotar la imagen a la derecha presione la flecha circular que apunta " "hacia la derecha o vaya a Editar -> Rotar hacia la derecha. Para rotar " @@ -99,92 +106,274 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.7.0 de lximage." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" "Para lanzar lximage desde el menú -> Gráficos -> lximage o corra lximage-" "qt desde la linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para usar lximage use la flecha a" +#~ " la derecha para ver el siguiente " +#~ "archivo en la carpeta y la flecha" +#~ " a la izquierda para ver la " +#~ "carpeta anterior. Para abrir una nueva" +#~ " imagen presione el botón de abrir" +#~ " que parece una carpeta azul con " +#~ "una hoja de papel en ella. Para" +#~ " guardar el archivo como algo, " +#~ "presione el botón que parece un " +#~ "disquete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 1a1e7fa9..5f453096 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -27,53 +27,47 @@ msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "Capítulo 2.3.4 Skanlite" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "Skanlite es una aplicación de escanear." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 2.1.0 de Skanlite." - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " @@ -84,17 +78,16 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacer zoom presiona el botón con la lupa y signo +, inversamente si " "quieres alejar el zoom usa el botón con la lupa y signo -." -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -104,27 +97,69 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 2.1.0 de Skanlite." + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" "Para comenzar a usar Skanlite encienda su escáner y que esté conectado a " "su ordenador. Para lanzar la aplicación vaya al menú -> Gráficos -> " "Skanlite o corra Skanlite desde la linea de comandos." #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -148,3 +183,66 @@ msgstr "" #~ " esto, un dialogo aparecerá preguntando " #~ "si quieres guardar ese escaneo." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index a55a1cda..deb72c10 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -27,7 +27,13 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.3 Aplicaciones Gráficas" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 6dd9294e..2e9f6f5a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.1 ARK" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" "ARK es un programa de utilidad para manejo de archivos. Puede ser usado " "para ver, comprimir y descomprimir archivos." @@ -42,91 +43,199 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "Archivos 7-Zip" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "Archivos Java" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "Archivos Tar" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "Archivos Tar comprimidos con bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compreso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" -msgstr "Archivos Zip" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zip Archives" +msgstr "Archivos 7-Zip" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 4:18.04.3 de ARK." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -157,3 +266,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " Accesorios -> ARK o corra ark " #~ "en la línea de comandos." +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "Archivos Zip" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index 4e92cfd0..db75794a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,269 +19,410 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.2 Featherpad" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "Featherpad es un editor de texto liviano." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "Soporta:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "Resaltado de sintáxis" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "Autoindentación" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "Autobracket" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "Número de líneas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "Buscar con encontrar/reemplazar" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "Deshacer y rehacer" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "Uso" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 #, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." msgstr "" -"Si deseas abrir un archivo de texto presiona el botón que parece una " -"carpeta de color blanco y negro o presiona Ctrl + O para abrir un " -"archivo. Para abrir un archivo nuevo presiona el botón que parece una " -"hoja de papel con un símbolo +. Para guardar su archivo luego de haber " -"escrito algo, presione el botón que parece un disquete o presione Ctrl + " -"S." - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 0.9.0 de Featherpad." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" "En el menú vaya a Accesorios -> Featherpad o corre featherpad desde la " "linea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +459,305 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Screenshot" #~ msgstr "Captura de pantalla" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si deseas abrir un archivo de " +#~ "texto presiona el botón que parece " +#~ "una carpeta de color blanco y " +#~ "negro o presiona Ctrl + O para " +#~ "abrir un archivo. Para abrir un " +#~ "archivo nuevo presiona el botón que " +#~ "parece una hoja de papel con un" +#~ " símbolo +. Para guardar su archivo" +#~ " luego de haber escrito algo, " +#~ "presione el botón que parece un " +#~ "disquete o presione Ctrl + S." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 6484e204..8a1bbcf5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,14 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.3 Kcalc" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#, fuzzy +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "Kcalc es una aplicación de calculadora científica." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -34,36 +36,45 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "Funciones trigonométricas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "Factoriales" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "Constantes científicas incorporadas." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Memory" msgstr "Memoria" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "Copiado y pegado" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -71,38 +82,40 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 #, fuzzy -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "Kcalc es una aplicación de calculadora científica." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -112,141 +125,202 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la version 18.04.3 de Kcalc." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 #, fuzzy -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" "Para comenzar a usar Kcalc vaya a Accesorios -> Kcalc o corra kcalc desde" " la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -270,3 +344,227 @@ msgstr "" #~ " ver el resultado presiona el botón" #~ " =." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 9663e036..33d5b6bf 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,10 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -31,47 +32,51 @@ msgstr "Descripción" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) es una aplicación de organización de " -"archivos en Qt de la versión original desarrollada por Hong Jen Yee de " -"Taiwán la cual está hecha para ser un reemplazo de Nautilus, Konqueror y " -"Thunar." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "Características:" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Pestañas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Marcas" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "Lugares con media removible" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" +msgstr "Lugares con media removible" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" "Habilidad de expulsar un medio y la habilidad de montar otros sistemas de" " archivos internamente." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -79,8 +84,10 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." msgstr "" "En la parte de arriba se puede crear una pestaña nueva en pcmanfm-qt, " "puedes usar el botón con un archivo y un símbolo + en el para abrir una " @@ -91,72 +98,115 @@ msgstr "" "para arriba es para moverse un nivel en el árbol hacia el directorio " "principal." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" "Para conectarse a un servidor remoto, por ejemplo NAS, vaya al menú -> " "Conectar a servidor y autenticar a su almacenamiento remoto. Si usted " @@ -166,78 +216,136 @@ msgstr "" "medio removible presione el botón en la izquierda con una flecha circular" " hacia arriba para expulsar." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -245,168 +353,282 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "Capturas" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 +msgid "" +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "Lubuntu actualmente incluye la version 0.13.0 de pcmanfm-qt." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 #, fuzzy -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" "Para abrir PCManFM en su directorio actual (en terminal), ejecute " "`pcmanfm-qt`." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "Siéntase libre de agregar [sudo] al correr PCManFM-Qt como root." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -459,3 +681,436 @@ msgstr "" #~ "aplicaciones -> Accesorios -> PCManFM-Qt" #~ " File Manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) es " +#~ "una aplicación de organización de " +#~ "archivos en Qt de la versión " +#~ "original desarrollada por Hong Jen Yee" +#~ " de Taiwán la cual está hecha " +#~ "para ser un reemplazo de Nautilus, " +#~ "Konqueror y Thunar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "Capturas" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index aa465775..851981bc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,59 +19,95 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.5 Qlipper" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Qlipper es un gestor de portapapeles que viene incluido por defecto en " "Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "Lubuntu viene con la versión 5.1.1 de Qlipper." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " @@ -84,6 +120,12 @@ msgstr "" "funcionamiento y no ir al menú -> Accesorios -> Qlipper. Para lanzarlo " "desde la línea de comandos ejecute qlipper." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -112,3 +154,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lo que siempre desea que aparezca " #~ "en la lista de qlipper." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 25c65cf6..195e90cb 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,72 +19,81 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.7 Noblenote" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." -msgstr "Noblenote es una aplicación para hacer una nota en tu escritorio." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." -msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 1.0.8 de noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -95,29 +104,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 1.0.8 de noblenote." + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar noblenote, vaya al menú -> Accesorios -> noblenote o ejecute" " noblenote en la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "Noblenote es una aplicación para hacer una nota en tu escritorio." + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index 83e0f5da..81fcaab0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,37 +19,43 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "Capítulo 2.4.8 2048-qt" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#, fuzzy +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "2048 es un juego liviano simple y divertido incluido por defecto." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -61,19 +67,25 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" msgstr "" "Lubuntu incluye la version 0.1.6 de 2048-Qt. Para iniciar 2048-Qt desde " "el menú vaya a Juegos -> 2048-Qt o ejecute 2048-qt desde la línea de " "comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -85,3 +97,36 @@ msgstr "" #~ "teclas de flechas para combinar bloques" #~ " con el mismo número." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 6c7e73f3..5c20ce73 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,42 +19,173 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "Capítulo 2.5.1 K3b" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "K3b es el software de grabación de CD o DVD predeterminado en Lubuntu." #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 18.04.3 de K3b." -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar K3b desde el menú -> sonido y video -> K3b o ejecutar K3b " "desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index 4402485e..e1072fa3 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,83 +19,133 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -149,3 +199,90 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index dcc60aa0..e0e25ad0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -34,93 +34,152 @@ msgstr "" "abrir archivos de audio y video." #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -128,69 +187,391 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -233,3 +614,187 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index fbbbd397..131b4fab 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 2.5 Video y Sonido" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index afc1f83b..ddd09b01 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 09:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "Capítulo 2 Aplicaciones" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 #, fuzzy -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Este capítulo provee documentación sobre las aplicaciones en Lubuntu " "18.10." diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 63b618c4..13eb6414 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -34,61 +34,121 @@ msgstr "" "muestra como un applet de bandeja en lxqt-panel." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1:4.2.9.6-4 de Fcitx." - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "Uso" +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" "Para usar un teclado virtual, haga clic en el ícono en la bandeja del " "sistema que parece un teclado y alternar el teclado virtual." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" "To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" "To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1:4.2.9.6-4 de Fcitx." + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar el applet fcitx desde el menú -> Herramientas del sistema ->" " fcitx con el ícono con un pingüino con un pincel. Si desea ejecutar el " "applet desde la línea de comandos, ejecute `fcitx`" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index a5e25df3..a6f0063f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,32 +19,35 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1.2 htop" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" "htop es un administrador de tareas de interfaz de texto ncurses que se " "puede controlar con el teclado." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" "Para ver cuánta RAM se está utilizando en su sistema está debajo de mem y" " luego un [número basado en cuántos Gigabytes de memoria. La línea de " @@ -55,11 +58,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" "El promedio de carga muestra que su sistema se ha consumido durante los " "últimos cinco y quince minutos. Por eso hay tres números, consulte " @@ -68,16 +72,15 @@ msgstr "" "computadora." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -88,46 +91,46 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "Captura de pantalla" - #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" @@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "Como iniciar" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar htop desde el menú -> herramientas del sistema -> htop con " @@ -217,3 +220,88 @@ msgstr "" #~ "último, F10 saldrá de htop y lo" #~ " devolverá a una terminal." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "Captura de pantalla" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 01930d0a..91ff7a9a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,207 +19,292 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1.3 qterminal" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" -"qterminal es el terminal predeterminado de Lubuntu que también tiene una " -"versión desplegable." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "Lubuntu se envía con la versión 0.9.0 de qterminal." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -300,3 +385,265 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d desde la línea de " #~ "comandos." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "qterminal es el terminal predeterminado " +#~ "de Lubuntu que también tiene una " +#~ "versión desplegable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 6f2da6fb..3ec27115 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -40,64 +40,168 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index ca45a5ad..0d7085b0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 #, fuzzy @@ -27,72 +27,205 @@ msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "Capítulo 3.16 qps" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "qps un administrador de tareas gráfico incluido con Lubuntu." #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." -msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1.10.18 de qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." +msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "Lubuntu incluye la versión 1.10.18 de qps." + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar qps, vaya al menú -> Herramientas del sistema -> qps o " "ejecute qps desde la línea de comandos." -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 504dfc63..406e68ac 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,79 +19,250 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -107,3 +278,73 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 2215a326..471a7f7f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,13 +19,16 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "Capítulo 3.1 Herramientas del sistema" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index ebb581c4..ca874115 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,21 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.1 Centro de configuración de LXQt" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -41,7 +42,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -54,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 #, fuzzy -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.1 Centro de configuración de LXQt" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -64,15 +68,41 @@ msgstr "Como lanzar" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" "Para iniciar el centro de configuración de LXQt desde el menú -> " "Preferencias -> Configuración de LXQt -> centro de configuración de LXQt " "o ejecute lxqt-config desde la línea de comandos." #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index a0de42b7..a952b264 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,96 +19,130 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -151,3 +185,95 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 0b90c6cd..f36f1f7e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -27,70 +27,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -103,27 +95,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -133,43 +125,57 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -183,3 +189,188 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 74fc21ad..b5aab1cd 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -27,53 +27,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -89,7 +86,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -98,40 +95,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -144,3 +161,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index 8cf9080d..c1280549 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -40,90 +40,113 @@ msgstr "Uso" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +190,124 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 32b7d60a..174517b8 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -38,59 +38,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 msgid "" "You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 msgid "" "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " "shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " "Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +159,66 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index 283e4614..689a795c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,34 +19,26 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -55,33 +47,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -89,29 +93,33 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +151,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index c97100b2..2816038c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,90 +19,112 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -115,3 +137,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 8ece6b8d..93ebdb14 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -27,58 +27,72 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -102,3 +116,53 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index 45c47735..5269153d 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -27,65 +27,82 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -107,3 +124,63 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 1fa7bfe0..e5b68f51 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,94 +19,119 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" -msgstr "Como iniciar" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "Como iniciar" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -155,3 +180,98 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 09854793..ba2a77dc 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -27,55 +27,72 @@ msgstr "Capítulo 3.2.6 Notificaciones de escritorio" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." msgstr "Lubuntu se entrega con la versión 0.13.0 de notificaciones de escritorio." -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +122,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 098cbfe6..726308b0 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -27,90 +27,112 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versión" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -167,3 +189,110 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6a92965c..ad836a46 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -44,34 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como lanzar" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -83,3 +94,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index 6134568b..b22f628a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -39,86 +39,107 @@ msgstr "Uso" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -166,3 +187,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 67792952..b1c5a804 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Alzaga \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,16 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "Capítulo 4 Instalación, actualización y eliminación de software" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index fe5b1258..a7f0e817 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -28,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -41,310 +43,507 @@ msgstr "Uso" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "Como iniciar" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -384,3 +583,426 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index b9645abf..cdf5fe6a 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -29,65 +29,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "Captura de pantalla" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -124,3 +152,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index 3a3f1676..db88280c 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,21 +19,22 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "Apéndice D Actualización desde versiones anteriores" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" "¡Estamos orgullosos de presentar el lanzamiento altamente esperado de " "Lubuntu 18.10! Esta versión viene con muchos cambios, que probablemente " @@ -45,199 +46,276 @@ msgstr "" "alimentación esté conectada, ya que puede tardar un tiempo y los fallos " "de alimentación inesperados pueden ser desastrosos." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -"Hay dos métodos para actualizar las versiones de Lubuntu. El primero es " -"usar el administrador de actualizaciones desde una interfaz gráfica de " -"usuario. El segundo involucra la línea de comandos y es útil para las " -"actualizaciones del servidor." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" +msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -"Primero, asegúrese de que su sistema esté actualizado iniciando el " -"Actualizador de Software y realizando actualizaciones del sistema:" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -#, fuzzy +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." +"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " +"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " +"enter your password." msgstr "" -"Esto se puede hacer haciendo clic en Menú (Alt + F1) -> Herramientas del " -"sistema -> Actualizador de Software." - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -#, fuzzy -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." -msgstr "Cuando se le solicite, haga clic en Instalar ahora." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " +"the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." +"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hay dos métodos para actualizar las " +#~ "versiones de Lubuntu. El primero es " +#~ "usar el administrador de actualizaciones " +#~ "desde una interfaz gráfica de usuario." +#~ " El segundo involucra la línea de " +#~ "comandos y es útil para las " +#~ "actualizaciones del servidor." + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Primero, asegúrese de que su sistema " +#~ "esté actualizado iniciando el Actualizador " +#~ "de Software y realizando actualizaciones " +#~ "del sistema:" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esto se puede hacer haciendo clic " +#~ "en Menú (Alt + F1) -> Herramientas" +#~ " del sistema -> Actualizador de " +#~ "Software." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "Cuando se le solicite, haga clic en Instalar ahora." -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 -msgid "Upgrading with command line" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " -"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " -"enter your password." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " -"the simplest." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" -#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " -#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index ec87e270..2008334b 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leoni Franco Paz \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -19,44 +19,44 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "Apéndice E Sesión en vivo" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" "Es posible usar Lubuntu sin tener que instalarlo. En una sesión en vivo " "su ordenador está corriendo desde un medio de arranque (USB, CD o DVD). " "Esta sesión también puede ser usada para instalar Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " @@ -64,7 +64,10 @@ msgid "" "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" "Un buen ejemplo en donde puede usar una sesión en vivo es si su ordenador" " se prende pero no arranca, puedes correr la sesión en vivo. Entonces " @@ -74,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "reemplazo para su ordenador. También es libre de probar diferentes cosas " "en una sesión en vivo." -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." @@ -82,6 +85,18 @@ msgstr "" "En una sesión en vivo lo que hagas y no guardes en un medio externo será " "perdido cuando apague su máquina." +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Reasons for using live session: - " #~ "Hardware testing and trouble shooting. -" diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index bf279029..88490bf8 100644 --- a/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,18 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-13 17:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto \n" -"Language-Team: Spanish \n" "Language: es\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -33,32 +32,33 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"¡Bienvenido al manual de Lubuntu! ¡Este es el libro de referencia oficial " -"para usar Lubuntu. Este manual cubre muchos temas, como las instrucciones de " -"instalación, las aplicaciones que proporciona Lubuntu y mucho más!" +"¡Bienvenido al manual de Lubuntu! ¡Este es el libro de referencia oficial" +" para usar Lubuntu. Este manual cubre muchos temas, como las " +"instrucciones de instalación, las aplicaciones que proporciona Lubuntu y " +"mucho más!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "¿Qué es Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" -"El objetivo del proyecto es proporcionar una distribución de Linux ligera y " -"funcional basada en una base sólida como una roca de Ubuntu. Lubuntu " -"proporciona una interfaz gráfica de usuario simple pero moderna y potente y " -"viene con una amplia variedad de aplicaciones para que pueda navegar, enviar " -"correos electrónicos, chatear, jugar y ser productivo. Lubuntu era " -"anteriormente una distribución para hardware de gama baja, pero `" -"recientemente la hemos reenfocado ` _." +"El objetivo del proyecto es proporcionar una distribución de Linux ligera" +" y funcional basada en una base sólida como una roca de Ubuntu. Lubuntu " +"proporciona una interfaz gráfica de usuario simple pero moderna y potente" +" y viene con una amplia variedad de aplicaciones para que pueda navegar, " +"enviar correos electrónicos, chatear, jugar y ser productivo. Lubuntu era" +" anteriormente una distribución para hardware de gama baja, pero " +"`recientemente la hemos reenfocado ` _." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -67,39 +67,42 @@ msgid "" "releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " "member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." msgstr "" -"Los miembros del equipo se ocupan de LXQt y otros paquetes que forman parte " -"de Lubuntu en el archivo de Ubuntu, así como los paquetes de LXDE en las " -"versiones de LTS de Lubuntu. Lubuntu recibió reconocimiento oficial como " -"miembro formal de la familia Ubuntu a partir de Lubuntu 11.10." +"Los miembros del equipo se ocupan de LXQt y otros paquetes que forman " +"parte de Lubuntu en el archivo de Ubuntu, así como los paquetes de LXDE " +"en las versiones de LTS de Lubuntu. Lubuntu recibió reconocimiento " +"oficial como miembro formal de la familia Ubuntu a partir de Lubuntu " +"11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Contenido" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Contáctenos" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"¿Tienes preguntas? ¿Quieres involucrarte? Echa un vistazo a nuestro sitio " -"web oficial en `Lubuntu.me ` _, donde puedes encontrar `" -"el blog de Lubuntu ` _, `maneras de obtener en " -"contacto con nosotros `_, y` nuestra instancia " -"de Phabricator `_ donde hacemos la mayor parte " -"del desarrollo de Lubuntu." +"¿Tienes preguntas? ¿Quieres involucrarte? Echa un vistazo a nuestro sitio" +" web oficial en `Lubuntu.me ` _, donde puedes " +"encontrar `el blog de Lubuntu ` _, `maneras de " +"obtener en contacto con nosotros `_, y` " +"nuestra instancia de Phabricator `_ donde " +"hacemos la mayor parte del desarrollo de Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "¡Gracias!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "¡Gracias por elegir usar Lubuntu!" @@ -107,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "¡Gracias por elegir usar Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autores" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -115,6 +118,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Traductores" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/fy/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/he/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/hu/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index d95c36c9..c0bf119b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -28,67 +28,19 @@ msgstr "Capitolo 1.1 Ottenere l'immagine" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" -"Prima di installare Lubuntu, è necessario recuperare l'immagine corretta." -" Lubuntu fornisce supporto per diversi tipi di CPU e architetture, con " -"una nuova versione ogni sei mesi (supportata per nove mesi) e ogni due " -"anni è una versione di supporto a lungo termine (supportata per tre " -"anni)." #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "Architetture" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "amd64 (comunemente conosciuto come 64-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "i386 (comunemente conosciuto come 32-bit)" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "amd64" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" -"L'immagine di amd64 funziona con i processori più moderni. Il modo " -"migliore per determinare se il tuo computer ha un processore amd64 o i386" -" è quello di avviare l'immagine. È l'unico modo con cui sarai in grado di" -" sapere con certezza quale architettura è il tuo computer. I computer " -"amd64 sono retrocompatibili con le immagini i386. Potresti voler usare " -"un'immagine i386 se invece hai un processore amd64 con una quantità di " -"RAM molto bassa." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "i386" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" -"Questa è l'architettura originale a 32 bit che funzionerà al meglio su " -"computer con quantità di RAM e potenza di elaborazione molto basse." - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "LTS vs. rilasci regolari" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " @@ -96,10 +48,10 @@ msgid "" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Lubuntu offre due tipi di versioni. Il rilascio ** Supporto a lungo " "termine** (Long Term Suppor), o ** LTS**, è la versione consigliata per " @@ -111,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizzano l'ambiente desktop ** LXDE **, che è la tradizionale " "esperienza di Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -128,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" " sono in genere gli appassionati e gli utenti un po 'più esperti che " "cercano un'esperienza più fresca." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -140,11 +92,11 @@ msgstr "" " Se non ti senti a tuo agio nel fare ciò, dovresti prendere in " "considerazione l'utilizzo della versione LTS." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "Modi di scaricare l'immagine" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." @@ -152,15 +104,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ora che hai deciso quale tipologia di architettura e di rilascio hai " "bisogno, è necessario scaricare l'immagine." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "Ci sono diversi modi per scaricare l'immagine di Lubuntu:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "HTTP download (dal tuo browser web o dal tuo terminale." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." @@ -168,11 +120,11 @@ msgstr "" "BitTorrent (da un client BitTorrent come Transmission, consigliato per " "utenti Windows e macOS)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "zsync (dal terminale, consigliato per utenti Linux)." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." @@ -180,11 +132,12 @@ msgstr "" "Puoi anche scaricare l'immagine tramite Jigdo, ma non lo tratteremo in " "questo manuale." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" @@ -194,17 +147,17 @@ msgstr "" "visitare la pagina `cdimage.ubuntu.com " "`_." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" "Sotto puoi trovare delle note più dettagliate in merito ad ogni metodo di" " download." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via HTTP" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " @@ -213,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Non consigliamo l'uso di questo metodo perché è spesso più lento e meno " "efficiente devi altri metodi*" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -227,42 +180,30 @@ msgstr "" "`_ che può guidarti " "nella giusta direzione." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via BitTorrent" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -272,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "Invece di scaricare l'immagine da un server, puoi" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -281,15 +222,16 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" "I link BitTorrent si possono trovare sulla nostra pagina di Download o su" " cdimage.ubuntu.com, entrambi i link si trovano sopra." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -298,19 +240,19 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via zsync" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." @@ -319,22 +261,28 @@ msgstr "" "Linux, puoi trovarlo nella repository di pacchetti della tua " "distribuzione." -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" "Se stai utilizzando Debian o Ubuntu (o una distribuzione basata su questi" " due SO), usa i seguenti comandi in un terminale:" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "Scaricando l'immagine via zsync" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -357,3 +305,121 @@ msgstr "**Ora hai scaricato l'immagine con successo. Continua al Capitolo 1.2.** #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "sudo snap install zsync" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prima di installare Lubuntu, è " +#~ "necessario recuperare l'immagine corretta. " +#~ "Lubuntu fornisce supporto per diversi " +#~ "tipi di CPU e architetture, con " +#~ "una nuova versione ogni sei mesi " +#~ "(supportata per nove mesi) e ogni " +#~ "due anni è una versione di " +#~ "supporto a lungo termine (supportata per" +#~ " tre anni)." + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "Architetture" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "amd64 (comunemente conosciuto come 64-bit)" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "i386 (comunemente conosciuto come 32-bit)" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "amd64" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'immagine di amd64 funziona con i " +#~ "processori più moderni. Il modo migliore" +#~ " per determinare se il tuo computer" +#~ " ha un processore amd64 o i386 " +#~ "è quello di avviare l'immagine. È " +#~ "l'unico modo con cui sarai in " +#~ "grado di sapere con certezza quale " +#~ "architettura è il tuo computer. I " +#~ "computer amd64 sono retrocompatibili con " +#~ "le immagini i386. Potresti voler usare" +#~ " un'immagine i386 se invece hai un" +#~ " processore amd64 con una quantità di" +#~ " RAM molto bassa." + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "i386" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questa è l'architettura originale a 32" +#~ " bit che funzionerà al meglio su " +#~ "computer con quantità di RAM e " +#~ "potenza di elaborazione molto basse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index e53144f5..28c1f8f9 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Capitolo 1: Installando Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Questo capitolo ti mostrerà come installare Lubuntu sul tuo computer." diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 7916e8f7..ee619d2b 100644 --- a/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,18 +9,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alberto Pasqualetto \n" -"Language-Team: Italian \n" "Language: it\n" +"Language-Team: Italian \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -32,32 +31,32 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"Benvenuti nel manuale di Lubuntu! Questo è il libro di riferimento ufficiale " -"per l'uso di Lubuntu. Questo manuale si occupa di molti argomenti, come le " -"istruzioni di installazione, le applicazioni fornite da Lubuntu e molto " -"altro!" +"Benvenuti nel manuale di Lubuntu! Questo è il libro di riferimento " +"ufficiale per l'uso di Lubuntu. Questo manuale si occupa di molti " +"argomenti, come le istruzioni di installazione, le applicazioni fornite " +"da Lubuntu e molto altro!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "Cos'è Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" "L'obiettivo del progetto è fornire una distribuzione Linux leggera ma " -"funzionale basata su una solida base Ubuntu. Lubuntu offre un'interfaccia " -"utente grafica semplice ma moderna e potente e viene fornito con un'ampia " -"varietà di applicazioni in modo da poter navigare, inviare email, chattare, " -"giocare ed essere produttivi. In passato Lubuntu era una distribuzione per " -"hardware di fascia bassa, ma \"ci siamo recentemente concentrati su " -"` _." +"funzionale basata su una solida base Ubuntu. Lubuntu offre un'interfaccia" +" utente grafica semplice ma moderna e potente e viene fornito con " +"un'ampia varietà di applicazioni in modo da poter navigare, inviare " +"email, chattare, giocare ed essere produttivi. In passato Lubuntu era una" +" distribuzione per hardware di fascia bassa, ma \"ci siamo recentemente " +"concentrati su ` _." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -66,38 +65,41 @@ msgid "" "releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " "member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." msgstr "" -"I membri del team si occupano di LXQt e di altri pacchetti che fanno parte " -"di Lubuntu nell'archivio di Ubuntu, nonché dei pacchetti LXDE nelle versioni " -"LTS di Lubuntu. Lubuntu ha ricevuto il riconoscimento ufficiale come membro " -"formale della famiglia Ubuntu a partire da Lubuntu 11.10." +"I membri del team si occupano di LXQt e di altri pacchetti che fanno " +"parte di Lubuntu nell'archivio di Ubuntu, nonché dei pacchetti LXDE nelle" +" versioni LTS di Lubuntu. Lubuntu ha ricevuto il riconoscimento ufficiale" +" come membro formale della famiglia Ubuntu a partire da Lubuntu 11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Contenuti" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Contattaci" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"Hai domande? Vuoi essere coinvolto? Dai un'occhiata al nostro sito ufficiale " -"su `Lubuntu.me ` _ dove puoi trovare `il blog di Lubuntu " -"` _, `modi per contattarci `_, e` la nostra istanza di Phabricator `" -"_ dove facciamo la maggior parte dello sviluppo di Lubuntu." +"Hai domande? Vuoi essere coinvolto? Dai un'occhiata al nostro sito " +"ufficiale su `Lubuntu.me ` _ dove puoi trovare `il " +"blog di Lubuntu ` _, `modi per contattarci " +" `_, e` la nostra istanza di Phabricator " +" `_ dove facciamo la maggior parte dello " +"sviluppo di Lubuntu." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "Grazie!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "Grazie per aver scelto Lubuntu!" @@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "Grazie per aver scelto Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Autori" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -113,6 +115,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Traduttori" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ko/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ksh/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/nb/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 4b9e1600..dc05a82c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" -"Language-Team: Dutch \n" "Language: nl\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1.2 de image opstarten" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -31,129 +31,203 @@ msgid "" "Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " "device and boot the image for installation." msgstr "" -"Nu je het ISO bestand hebt, moet je het bestand op een media apparaat zetten " -"en hem opstarten voor installatie." +"Nu je het ISO bestand hebt, moet je het bestand op een media apparaat " +"zetten en hem opstarten voor installatie." #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 msgid "" "**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" " on your hardware.**" msgstr "" -"**Hiervoor is alleen aanvullend onderzoek nodig, omdat dit afhankelijk is " -"van uw hardware.**" +"**Hiervoor is alleen aanvullend onderzoek nodig, omdat dit afhankelijk is" +" van uw hardware.**" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 msgid "Choosing the media" msgstr "Kies de media" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -"Om het bestand op te starten, moet je hem ergens op weg schrijven. Je hebt " -"drie keuzes, afhankelijk van welk bestand je hebt gedownload:" +"Om het bestand op te starten, moet je hem ergens op weg schrijven. Je " +"hebt drie keuzes, afhankelijk van welk bestand je hebt gedownload:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "een DVD" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "een USB stick (2 GB of groter)" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "schrijven/branden van het bestand" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "Hier zijn een aantal tools om het bestand op CDs/DVDs te branden:" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "`Brasero `_" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting the Image" +msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1.2 de image opstarten" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 3718b461..41e20b7d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Hoofdstuk 1: Lubuntu installeren" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "Dit hoofdstuk laat zien hoe je Lubuntu op je computer moet installeren." diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index f39f01a4..261ab1ae 100644 --- a/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,18 +9,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-02 03:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daan van Oirschot \n" -"Language-Team: Dutch \n" "Language: nl\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -32,31 +31,32 @@ msgid "" "using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " "instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" msgstr "" -"Welkom in de Lubuntu handleiding! Dit is het officiële referentie boek voor " -"het gebruik van Lubuntu. Deze handleiding behandeld meerdere onderwerpen, " -"zoals installatie instructies, appliecaties in Lubuntu, en nog veel meer!" +"Welkom in de Lubuntu handleiding! Dit is het officiële referentie boek " +"voor het gebruik van Lubuntu. Deze handleiding behandeld meerdere " +"onderwerpen, zoals installatie instructies, appliecaties in Lubuntu, en " +"nog veel meer!" #: ../../source/index.rst:7 msgid "What is Lubuntu?" msgstr "Wat is Lubuntu?" #: ../../source/index.rst:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " "distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" "Het doel van het project is het leveren van een lichtgewicht maar toch " -"functionerende Linux distributie gebazeerd op Ubuntu base. Lubuntu levert " -"een simpele maar krachtige grafische gebruikers interface, en komt met een " -"groot scala aan appliecaties zodat je kan browsen, emailen, chatten en " -"productief bezig zijn. 'Vroeger was Lubuntu een distributie voor low-end " -"hardware, we hebben nu ons doel verlegd `_." +"functionerende Linux distributie gebazeerd op Ubuntu base. Lubuntu levert" +" een simpele maar krachtige grafische gebruikers interface, en komt met " +"een groot scala aan appliecaties zodat je kan browsen, emailen, chatten " +"en productief bezig zijn. 'Vroeger was Lubuntu een distributie voor low-" +"end hardware, we hebben nu ons doel verlegd `_." #: ../../source/index.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -67,36 +67,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De teamleden zorgen voor LXQt en andere pakketjes die deel uit maken van " "Lubuntu in het Ubuntu argief, even min als het LXDE pakket in de LTS " -"uitgaven van Lubuntu. Lubuntu kreeg officiële erkenning als formeel lid van " -"de Ubuntu-familie, beginnend met Lubuntu 11.10." +"uitgaven van Lubuntu. Lubuntu kreeg officiële erkenning als formeel lid " +"van de Ubuntu-familie, beginnend met Lubuntu 11.10." #: ../../source/index.rst:14 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Inhoud" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "Neem contact op" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -"Heeft u vragen? Wil je meedoen? Neem een kijkje op onze officiële website op " -"'Lubuntu.me `_ waar` de Lubuntu-blog `_,` manieren te vinden zijn in contact met ons `_, en` ons Phabricator-exemplaar `_ " -"waar we het grootste deel van de ontwikkeling van Lubuntu doen." +"Heeft u vragen? Wil je meedoen? Neem een kijkje op onze officiële website" +" op 'Lubuntu.me `_ waar` de Lubuntu-blog " +" `_,` manieren te vinden zijn in contact met " +"ons `_, en` ons Phabricator-exemplaar " +" `_ waar we het grootste deel van de " +"ontwikkeling van Lubuntu doen." -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "Bedankt!" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "Bedankt voor het kiezen van Lubuntu!" @@ -104,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "Bedankt voor het kiezen van Lubuntu!" msgid "Authors" msgstr "Auteurs" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" @@ -112,6 +115,7 @@ msgstr "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Translators" msgstr "Vertalers" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "Marcin Mikołajczak" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pt-br/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index f2c056e4..72e0a3c6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Максим Якимчук \n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 #, fuzzy msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "Глава 1: Встановлення Lubuntu" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "У цьому розділі показано, як встановити Lubuntu на ваш комп'ютер." diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 9b01a274..b4b3dee5 100644 --- a/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -9,19 +9,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-11-21 19:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Максим Якимчук \n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "Language: uk\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " +"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=" -"4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.2.2\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -45,8 +44,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -61,24 +59,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -94,6 +93,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cda0b430 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 +msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " +"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " +"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" +" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " +"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " +"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " +"**regular releases**. These releases, while they are considered stable, " +"are testing grounds for major, new features which will be rolled into the" +" LTS release. Users of the regular releases are typically enthusiasts and" +" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " +"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " +"not comfortable doing this, you should consider using the LTS release " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Ways to download the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " +"made, you will need to download the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 +msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 +msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "" +"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " +"for Windows and macOS users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 +msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " +"this manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +msgid "" +"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " +"which has the files listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +msgid "" +"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " +"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" +" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " +"helpful page on the Ubuntu Community Help wiki " +"`_ that can guide you " +"in the right direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " +"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " +"massive frustration and a failed install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 +msgid "" +"and then carefully check that the output matches " +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 +msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" +" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" +" often faster and saves the bandwidth of the Ubuntu cdimage servers. If " +"you would like to learn more about BitTorrent, take a look at `the " +"Wikipedia page on the subject " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " +"`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " +"client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we " +"recommend `qbittorrent `_ for " +"Windows users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " +"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " +"that you leave your BitTorrent client open so you can seed this image for" +" other people, which helps reduce bandwidth costs even further by " +"decentralizing the download location for other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 +msgid "" +"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " +"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" +" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " +"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " +"distributions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " +"Chapter 1.2.**" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35a4eda4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media " +"device and boot the image for installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending" +" on your hardware.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:9 +msgid "Choosing the media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 +msgid "a DVD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 +msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 +msgid "`Brasero `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 +msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "InfraRecorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +msgid "" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" +" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 +msgid "" +"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " +"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " +"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 +msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd2dee9b --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 +msgid "Starting the installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 +msgid "Selecting Your location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 +msgid "Selecting Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" +" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 +msgid "Setting up partitions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so " +"please backup beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +msgid "Manual partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " +"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " +"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " +"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea4e13d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29cf1bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:5 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Firefox is a highly-rated, and secure web browser that is installed by " +"default in Ubuntu. It is a decent choice if one wants a secure, fast, yet" +" relatively less resource-heavy browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:18 +msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 +msgid "Tabbed browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 +msgid "Scroll through tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:12 +msgid "Great plugins and add-ons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:13 +msgid "Favorites, bookmarks, pocket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:14 +msgid "Firefox account sync" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:15 +msgid "Master password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:16 +msgid "UI customization with themes and toolbars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:17 +msgid "Advanced customization with about:config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:18 +msgid "Open source" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" +" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " +"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " +"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 +msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " +":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" +" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " +"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " +"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " +"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " +"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " +"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " +"type and run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2ee2c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " +"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." +" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" +" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " +"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " +"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " +"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " +":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " +"torrent from the list right click Delete files and remove or press " +":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by " +"Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by" +" Progress`. To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort" +" by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State " +":menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to" +" finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To " +"reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd425875 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 +msgid "SASL authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:9 +msgid "Notifications, including sounds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:10 +msgid "Aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 +msgid "Ignore lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " +"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." +" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " +"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " +":kbd:`Meta +A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" +" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" +" close button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " +"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " +"on the lists of nicks and the :guilabel:`Choose` button lets you choose " +"the font you want. The :guilabel:`Display topic in tooltip` shows the " +"channel topic in a tooltip if you move the mouse over it. If you want to " +"be able to switch channels from the mouse wheel check the " +":guilabel:`Mouse wheel changes selected chat` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Use Custom Colors` enables the settings for different colors " +"for the different channels. The buttons next to :guilabel:`Standard`, " +":guilabel:`Inactive`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, or :guilabel:`Other " +"activity` all change what color the channel appears when you are in a " +"list of channels. The :guilabel:`Custom Nick List colors` checkbox lets " +"you change the color of nicks in the list. The :guilabel:`Online` button " +"changes the color of nicks of online users. The :guilabel:`Away` button " +"changes the color of nicks of Away users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " +":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" +" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of " +"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " +"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " +"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffc3794c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 +msgid "Sending files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f159c090 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:4 +msgid "Trojita is the default IMAP email client of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " +"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " +":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 +msgid "" +"After entering this in you will be asked to check the certificate for " +"your server and will need to select the :guilabel:`yes` for the first " +"time. If you did not insert your password to be stored on your computer a" +" dialog box will popup and you will need to input it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After you have set everything up a set of folders will appear on the left" +" hand side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " +"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" +" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " +"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " +"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " +"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" +" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " +"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " +"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " +"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " +"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." +" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" +" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" +" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " +"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " +"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " +"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " +"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " +"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " +"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" +" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" +" dialog to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d21ba4e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..176ed5c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " +"want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " +"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f009917c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" +" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" +" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " +"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " +"yourself room." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " +"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " +"reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort " +"Descending`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " +"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" +" :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the " +"left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" +" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Select --> Select Column`. To select an entire row press :kbd:`Shift " +"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " +"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92192222 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 +msgid "Features include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 +msgid "Built in themes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 +msgid "Spell check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 +msgid "PDF export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" +" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" +" file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view " +"your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " +"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" +" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" +" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " +"To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of" +" a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert " +"--> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " +"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +"Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press " +":kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To " +"underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" +" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " +"+ Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To " +"make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" +" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " +":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " +"press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " +"select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + " +"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " +"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned " +"to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align " +"--> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or " +":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " +"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " +"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " +":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " +":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" +" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " +"your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects " +"with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the " +":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the " +":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the " +":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` " +"changes how much to scale the width of the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " +"increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between" +" paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph " +"Spacing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " +"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " +"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " +"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " +"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " +"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " +"drag to resize to the desired size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " +"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " +"slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To" +" move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to " +"end`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" +" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " +"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " +"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ecb053a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" +" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" +" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Cut`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " +":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and" +" other operators. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Symbols`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebc2d913 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 +msgid "No ribbon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 +msgid "One button PDF export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 +msgid "Many file formats to output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 +msgid "Wordcount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " +"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " +"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " +":kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu " +":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" +" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " +"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " +"menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " +"font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " +"from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text " +"with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press " +":kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks " +"like *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep " +"typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text " +"and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that " +"is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to " +"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " +"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " +"select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + " +"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " +"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" +" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" +" button that looks like a T with a box around it or " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press " +":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " +"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" +" insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " +"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " +"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " +"which steps to undo and redo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " +"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to change your line spacing of your document " +":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " +"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " +"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" +" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" +" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"document left click on the body of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " +":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " +":menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar " +":menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a " +"horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal " +"Scroll bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To bring up a window with properties of your document " +":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47ad66e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 +msgid "Presentation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 +msgid "Rotating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 +msgid "Printing support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " +":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" +" Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " +"just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " +"right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " +"right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " +"text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " +"text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +msgid "" +"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " +"in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +"the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " +"+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " +"press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" +" advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " +"or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " +"press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " +"with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " +"mousewheel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " +"bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " +":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " +"give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" +" this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +"shift+ B`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " +"file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" +" tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " +"many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " +":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " +"background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" +" run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b43bb8f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " +"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e9df594 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the picture entirely at its original size press " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " +"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" +" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " +"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bdb7e1e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" +" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " +"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " +":guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" +" :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " +"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " +"change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select " +"the dots per inch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" +" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " +"clear selections that can be automatically selected but canceled with a " +"brown smudge with an x on it. If you want to zoom to your selection right" +" click :guilabel:`Zoom to selection`. If you want to zoom to fit the " +"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"computer. To launch the application go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeaafd20 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca824f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 +msgid "" +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 +msgid "Supported file formats include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:8 +msgid "7 zip archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 +msgid "Java Archive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 +msgid "Tar Archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 +msgid "Zip Archives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " +":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " +"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " +"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " +"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 +msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 +msgid "" +"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " +"zipper." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe8e89d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +msgid "It supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 +msgid "Syntax highlighting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 +msgid "Autoindent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 +msgid "Autobracket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 +msgid "Line numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 +msgid "Search with find/replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +msgid "Undo and redo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " +"extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " +"paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " +"to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " +"the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " +":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" +" + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " +"replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +"bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " +"next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " +"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " +"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " +":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " +"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " +"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " +"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " +"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " +"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f566e7ab --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 +msgid "Trigonometric functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 +msgid "Factorials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 +msgid "Memory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 +msgid "Copy and paste" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " +":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " +"looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " +"radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " +"the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " +"reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " +"entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would " +"multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 +msgid "Numerical System mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." +" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " +"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " +"change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" +" the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " +"select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccfd9b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " +"with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " +"+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " +"pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " +"moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is " +":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " +"way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " +"of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To view a directory tree on your side pane select " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +"click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " +"multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " +":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" +" will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " +"desktop item on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" +" bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" +" deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." +" If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " +"size the time it is modified select detailed list view by " +":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" +" to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " +":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +"Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " +":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" +" menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 +msgid "" +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " +"thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " +"show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +"checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " +"the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " +"thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 +msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 +msgid "" +"You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2db2801 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " +"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Accessories --> Qlipper`. To launch it from the command " +"line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21108ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4393702f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " +"number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd553948 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4 Accessories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents accessories on your system and the one game " +"2048-qt." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..409d24dc --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08070162 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " +"ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " +"each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " +"playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " +"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " +"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" +" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..078e3c66 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:4 +msgid "" +"VLC is the default media player for Lubuntu that can open both audio and " +"video files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open media stored locally on your system click media open " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " +"press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " +"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " +"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " +"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " +":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " +"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " +"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " +"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" +" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " +"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " +"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " +"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " +"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " +"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " +"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " +"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " +"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" +" pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " +"left. To randomize your playlist press the button with two crossing " +"arrows on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " +"slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " +"Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " +":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +"or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 +msgid "" +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " +"media player` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5137b8a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " +"volume and outputs." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7748217 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f091ccd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Fcitx is the default input manager for Lubuntu and shows as a tray applet" +" in lxqt-panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " +":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " +"icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6477db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 +msgid "" +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 +msgid "" +"After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " +"Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " +"is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " +"the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To select the process below the currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +"Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " +"currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." +" To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " +":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " +":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" +" your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " +":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 +msgid "" +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " +":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " +"htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of htop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:33 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " +"the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:40 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f53d9a1d --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 +msgid "" +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " +"Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " +"left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " +":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " +":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " +"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " +"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " +"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " +"to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " +"the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " +"shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " +"double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c047cacd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..185aeb65 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to connect to a network on nm-tray left click the icon in " +"the system tray. If you have a wired connection with DHCP it should " +"connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " +"under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " +"left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " +"then enter the password for the wifi." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 +msgid "" +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To view your own networking information right click the applet " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " +"show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " +"field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 +msgid "" +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e0217f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" +" bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 +msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f7182f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 +msgid "" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " +"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " +"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd9ff7f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 +msgid "LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Modifying the wrong system configuration files with adminstrator " +"privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable " +"to login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:26 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " +"administrative privileges use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf6d9330 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16c16700 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 +msgid "" +"LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " +"this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " +"the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:15 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffadadd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" +" on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " +"resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " +"to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " +"that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 +msgid "Multimonitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..396595f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " +"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." +" The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " +"windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as " +"if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new " +"Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under" +" the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are " +"placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down " +"menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to " +"place new windows on multimonitor layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " +"past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " +"switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " +"automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " +"check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " +"them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you " +"move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it" +" check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " +"moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " +"pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +" arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " +"number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " +":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " +"margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c15159a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 +msgid "" +"LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " +"power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " +"what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " +"provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop " +"lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer" +" when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the " +"laptop lid is closed and of course unchecking means it won't take any " +"action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when" +" your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On " +"AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it " +"is plugged into power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " +"different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " +"plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and " +":guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged " +"into an external monitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " +"you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..765398ce --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" +" and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " +"autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " +"like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " +"various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " +"environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " +"provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " +"relate to hidpi support see ``_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8455e9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"shortcuts for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The keyboard shortcuts are also managed by Openbox. Refer to Appendix F " +"for more detail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..904bbffd --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " +"account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +"Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " +"will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " +"users permission click account type and enter your password and select " +"desktop user to not give permission to change the system or admin to " +"change system settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " +"properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " +":guilabel:`Group ID` shows the numeric group id of the group in the name " +"field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " +"could break your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8096fca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " +"enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +" to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To have your settings applied you will need to press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42d7c28f --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " +"programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To show a search for the different application groups press the button " +"that looks like a magnifying glass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b3f3ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" +" left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"Printers` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3177aad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " +"and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " +":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" +" that comes with the LXQt theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " +"that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +"down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +" change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4236a1e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" +" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " +"screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " +"launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"Screensaver` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4644223a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " +"window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..592905f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " +"or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b549de85 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " +"your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " +"your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " +"path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " +"desktop button to launch it or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ecd413a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50b04a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84365425 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " +"cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " +"theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" +" to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " +"longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +"repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " +"right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " +"layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " +"keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " +"buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " +"the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b679193 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Locale changes your locale which changes your language and how things are" +" translated on your desktop environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:7 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" +" and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" +" through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " +"units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1f70598 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 +msgid "" +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..918f1511 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34e1e8eb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " +"the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +"Discover` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f166e8c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To update your packages press the gear button with a clockwise pointed " +"arrow. If updates are available press the upward pointing arrow with a " +"dot on top to install the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +"right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " +"install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" +" the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" +" package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " +":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" +" previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " +"description of the package you are currently selected. The " +":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " +"what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " +"you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" +" view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " +"that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " +"divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" +"(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" +" removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " +"Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " +"Changes` button to apply changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " +"brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fdc7332 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"releases," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 +msgid "Changing download server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " +"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " +"developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " +"urge you to enable this feature but it is disabled by default as Lubuntu " +"has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 +msgid "" +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " +"security," +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3a844a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0f707a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 +msgid "" +"LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " +"programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " +"these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " +"you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " +"desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " +"your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " +"like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " +"applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 +msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +msgid "Color Picker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +msgid "Sensors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 +msgid "Spacer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " +"configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " +"the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " +"the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " +"only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " +":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " +"changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " +"useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " +":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +"interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 +msgid "" +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"it, run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a13c697 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and " +"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " +"desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " +"want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" +" the application menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " +"from the File manager onto the desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2b601f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " +"the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " +":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " +"shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " +"keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 +msgid "How to launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 +msgid "from the command line." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce3d01a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " +"interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 +msgid "Using the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " +"controls of the window. Starting from left to right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " +"mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 +msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 +msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " +"Shift+Tab`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 +msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " +"arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" +" + Left Arrow`. To Do this with a combination of mouse wheel and keyboard" +" :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c55f51b --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ab0e72a --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 +msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b279f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " +"for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " +"to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" +" if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " +"packages website `_ from whatever kind of " +"computer you are on. On the command line you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b018fe50 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix C Command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " +"alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " +"involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 +msgid "" +"An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " +"to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " +"explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 +msgid "will make a much nicer output than" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To list files on the current file system one of the most important " +"commands to know is ls." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 +msgid "" +"will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" +" options such as viewing all files or long listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 +msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 +msgid "" +"where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" +" useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 +msgid "" +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e27b29c --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +msgid "Upgrading with command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " +"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " +"enter your password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " +"the simplest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..242e31c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix E Live Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " +"session can also be used to install Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 +msgid "Reasons for using live session:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +msgid "OS testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +msgid "Fixing broken installs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 +msgid "Backing up files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " +"turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " +"mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " +"hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " +"then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" +" drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9233205 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Hotkeys, also known as keyboard shortcuts, allow users to easily " +"navigate, start applications, and change settings like resize windows. " +"These are useful as they create a smooth and time efficient user " +"experience. It would benefit users to take a few minutes to learn some of" +" these shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" +" Global Keys and Openbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:10 +msgid "Global-keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"3.2.14)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 +msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " +"in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " +"example if the W(indows) key opens the LXQT application menu (equivilant " +"of the windows start menu) in Global-keys, Openbox commands like window " +"resizing (W + arrow keys) will not work correctly. Keep this in mind when" +" using and editing keyboard shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 +msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 +msgid "**Modifier keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 +msgid "Key description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 +msgid "S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 +msgid "Shift key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 +msgid "C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 +msgid "Control key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +msgid "A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +msgid "Alt key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +msgid "W" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +msgid "M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +msgid "Meta key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +msgid "H" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 +msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "C-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "C-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +msgid "C-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "C-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "S-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "S-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +msgid "S-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "S-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "W-F1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "W-F2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "W-F3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "W-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "W-D" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 +msgid "**Keybindings for windows**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "A-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "Lower (minimise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "A-Escape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "ShowMenu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "A-space" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "NextWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +msgid "A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "PreviousWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "A-S-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "C-A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +msgid "W-S-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +msgid "W-S-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +msgid "W-S-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "W-S-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a9e4f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 +msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "C-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "C-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +msgid "C-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "C-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 +msgid "S-A-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "S-A-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +msgid "S-A-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "S-A-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "W-F1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "W-F2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "W-F3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "W-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 +msgid "W-D" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 +msgid "**Keybindings for windows**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38 +msgid "A-F4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "Lower (minimise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 +msgid "A-Escape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "ShowMenu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42 +msgid "A-space" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "NextWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50 +msgid "A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "PreviousWindow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52 +msgid "A-S-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54 +msgid "C-A-Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58 +msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62 +msgid "W-S-Right" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64 +msgid "W-S-Left" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66 +msgid "W-S-Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68 +msgid "W-S-Down" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10963986 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/weblate/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:2 +msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual! This is the official reference book for " +"using Lubuntu. This manual covers many topics, such as installation " +"instructions, applications Lubuntu provides, and much more!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:7 +msgid "What is Lubuntu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The project’s goal is to provide a lightweight yet functional Linux " +"distribution based on a rock-solid Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +" but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " +"variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " +"productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" +" `we have refocused `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Members of the team take care of LXQt and other packages that are part of" +" Lubuntu in the Ubuntu archive, as well as the LXDE packages in the LTS " +"releases of Lubuntu. Lubuntu received official recognition as a formal " +"member of the Ubuntu family beginning with Lubuntu 11.10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:14 +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +msgid "Contact Us" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " +"website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +msgid "Thank you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 +msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst +msgid "Authors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 +msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst +msgid "Translators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 +msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hans/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po index 3c830f89..d3b3a5b3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" @@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 msgid "" "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " -"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " -"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " -"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" -" for three years)." +"Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version " +"every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a" +" long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 " +"bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still" +" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support " +"release supported until 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 -msgid "Architectures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8 -msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 -msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14 -msgid "amd64" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to " -"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the " -"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what " -"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible " -"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have " -"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18 -msgid "i386" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "" -"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers" -" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9 msgid "" "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " -"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " -"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " -"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " -"which is a more modern environment." +"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but " +"since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long " +"Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11 msgid "" "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " @@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "" " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13 msgid "" "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " @@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid "" "instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16 msgid "Ways to download the image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17 msgid "" "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "made, you will need to download the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20 msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21 msgid "" "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "for Windows and macOS users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22 msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 msgid "" "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "this manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 msgid "" "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " -"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " +"`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, " "which has the files listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 msgid "" "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34 msgid "" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " @@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid "" "in the right direction." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " -"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " +"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause " "massive frustration and a failed install." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit " -"lubuntu 18.10" +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38 +msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44 msgid "" "and then carefully check that the output matches " -"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " -"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61 -msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67 -msgid "" -"and then check carefully the output matches " -"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +"cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a " +"\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" @@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "`Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent " @@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid "" "Windows users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 msgid "" "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " -"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +"`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55 msgid "" "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " @@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid "" "decentralizing the download location for other users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60 msgid "" "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " -"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " -"last image was spun." +"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or " +"difference since the last image was spun." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62 msgid "" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " -"either), run the following command in a terminal:" +"If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either," +" run the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70 msgid "" "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "distributions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 +msgid "To download the image using zsync run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 msgid "" "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "Chapter 1.2.**" @@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need " +#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu" +#~ " provides support for several different " +#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a " +#~ "new version every six months (supported" +#~ " for nine months), and every two " +#~ "years being a long term support " +#~ "release (supported for three years)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Architectures" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "amd64" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The amd64 image will work with " +#~ "most modern processors. The best way " +#~ "to determine if your computer has " +#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to" +#~ " boot the image. It's the only " +#~ "way that you will be able to " +#~ "know for sure what architecture your " +#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are " +#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. " +#~ "You may want to use an i386 " +#~ "image instead if you have an amd64" +#~ " processor with very low amounts of" +#~ " RAM." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "i386" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture" +#~ " that will work best on computers " +#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and" +#~ " processing power." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases." +#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, " +#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release " +#~ "recommended for most users. It is " +#~ "supported for three years after the " +#~ "release date and does not contain " +#~ "new features. Throughout the course of" +#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team" +#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** " +#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu" +#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally," +#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS " +#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop " +#~ "environment, which is the traditional " +#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 " +#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more" +#~ " modern environment." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An easy download page which lists " +#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " +#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's " +#~ "Downloads page `_, " +#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need" +#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com " +#~ "`_, which has " +#~ "the files listed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying" +#~ " the image can lead to hours of" +#~ " frustration with even the developers " +#~ "quite confused what is happening with" +#~ " your system. With just one bit " +#~ "of the image flipped it will cause" +#~ " massive frustration and a failed " +#~ "install." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this the easiest way is " +#~ "the command line is to run for " +#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then carefully check that the " +#~ "output matches " +#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "and then check carefully the output " +#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 " +#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found " +#~ "on our Downloads page or " +#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "zsync is a convenient application that" +#~ " will automatically verify the checksum " +#~ "of the image once downloaded. The " +#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download " +#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly " +#~ "download the delta since the last " +#~ "image was spun." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are running Debian or " +#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off " +#~ "of either), run the following command" +#~ " in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po index 5f8b5225..0c33f8a2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.2/booting_the_image.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 @@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " -"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" +"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two " +"choices either" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 -msgid "." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12 msgid "a DVD" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13 msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 -msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 +msgid "Writing/burning the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 -msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18 msgid "`Brasero `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 +msgid "K3b" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20 msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 msgid "InfraRecorder" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 msgid "" -"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " -"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " -"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." +"Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is " +"beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on" +" this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on Windows `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 msgid "" -"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " -"`_" +"`How to burn a DVD on macOS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 msgid "" "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " -"`_, a tool developed by a " -"Lubuntu team member." +"`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu" +" team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk " +"Creator `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 msgid "" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37 msgid "" "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 -msgid "Booting the image" +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 +msgid "Booting the Image" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41 msgid "" "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " -"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " -"the answer." +"looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the " +"answer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 +#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43 msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to boot the image, you" +#~ " need to put it somewhere. You " +#~ "have three choices, depending on which" +#~ " image you downloaded:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or" +#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of " +#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has " +#~ "several guides on this topic, and " +#~ "we recommend you read them if you" +#~ " plan on doing this." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For writing images to USB drives " +#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " +#~ "`_, a tool " +#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on Windows " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`How to create a bootable USB " +#~ "stick on macOS " +#~ "`_" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Booting the image" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your" +#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware " +#~ "configuration, it may boot into the " +#~ "image right away, or you might " +#~ "need to press a key at startup " +#~ "for boot options. This varies but " +#~ "looking for documentation specific to " +#~ "your hardware will likely provide the" +#~ " answer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po index f8214681..1ef21272 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 -msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 @@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 msgid "" "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " -"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " -"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " -"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " -"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " -"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " -"media." +"with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check " +"disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot" +" from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start" +" Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has " +"trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with " +":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check" +" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-" +"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use " +"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The " +":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on " +"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press " +":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language " +"selection press :kbd:`F2`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 msgid "" -"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." -" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" -"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu " +"and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install " +"Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop " +":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 msgid "" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" -" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " -"language the next button will move you on to the next task." +" the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After " +"selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to " +"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 @@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 msgid "" "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " -"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " -"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " -"your system language." +"your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and " +"download server. To see what region you have chosen use the " +":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have" +" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window " +"there is a place to change your system language and to change this " +"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step " +"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting " +"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 @@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " -"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " -"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " -"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " -"installation." +"your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you " +"choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and " +"the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your " +"keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 @@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 msgid "" -"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " -"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " -"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " -"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." +"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the " +":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all" +" data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this" +" point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue " +"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select " +"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press " +"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter " +"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly." +" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it " +"somewhere safe." msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 @@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid "" "please backup beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " -"partitioning section." +"If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount " +"the swap. To do this run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 -msgid "User Setup" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if " +"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward " +"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to " +"unmount all data partitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 msgid "" -"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " -"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" -" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " -"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next " -"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before " -"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install " -"button to begin the installation." +"To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`" +" button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 -msgid "The Install" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58 +msgid "User Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59 msgid "" -"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " -"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " -"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." +"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your " +"name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your " +"username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put " +"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what" +" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter " +"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account" +" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. " +"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, " +"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked" +" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 -msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63 +msgid "" +"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to " +"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install " +"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go " +"back` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk" -" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In " -"this case running" +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66 +msgid "The Install" msgstr "" #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 msgid "" -"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " -"through pcmanfm-qt." +"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " +"installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once" +" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after " +"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 msgid "Manual partitioning" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " -"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " -"partitionwikipedia `_ " -"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" -"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" -" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " -"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +"will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition " +"Wikipedia `_ for more" +" detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with" +" the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will" +" also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for " +"Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New" +" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have " +"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying " +"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` " +"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary " +"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID " +"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized " +"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage " +"device` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which " +"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select" +" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to " +"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To " +"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. " +"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it " +"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition " +"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi " +"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its " +"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this " +"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem " +"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to " +"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86 msgid "" -"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " -"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" -"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " -"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " -"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " -"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, " -"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " -"at /home." +"To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the " +":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your " +"computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install " +"boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of " +"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the " +":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted " +"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system " +"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr "" #~ "finished." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu " +#~ "image, you will be greeted by a" +#~ " screen with the following options: " +#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects," +#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first " +#~ "hard disk. To start the install " +#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now " +#~ "be booting into a live session. " +#~ "The Check disk for defects offers " +#~ "a way to check integrity of the" +#~ " disk image once it is burned " +#~ "to the media please use this if" +#~ " you have problems it could be " +#~ "bad media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have booted into the live" +#~ " session, feel free to explore " +#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to " +#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon" +#~ " in the top-left corner of the" +#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu" +#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can " +#~ "change the installer language in the " +#~ "drop down box. After selecting the " +#~ "language the next button will move " +#~ "you on to the next task." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next screen will show you a" +#~ " map of the world where you can" +#~ " choose your location. You location " +#~ "will be used to set your time " +#~ "zone and download server. On the " +#~ "bottom of the window there is a" +#~ " place to change your system " +#~ "language." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you" +#~ " can check your keyboard matches the" +#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the" +#~ " bottom you can type to make " +#~ "sure your layout is correct. The " +#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose" +#~ " different layouts and the right " +#~ "column gets different variants. When you" +#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, " +#~ "move on to the next stage of " +#~ "the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on " +#~ "your machine, you can select the " +#~ "erase disk. This will format the " +#~ "disk and **delete all data on the" +#~ " disk**, which is why having your" +#~ " data backed up before this point " +#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose" +#~ " to do this you can continue on" +#~ " to user setup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to perform advance " +#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced " +#~ "partitioning section." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user setup section creates a " +#~ "user profile, consisting of your own " +#~ "name and the username you will use" +#~ " to log in. The next input " +#~ "field is the hostname of your " +#~ "computer. The final field is your " +#~ "password. Enter your password twice to" +#~ " make sure you have not mistyped " +#~ "it. Pressing the next button will " +#~ "give you a summary screen, showing " +#~ "you the settings before the install " +#~ "begins. Once you have checked the " +#~ "summary click the install button to " +#~ "begin the installation." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some " +#~ "useful information while the installer " +#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed" +#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot " +#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed " +#~ "and is now finished." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have had a previous linux" +#~ " install and want to put the " +#~ "entire disk or just replace an " +#~ "entire partition you will need to " +#~ "unmount them. In this case running" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "will unmount them and any partitions " +#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted " +#~ "through pcmanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to manual set up " +#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you" +#~ " will have to choose which file-" +#~ "system you want. A file-system " +#~ "controls how your files are accessed " +#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If" +#~ " you are booting your computer in " +#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware " +#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to" +#~ " create an EFI system partition see" +#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "more detail to create this partition " +#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system" +#~ " with the ESP flag with to be" +#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the " +#~ "mount point. You will also need a" +#~ " root (/) file-system, several " +#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are " +#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can create partition by clicking " +#~ "the button which will bring up a" +#~ " dialog. The file system field is " +#~ "a drop down menu, select which " +#~ "file-system you want. You also need" +#~ " to select where you want to " +#~ "mount the partition. which you need " +#~ "at least one root (/) partition " +#~ "and if you are booting an EFI " +#~ "system you will also need a " +#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common" +#~ " option is to have all your " +#~ "data on its own partition, which " +#~ "can even be on its own separate" +#~ " physical disk this can be mounted" +#~ " at /home." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po index 29714208..ecf2fa98 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 +#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " +"This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "computer." msgstr "" @@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will show you how to" +#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your" +#~ " computer." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po index eeebf5c0..255b5556 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 -msgid "Tab browsing" +msgid "Tabbed browsing" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 @@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 msgid "" -"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " +"To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" -" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" -" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " -"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " -"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " -":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " -"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " +" an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control " +"+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view " +"your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library " +"--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history " +"sidebar you can search through your history where it says " +":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the " +"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 msgid "" -"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" -" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " -"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" -" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " -"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " -"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" -" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" -" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " -"you want." +"To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the" +" left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were " +"previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go " +"forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from " +"press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + " +"Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you " +"went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local " +"disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will " +"get a dialog box to show where to save it." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 msgid "" -"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " -"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" -" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " -"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" -" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" -" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " -"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar." +"To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`." +" To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click" +" and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing " +"Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click" +" on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy " +"Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead " +"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your " +"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on" +" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible " +"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar" +" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab " +"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can " +"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search " +"Tabs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up " +"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way " +"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the " +"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main " +"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it " +"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or " +"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page " +"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type " +"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to" +" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the " +"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % " +"and then what you want to type in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42 msgid "" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " -"bookmark you want." +"bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right " +"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control " +"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text " +"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select " +":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press " +":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46 msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48 msgid "" "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " -"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +"0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen " +"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two " +"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be " +"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse" +" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type" +" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` " +"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50 msgid "" "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52 msgid "" -"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " -"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " -"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " -"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " -"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" -" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" -" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " -"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " -"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " -"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" -" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " -":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " -"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " -"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" -" Tab`." +"If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click " +"the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you " +"are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press " +":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it" +" you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute " +"Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right " +"click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To " +"move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to" +" the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. " +"To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private " +"window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right " +"click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the " +"right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close" +" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and " +":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " -"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " -"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" -" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " -"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " -"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " -"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " -"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " -"downloads or always ask to save files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 +"If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type " +"about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu " +"--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart " +"Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. " +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores " +"your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has" +" a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` " +"which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a " +"link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you " +"open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the " +":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose " +":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size " +"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the " +":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the " +":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for " +":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads " +"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61 msgid "" "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " -"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " -"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " -"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " -"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " -"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " -"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" -" site that you have saved or visited recently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " -"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " -"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " +"lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " +"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose " +":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you " +"open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle " +"whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites " +"you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change " +"how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of" +" :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +"toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored " +"stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The " +":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or " +"visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the" +" drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on " +"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether " +"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " -"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up " +"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the " +":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67 msgid "" -"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " -"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " -":kbd:`Control+X`." +"To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings" +" use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection " +"against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back " +"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to" +" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you" +" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you " +"may lose accesss to online accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73 msgid "" -"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " -"Quantum." +"To see what websites store data on you locally preess the " +":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently " +"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of " +"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies " +"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not " +"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and " +"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved " +"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain " +"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81 msgid "" "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "type and run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88 +msgid "" +"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have" +" Firefox directly open this manual with" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94 msgid "" -"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" -" firefox directly open this manual with" +"You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the" +" Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox " +"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the " +"browser button on your keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" @@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the browser." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Tab browsing" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab in firefox " +#~ "press the plus button on the right" +#~ " of the tab bar or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab" +#~ " press the button with an x on" +#~ " the right side of the tab or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" +#~ " new window in browsing press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing" +#~ " history press the button that looks" +#~ " like a stack of books with the" +#~ " last one at the end the third" +#~ " item down will show you history " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view " +#~ "your downloaded files press the button" +#~ " that looks like three stacked books" +#~ " with a fourth leaning over " +#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go back to a previous page " +#~ "in firefox press the button pointing " +#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page" +#~ " you were previously at in a " +#~ "new tab middle click the back " +#~ "button. To go forward to a page" +#~ " you have visited before but have " +#~ "now gone back from press the " +#~ "button with the arrow pointing to " +#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " +#~ "Middle click on the forward button " +#~ "to open the page you went back " +#~ "from in a new tab. To download " +#~ "a file directly to your local disk" +#~ " right click on the save file " +#~ "as and then you will get options" +#~ " to save the file where you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To go to a specific url in " +#~ "the address bar you can type it" +#~ " in the the main bar in the " +#~ "middle. If you have a url in " +#~ "your clipboard you can paste it " +#~ "here or into the address bar right" +#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`." +#~ " Or if you right click into the" +#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go" +#~ " to the page and type in a " +#~ "sub page right click paste and " +#~ "then type to go a specific sub " +#~ "page of the same site and then " +#~ "press enter to go to the page. " +#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor " +#~ "will select the address bar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +D` or Press the button with " +#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one " +#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks " +#~ "and bookmark this page. To access " +#~ "the bookmark again press that looks " +#~ "like three vertical lines and a " +#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then " +#~ "select the bookmark you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom in if you find the " +#~ "text on a web page to small " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you " +#~ "want to zoom out on the text " +#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ " To reset to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make " +#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox" +#~ " right click the main toolbar and " +#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu " +#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one " +#~ "you are not on right click on " +#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. " +#~ "To mute a tab even when you " +#~ "are not on it you can right " +#~ "click on the tab and then select" +#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a " +#~ "new copy of a tab right click " +#~ "on the tab bar and then select " +#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a " +#~ "tab all the way to the left " +#~ "right click on the tab " +#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to " +#~ "start`. To move a tab all the " +#~ "way to the right right click on" +#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move " +#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a" +#~ " new window right click on the " +#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> " +#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want" +#~ " to bookmark a tab right click " +#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. " +#~ "To close tabs to the right of " +#~ "the current tab right click on the" +#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to " +#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view your firefox" +#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences" +#~ " into the address bar. To have " +#~ "your seession restored each time you " +#~ "restart firefox is on the general " +#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to " +#~ "press restore previous session. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous " +#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when" +#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section" +#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open " +#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new" +#~ " windows which is checked by default." +#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you " +#~ "open a link a new tab switch " +#~ "to it immediately` switches to new " +#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio" +#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` " +#~ "lets you have a static location to" +#~ " save downloads or always ask to " +#~ "save files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` " +#~ "has settings for your home and " +#~ "opening of new tabs. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop " +#~ "down lets you select the firefox " +#~ "home or a blank page when you " +#~ "first open the browser. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you " +#~ "choose firefox home or blank page " +#~ "when you open a new tab. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you " +#~ "toggle whther to show a web search" +#~ " on the firefox homepage. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the " +#~ "sites you visit the most. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` " +#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. " +#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` " +#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories" +#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` " +#~ "checkbox allows site that you have " +#~ "saved or visited recently." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manage your search settings use " +#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. " +#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search " +#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a " +#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated" +#~ " search bar for search and " +#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search " +#~ "Engine` lets you change your default " +#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to " +#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "I to copy text in firefox press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text " +#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To" +#~ " cut text in firefox press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest" +#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. " +#~ "You can also from the command line" +#~ " have firefox directly open this " +#~ "manual with" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po index 68b2a13e..85e9f463 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po @@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 -msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 -msgid "Screenshot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15 msgid "" "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " -"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." +"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other " +"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File " +"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will " +"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the" +" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start " +"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17 msgid "" "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19 msgid "" -"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " -"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " -"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." +"The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can " +"pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. " +"To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a " +"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File" +" --> Start All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21 msgid "" "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " @@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` " +"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are " +"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show " +"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the " +":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show " +"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select " +":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error " +"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go" +" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select " +":menuselection:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25 msgid "" "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " -"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press" +" the same thing again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 @@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" -" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " -"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" -" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " -"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " -"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " -"Session Transfer`." +"To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. " +"To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> " +"Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the" +" top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a " +"torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to " +"Bottom`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the " +"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change " +"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe " +"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the " +"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view " +"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button " +"--> Session Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press " +":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37 +msgid "Torrent Properties" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or " +":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you" +" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both " +"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row " +"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The " +":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your " +"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently " +"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for" +" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The " +":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your " +"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes " +"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first " +"downloaded this torrent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the " +"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer" +" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data " +"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see " +"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. " +"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. " +"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is " +"being tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. " +"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the" +" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of" +" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` " +"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57 msgid "" "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " -"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" +"Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63 +msgid "" +"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection " +"lever in a car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the " +":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`" +" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit " +"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the " +"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with " +"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To " +"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. " +"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to" +" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your " +"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which " +"days of the week to throttle torrenting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for " +"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the " +":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where " +"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at " +"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To " +"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the " +":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how " +"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of " +"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to " +"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file" +" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete " +"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the " +"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then " +"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from." +" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start " +"added torrents` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the " +":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a " +"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` " +"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if " +"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop " +"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the " +"torrent is idle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` " +"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to" +" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80 msgid "" -"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " -"a double pointed vertical arrow." +"To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network " +"use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming " +"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming " +"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test " +"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check" +" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` " +"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each " +"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` " +"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of " +"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`" +" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray" +" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` " +"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area " +":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle " +"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show" +" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a " +"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound " +"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when " +"torrents finish` checkbox." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" @@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a torrent file press the" +#~ " open or simply double clicking the" +#~ " torrent file from a web browser " +#~ "after opening it will start " +#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will " +#~ "start download and using your connection" +#~ " to upload to others in a so" +#~ " called peer to peer network. At " +#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow" +#~ " pointing downward to show how fast" +#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow" +#~ " shows how fast you are seeding " +#~ "or uploading the file to others." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The button with two || circled is" +#~ " a pause button that can pause " +#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start " +#~ "downloading and uploading again to press" +#~ " a button with a triangle to " +#~ "start uploading and downloading again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want have a move compact" +#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " +#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to deprioitize the " +#~ "speed of your torrents press the " +#~ "button on the bottom of transmission " +#~ "that looks like a turtle. To " +#~ "change the raio view on the bottom" +#~ " to your total changes " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total " +#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download " +#~ "ratio in the current session " +#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session " +#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from " +#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe" +#~ " button --> Session Transfer`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` " +#~ "bittorent client or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks " +#~ "like a silver box outlined in red" +#~ " with a double pointed vertical " +#~ "arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po index 55afcb03..944884c6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 msgid "" -"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" -" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" -" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " -"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " -"but also ubiquitous available." +"Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat" +" client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting " +"experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®" +" as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers " +"not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 -msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 @@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 msgid "" -"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " +"To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " -"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " -"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " -"messages." +"username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start" +" Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by " +"viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to " +"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just " +"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down " +"to view newer messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" +" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " +"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " +"click on the channel name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21 msgid "" "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " -"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " -"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" -" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " -"or use the join button." +"Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`." +" To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, " +"select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " -"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " -"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " -"desktop if you are in another window." +"To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), " +"right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use " +"the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the " +"channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from" +" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it" +" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have " +"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel " +"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat " +"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Chats(s) Permanently`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide " +"people joining right click on the list of channel list " +":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the " +"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> " +"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel " +"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing " +"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide " +"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events " +"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right " +"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode " +"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on " +"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However " +"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you " +"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events " +"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected " +"to it right click on the server name and select " +":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and " +"want to connect to it right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can " +"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to " +"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server " +"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31 msgid "" -"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " -"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " -"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " -"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " -"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " -"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " -"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the" -" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is " -"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in " -"where you autoidentify." +"To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a " +"server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide " +"Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way " +"uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and " +"actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and " +"unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 msgid "" -"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " -"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" -" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " -"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " -"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " +"To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the " +"start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` " +"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to " +"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the " +"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press" +" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the " +"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel" +" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has " +"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with " ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " ":kbd:`Meta +A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 msgid "" -"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " -"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " -":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " -"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " -"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " -"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and" -" copy link adress." +"In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which" +" in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " +"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " +"desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell " +"you when midnight and the date of the new day." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " -":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " -"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" -" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " -"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " -"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " -"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " -"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" -" unlimited number of checkboxes." +"If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click" +" on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change" +" your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select " +":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when " +"typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the" +" input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text " +"you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 msgid "" -"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " -"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " -"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " -"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " -"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." +"To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select " +":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` " +"or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your " +"original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual " +"Size`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 msgid "" -"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " -"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +"To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " +"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " +"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " +"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL " +"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the " +":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the " +":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can" +" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. " +"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be " +"different on different servers and put your password in where you " +"autoidentify." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47 msgid "" -"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " -"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," -" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " -"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " -"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " -"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " -"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " -"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" -" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " -"highlighted." +"If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting " +":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the " +":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`" +" will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The " +":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each" +" try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` " +"lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin " +"each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to " +"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" +" :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51 msgid "" -"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Quassel`." +"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " +"hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select" +" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again " +"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +"rule you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53 msgid "" -"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" -" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " -"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " -"click on the channel name." +"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " +"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " +":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " +"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click " +":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click" +" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right" +" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks " +":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the" +" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in." +" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All " +"chats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu" +" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press " +":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62 msgid "" -"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " -"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " -":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +"To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel " +"appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your " +"chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client" +" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the " +":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you " +"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu " +"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the " +":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" -" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" +" to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " close button`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " -"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " -":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " -":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " -"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " -"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " -"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " -"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " -"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " -"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 +"The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " +"hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the " +":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for" +" both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around " +"everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender " +"names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +"chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +"to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To " +"toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle" +" the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70 msgid "" -"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " -":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " -"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" -" the specific color for that kind of message." +"To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. " +"To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow " +"colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on " +"Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many" +" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the " +"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To " +"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages " +"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " @@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid "" "changes the color of nicks of Away users." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " -"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +"channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " @@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid "" "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" -" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line " +"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC " +"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the " +"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`" +" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the " +":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's " +"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` " +"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking" +" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the " +":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press " +"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press" +" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic " +"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this" +" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. " +"To change the default language for you spell check use the " +":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting " +"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox." +" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the " +":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have" +" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check " +"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two " +"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together " +"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the " +":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press " +"the :guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` " +"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the " +":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be " +"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle " +"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in " +"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive " +"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a" +" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the " +":guilabel:`Remove` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be " +"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog " +"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the " +":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed " +"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change " +"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose " +"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the " +":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the " +":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which" +" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message " +"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`," +" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it " +"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the " +"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup" +" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`" +" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the" +" taskbar entry appear highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` " +"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do " +"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the" +" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your" +" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your " +"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 -msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> " +"Quassel IRC` or type" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 -msgid "in the terminal." -msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115 +msgid "" +"in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a " +"white crescent on it." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-" +#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel " +#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable" +#~ " chatting experience to all major " +#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and " +#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android " +#~ "smartphones), making communication with your" +#~ " peers not only convenient, but also" +#~ " ubiquitous available." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To chat on irc you need to " +#~ "connect to a server and join a " +#~ "channel. This can be done with the" +#~ " join button or by typing \"/join " +#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or " +#~ "private message directly to someone type" +#~ " \"/query\" username or right click " +#~ "on the user list and select start" +#~ " query. If you wish to view " +#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll" +#~ " down to view newer messages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat " +#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) " +#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC " +#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel " +#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 " +#~ "is the channel name), right click " +#~ "the network and select join channel " +#~ "or use the join button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Quasel if someone says your " +#~ "name you are said to be " +#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make" +#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod " +#~ "color over the line of text with" +#~ " your name on it. The notification" +#~ " will also be shown on your " +#~ "desktop if you are in another " +#~ "window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin" +#~ " to an account no matter which " +#~ "nickname you want to use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> " +#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a " +#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on " +#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the " +#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. " +#~ "Enter your username on the IRC " +#~ "network in the username text field. " +#~ "Input your password into the password" +#~ " field so that you know how to" +#~ " auto identifify. You can also " +#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by " +#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is" +#~ " a sensible default for what the " +#~ "services is but it may be " +#~ "different on different servers and put" +#~ " your password in where you " +#~ "autoidentify." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To ignore a really annoying user " +#~ "you can on the nicks bar on " +#~ "the right hand side right click " +#~ "ignore and then select a user to" +#~ " ingore so you will not hear " +#~ "them in irc. If you realize you" +#~ " want to talk to them again " +#~ "Right click the same username and " +#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore " +#~ "rule you created. You also can " +#~ "switch between multiple channels with " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up" +#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to " +#~ "move down. To go to the next " +#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` " +#~ "or to go to the previous active" +#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump " +#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta " +#~ "+A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type a message to an entire " +#~ "channel type into the bar at the" +#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete" +#~ " typing someone's nickname press the " +#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name." +#~ " To paste text into the channel " +#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If " +#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you" +#~ " can left click on the link to" +#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is" +#~ " if you want to copy the link" +#~ " right click on it and copy " +#~ "link adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to have settings for" +#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Network --> Configure network` and " +#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox" +#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically " +#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected." +#~ " The wait filed shows how long " +#~ "to between the retries between each " +#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all " +#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you " +#~ "rejoin all of your channels without " +#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The " +#~ "number of retries is how many " +#~ "times to retry to connect before " +#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number" +#~ " of retries click the unlimited " +#~ "number of checkboxes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add close the list of nicknames" +#~ " or channels press the X button. " +#~ "To reopen the view of nicks " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close " +#~ "the list of all chats press the" +#~ " X button to close a list of" +#~ " all channel and private messages you" +#~ " are in. To reopen it press the" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->" +#~ " All chats`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make your chat full screen " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " +#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings on your " +#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event " +#~ "to change your settings left click " +#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`," +#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When " +#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If" +#~ " you do not know what highlight " +#~ "is it is when someone mentions " +#~ "your name in a channel. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows " +#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound" +#~ " in the context. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` " +#~ "creates a popup notification when " +#~ "someone else mentions you. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message" +#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark " +#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry" +#~ " appear highlighted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all of your Settings for" +#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +#~ " Quassel`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel" +#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings " +#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the" +#~ " client style for the widget of " +#~ "quassel choose a widget style from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down " +#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray" +#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to " +#~ "be able to close the quassel " +#~ "window and still have quassel running" +#~ " in the system tray to bring it" +#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to" +#~ " tray on close button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has " +#~ "settings for colors timestamps and " +#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat " +#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom " +#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to " +#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if" +#~ " you want colored text press/unpress " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox." +#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in" +#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. " +#~ "To toggle setting marker line when " +#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when" +#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set" +#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " +#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel " +#~ "loses focus` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the Colors of your user" +#~ " interface on Quassel check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there" +#~ " are many buttons for each different" +#~ " kind of message which you can " +#~ "press the buton that all bring up" +#~ " the specific color for that kind " +#~ "of message." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings " +#~ "for what you tab to type into " +#~ "chanels or private messages. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " +#~ "thing to activate your own custom " +#~ "font for just input and press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. " +#~ "To have per chat history check the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` " +#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick" +#~ " selector` puts a widget in the " +#~ "lower left corner of the window to" +#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons" +#~ " that style your text hidden in " +#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable" +#~ " line wrapping when you type a " +#~ "long line in the input box check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in the terminal." +#~ msgstr "" diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po index a683f994..4d54974f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" @@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 msgid "" -"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " -"lubuntu." +"Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7 +msgid "Pairing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line " +"run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 -msgid "Pairing" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +msgid "" +". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main " +"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading" +" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click " +"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " -"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " -"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press" -" :guilabel:`next`." +"Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If " +"the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does" +" not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 msgid "Sending files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22 msgid "" "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " -":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " -"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " -"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which " -"files to transfer." +":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command " +"line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28 +msgid "" +"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send " +"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a " +"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the " +"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to " +"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the " +"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` " +"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the " +"file transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "bluedevil is the default application to" +#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a" +#~ " device from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. " +#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will " +#~ "be asked to enable it. In the " +#~ "main part of the window will show" +#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on " +#~ "the device you wish to add and " +#~ "press :guilabel:`next`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send a file to another device" +#~ " after pairing with the device " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send " +#~ "file` to open the file sending " +#~ "dialog. Then select the device you " +#~ "want to send a file to. Press " +#~ "the button with the upward pointing " +#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of " +#~ "which files to transfer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po index 79993d60..1d56b18b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" @@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 msgid "" -"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " -"trojita." +"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method " +"with Trojita." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 -msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16 msgid "" -"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " +"To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " -"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " -"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " -"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " +"address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " +"The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your " +"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" -" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " -"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " -"send to the email server." +" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access " +"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which " +"username to send to the email server." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 @@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 msgid "" +"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the " +"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the " +":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the " +":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages " +"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +msgid "" "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " -"the :guilabel:`Send` button." +"the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to " +"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. " +"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose " +"Mail --> Edit Draft...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 msgid "" -"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" +"To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in" " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " -"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" +"title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " -"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " -"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." +"directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " +"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes " +"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita" +" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the " +"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32 msgid "" -"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." +"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita." " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " -"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." +"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To " +"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the " +":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field " +"to select the number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 msgid "" "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " -"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." +"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a" +" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 msgid "" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " -":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from " +"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show" +" you information about each different email you have received. The " +":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what " +"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending " +"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent " +"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email " +"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an " +"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it " +"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 msgid "" "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44 msgid "" "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " -"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " -"Descending`." +"messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " +"Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46 msgid "" "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" +" button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " dialog to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the " +"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which" +" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column " +"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the " +"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> " +"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View " +"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again " +"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar " +":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50 msgid "" -"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " -"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" +"To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the " +"internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you" +" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send " +"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no " +"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the" +" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap " +":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system " +"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom " +"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita " +"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. " +"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and " +"have the number of unread messages on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56 +msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or " +"run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you" +#~ " cannot access your email that way" +#~ " with trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use trojita you will need to" +#~ " input your account information. You " +#~ "will need to type in your name " +#~ "so people know what call you and" +#~ " the email address so trojita needs" +#~ " to know what address to get " +#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab " +#~ "haas settings for how to get " +#~ "messages to your machine. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind" +#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing" +#~ " your mail as needed for your " +#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field" +#~ " is where you input what server " +#~ "to get your email from. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network" +#~ " port to access the server on. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which" +#~ " username to send to the email " +#~ "server." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To send an email to someone press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap " +#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. " +#~ "Then you will bring up a compose" +#~ " mail window. Type the email address" +#~ " of the person you want to type" +#~ " the address where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your" +#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line." +#~ " In the main part of the " +#~ "message called the body is where " +#~ "you will add most of your message." +#~ " If you want to attach a file" +#~ " to your email press the button " +#~ "with the paperclip on it that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your messages on trojita " +#~ "to see new messages you have " +#~ "recieved in your inbox left click " +#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the" +#~ " center of the window will show " +#~ "a list of all messages in your " +#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in" +#~ " bold. To view a message left " +#~ "click on the title and subject of" +#~ " the window and it will appear " +#~ "at the bottom. If you want to " +#~ "open this email in a popup window" +#~ " of its own double click the " +#~ "message title. If you recieve an " +#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip " +#~ "will appear on the message and " +#~ "click that to download the attachment" +#~ " or open it directly. To switch " +#~ "from text to html view click the" +#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back " +#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`" +#~ " tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your different folders are on a " +#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of" +#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder" +#~ " such as sent mail to view your" +#~ " sent messages left click on the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this " +#~ "case. To switch to the drafts " +#~ "folder left click where it says " +#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move to the next unread message" +#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to " +#~ "move to the previous message press " +#~ "the :kbd:`p` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reply to a message to just " +#~ "the person that sent it press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To" +#~ " forward an email to someone else " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To manually check for new messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new " +#~ "messages`. To hide read messages " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`" +#~ " and uncheck this to see read " +#~ "messages again. To view newest messages" +#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Sorting --> Descending`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch an address book of saved" +#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address " +#~ "Book`. To add a new message to " +#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. " +#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe " +#~ "click on the fields which are all" +#~ " optional. If you press the X " +#~ "button and have changes you will " +#~ "bring up a dialog to save the " +#~ "changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch trojita from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the" +#~ " icon that looks like an envolope " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po index 6d11ac84..41051b21 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " -"clients." +"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent" +" clients." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents how to use " +#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent " +#~ "clients." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po index 29e22463..f25db108 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po @@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 msgid "" -"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " -"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " -"files." +"LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In " +"the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and " +"your recently used files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " -"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " -"dialog are along the left hand column." +"To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main " +"part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To " +"open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left " +"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular " +"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from" +" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the " +"template you want." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 msgid "" -"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " -"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." -" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " +"LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " +"you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc." +" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you " "want to switch to." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 msgid "" -"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " +"LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " -"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " -"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." +"document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to " +"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To" +" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar " +"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18 +msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a " +"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before " +"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the " +":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work " +"press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " -"libreoffice or run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch " +"LibreOffice or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper" +" with a folded right hand corner." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr "" #~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full " +#~ "office suite. In the menu there " +#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice " +#~ "applications and your recently used " +#~ "files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a recently used file in" +#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the" +#~ " main part of the window. To " +#~ "open a program or to create a " +#~ "file from a file dialog are along" +#~ " the left hand column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice all of the different " +#~ "components have a window menu that " +#~ "lets you switch between a document " +#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice " +#~ "calc. To do this go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window" +#~ " that you want to switch to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without " +#~ "saving your work libreoffice will " +#~ "automatically recover the document. If " +#~ "you do not want to recover a " +#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button." +#~ " If you want to automatically recover" +#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po index eaa46bbc..1f9b6c4d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 @@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid "" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " -"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " -"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " -"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " -"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" -" upwards." +"to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag" +" the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in " +"descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going " +"down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and " +"an arrow pointing upwards." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 msgid "" "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " -"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " -"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " +"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File " +"--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " -"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " +"and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " -"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " -":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" -" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" -" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " -"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " -"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." +"To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button " +"with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press" +" control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click" +" :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a " +"piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the " +"scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted " +"press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +"Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" -" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " -"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " -"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " -"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " -"you want." +"To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`" +" or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to " +"percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press " +":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 msgid "" -"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" -" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" -" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " -"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " -"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " -"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " -"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number " -"delete rows." +"To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function" +" List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in " +"the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort" +" by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right" +" of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the " +":guilabel:`x` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " +"To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet " +":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories " +"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your " +"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left " +"click on the image and drag the image to where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to" +" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less " +"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell" +" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly" +" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back " +"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an " +"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To " +"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box " +"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally " +"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release " +"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically " +"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" +" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you " +"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and " +":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current " +"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To " +"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and " +":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click " +"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or " +":menuselection:`Delete Column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "yourself room." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 msgid "" "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " @@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "Descending`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 msgid "" "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" @@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid "" "left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37 msgid "" "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " -"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. " +"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and " +"select the percentage you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41 msgid "" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " @@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid "" "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 msgid "" -"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " +"To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " -"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " +"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each " "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45 msgid "" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" -" --> Special Character`." +" --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in" +" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the " +"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the" +" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the " +":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` " +"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56 +msgid "Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> " +"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, " +":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, " +":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the " +"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type " +"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the " +":guilabel:`Next` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart " +"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on " +"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose " +"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the " +":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a " +"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` " +"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check" +" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends" +" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the " +":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type " +"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis " +"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid " +"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have " +"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To " +"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display " +"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the " +":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press " +"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart " +"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the" +" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " -"Libreoffice Calc` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->" +" LibreOffice Calc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper " +"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat " +#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move between cells press the " +#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into " +#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To " +#~ "select cells left click and drag " +#~ "to select the cells you want. To" +#~ " sum data from cells in the " +#~ "cell where you want the sum is " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like Σ character and then drag the" +#~ " mouse over the cells you want " +#~ "to add. To sort your cells in " +#~ "descending order press the button with" +#~ " bullet points and an arrow going " +#~ "down. To sort in ascending order " +#~ "press the button with bullet points " +#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need " +#~ "to press the button that looks " +#~ "like a floppy disk, press the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save " +#~ "with a different file name " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To " +#~ "open a file press the button that" +#~ " looks like a brown folder and " +#~ "add selct the file you want from" +#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To open a recent document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy data you can right click" +#~ " copy, press the button with two " +#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control" +#~ " + c`. To paste data press " +#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or " +#~ "press the botton that is a " +#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on" +#~ " it. To cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors " +#~ "button to cut text. If you want" +#~ " to paste your text unformatted press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted " +#~ "Text`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get " +#~ "to the dialog of how to insert " +#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. " +#~ "The the first selection is to " +#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, " +#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, " +#~ "or Column and Line chart. To " +#~ "change the subtype of graph click " +#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks" +#~ " like the type you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to insert a new " +#~ "column to the left of a column " +#~ "right click on the letter for the" +#~ " column Insert column left. If you" +#~ " want the new column to the " +#~ "right is right click on the letter" +#~ " and insert column right. If you " +#~ "want to delete a column right " +#~ "click on the letter and delete " +#~ "column. To insert a row above the" +#~ " current row right click on the " +#~ "number and insert row above. To " +#~ "insert a row below the current row" +#~ " right click on the number and " +#~ "insert row below. To delte a row" +#~ " right click the number delete rows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the size of a row " +#~ "or colum of cells click in between" +#~ " the border of that particular row" +#~ " or column and drag with the " +#~ "mouse to give yourself room." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom to view a full page " +#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire " +#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of" +#~ " your page on the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page " +#~ "Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in " +#~ "the same file press the button on" +#~ " the bottom that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " +#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each" +#~ " sheet perss the button on each " +#~ "sheet at the bottom near the " +#~ "button to add a new sheet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert a special character not " +#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->" +#~ " Special Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the " +#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " +#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po index d6a52af3..8cf07145 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 -msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 -msgid "in built themes" +msgid "Built in themes" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 -msgid "sepll check" +msgid "Spell check" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 -msgid "pdf export" +msgid "PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 -msgid "images" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92 +msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " -"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" -" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " -"it says click to add title." +"When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " +"template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" +" and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type " +"into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the " +"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog " +"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click" +" to add title." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 msgid "" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" @@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " -"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +"PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 msgid "" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " @@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 msgid "" "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " -"Your prefred layout`." +"Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide " +":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " @@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 msgid "" -"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " +"To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " @@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 msgid "" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." +"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog " +"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose " +"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To " +"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 msgid "" "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "" "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34 msgid "" "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " @@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 msgid "" "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " -":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " -"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " -"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " -"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " -"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " +":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and " +"select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The " +":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The " +":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The " +":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font " +"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down " +":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " -"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " -"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " +"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the " +"dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " @@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid "" "changes how much to scale the width of the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for " +"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent " +"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. " +"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After " +"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the " +":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a " +"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the " +"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To " +"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu" +" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the" +" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of " +"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want " +"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to " +"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45 msgid "" "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " -":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up " +"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press " +":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + " +"Alt + Down`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47 msgid "" "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " @@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid "" "Spacing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49 msgid "" "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " -"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." +"size only select the box on a vertical size of the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51 msgid "" "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" -" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." +"Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + " +"H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next " +"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result " +"press the upward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55 msgid "" "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "drag to resize to the desired size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57 msgid "" -"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " -"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " -"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " -"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to " -"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the " -"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a " -"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select " -":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click" -" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`." +"To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59 msgid "" "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " -"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." +"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling " +"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To " +"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print " +"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom " +"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To " +"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to" +" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a " +"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and " +":guilabel:`Bottom`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` " +"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the " +":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a" +" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different " +"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what " +"your current background color of the slide is shown under the " +":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under " +":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the " +"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. " +":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the " +"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To " +"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your" +" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To " +"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on " +":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the " +":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture " +"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to" +" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck " +":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` " +"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for " +":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. " +"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your " +"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To" +" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the " +"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where" +" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap" +" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The " +":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can " +"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look " +"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use " +":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the" +" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap " +"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press " +"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on " +"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern " +"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground " +"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down " +"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by" +" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To choose a series of lines as your background press the " +":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the " +":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it" +" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the " +":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines " +"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of " +"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a " +"particular background color of your background check the " +":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background" +" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79 msgid "" -"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " -"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " -"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " -"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" -" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a " -"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of " -"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` " -"which has many different options." +"To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. " +"To change your slides to be transparent click the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how " +"transparent to make it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81 msgid "" "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " @@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid "" "end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv " -"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the " -"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press " -":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current " -"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of " -"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to " -"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " -"right click previous." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83 msgid "" "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " -"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " +"Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " +"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " +"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of " +"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the " +"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom " +"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally " +"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to " +"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will" +" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click" +" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a" +" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save " +"...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the " +"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to " +"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the " +"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side " +"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change" +" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the " +"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select" +" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image " +"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"or Flip --> Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of" +" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to " +"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to " +"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other " +":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one" +" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102 +msgid "Slideshows/Presentations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV " +"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First " +"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + " +"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit " +"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the " +"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a " +"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or " +"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the " +":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show " +"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press" +" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or " +"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat " +"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the " +":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle " +"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` " +"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` " +"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 -msgid "How To launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114 +msgid "How To Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115 msgid "" -"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " -"or run" +"To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Impress` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a " +"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "loimpress." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "in built themes" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "sepll check" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "images" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you" +#~ " will get a dialog to select a" +#~ " templete with a preview select which" +#~ " one you want to use by left" +#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`." +#~ " To add a title to a slide " +#~ "click where it says click to add" +#~ " title." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a previous presentation you " +#~ "have been working on press the " +#~ "button that looks like a folder " +#~ "with a piece of paper in it " +#~ "and navigate to the file you want" +#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently " +#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your " +#~ "presentation press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save " +#~ "a new copy under a custom file " +#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. " +#~ "To save a file as a pdf " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the layout of your slide" +#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your" +#~ " prefred layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To increaase your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To " +#~ "decrease your font size press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format" +#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To " +#~ "make text superscript select it and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " +#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript " +#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + " +#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format " +#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To spell check your presentation press" +#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print " +#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. To open up your printer " +#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer " +#~ "Settings`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize" +#~ " the character or your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the " +#~ "font family for your text. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can " +#~ "select the of your font. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " +#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` " +#~ "tab has even more effects for " +#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font " +#~ "Label` changes your font color. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make " +#~ "a style for how to draw lines " +#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline " +#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu" +#~ " to choose what color to draw a" +#~ " line over something. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your " +#~ "text. To have many different " +#~ "strikethrough effects to your text " +#~ "select the one you want from " +#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To " +#~ "change whether the font appears to " +#~ "be sunken or raised from the " +#~ "presentation use the menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you " +#~ "want your text underlined choose an " +#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu." +#~ " To change the color of your " +#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`" +#~ " menu. To have effects with how " +#~ "your is vertically with the rest " +#~ "of the line select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your " +#~ "text superscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your" +#~ " text subscript press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much " +#~ "to scale the width of the font." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your " +#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->" +#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered" +#~ " list for your points " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered" +#~ " Lists`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To move settings with a box of " +#~ "text left click on the border of" +#~ " the box of text. To move the" +#~ " text box click and drag on the" +#~ " border. To resize both vertical and" +#~ " horizontal size together left click " +#~ "on the corner and resize the text" +#~ " box. To resize how tall the " +#~ "text box is click the box at " +#~ "the top or bottom and drag to " +#~ "the desired size. To resize the " +#~ "horizontal size only select the box " +#~ "on a veritcal size of the box." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Find` to search for text. To find" +#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find" +#~ " and Replace`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image click " +#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag " +#~ "your image to where you want it" +#~ " left click and drag the mouse " +#~ "to where you want the image. To" +#~ " resize the image without distorting " +#~ "it click one of the boxes on " +#~ "the corner and resize to the size" +#~ " you wish. If you want to " +#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To" +#~ " replace an image right click the " +#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring" +#~ " a file picker up to pick a " +#~ "new image. To crop an image right" +#~ " click on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image " +#~ "out of a presentation right click " +#~ "on the image and select " +#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the zoom of you " +#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->" +#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to" +#~ " manage your zoom. If you just " +#~ "want to zoom to fit the page " +#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " +#~ "Page Width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the left there is a panel " +#~ "showing what slides you currently have" +#~ " in left side of the window. To" +#~ " insert a new slide right click " +#~ "on this panel on the left and " +#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on" +#~ " the left hand slide right click " +#~ "and select delete slide or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To" +#~ " create another copy of a slide " +#~ "right click and then select duplicate" +#~ " slide. To change the type of " +#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->" +#~ " Your choice of slide here` which " +#~ "has many different options." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` " +#~ "or the button the looks like a " +#~ "tv with a triangle on it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the" +#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow" +#~ " from the current slide press " +#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow" +#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To" +#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To" +#~ " get to the next slide of the" +#~ " slideshow left click or press the" +#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to" +#~ " a previous slide in presentation " +#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` " +#~ "or right click previous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your slides right next to" +#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide" +#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides " +#~ "click and hold a slide and drag" +#~ " the slide between the slides you " +#~ "want to move to. To switch to " +#~ "an outline view of just text " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch" +#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your " +#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How To launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po index c9341b92..c69d109f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po @@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4 +msgid "" +"LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on " +"Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12 msgid "" -"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " +"To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press " ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " -"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." +"formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To " +"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files " +":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 msgid "" -"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" +"To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press" " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " -"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Cut`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 msgid "" -"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +"To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" @@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid "" "Symbols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` " +"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your" +" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to " +"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 +msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " -"libreoffice math` or run" +"To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> " +"LibreOffice Math` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece " +"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your formula you have " +#~ "written in libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Save`. To open a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Print`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy " +#~ "text from libreoffice math press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice " +#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo " +#~ "a change you have undone press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Redo`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice " +#~ "math` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po index a6bd9da6..8b68d000 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po @@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default " -"on Lubuntu." +msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 @@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 -msgid "no ribbon" +msgid "No ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 -msgid "one button pdf export" +msgid "One button PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 -msgid "many file formats to output" +msgid "Many file formats to output" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 -msgid "spellcheck" +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 -msgid "wordcount" +msgid "Wordcount" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " +"To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " @@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " -"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " +"Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a " "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" -" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " -"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " -"word." +" Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file " +":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export " +"menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility " +"with Microsoft word." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19 msgid "" -"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " +"To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " @@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "" "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21 msgid "" "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " @@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid "" "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and" +" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before " +"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The " +":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. " +"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line " +"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the " +":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph " +"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in " +"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. " +"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, " +":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text " +"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The " +":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the " +"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` " +"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons " +"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The " +"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to" +" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset" +" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the " +":guilabel:`Color` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the" +" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the " +":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to " +"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` " +"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line " +"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number " +"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` " +"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page " +"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how " +"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` " +"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of " +"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To " +"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field " +"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or " +"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 msgid "" "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " -"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " -"change your text to a color you want." +"a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can " +"change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color" +" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 msgid "" "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" " button that looks like a T with a box around it or " @@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 msgid "" -"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " -"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " -":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " -"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " -"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " +"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press " +":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what " +"language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text " +"language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will " +"be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your " +"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this " +"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what " +"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the " +":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an " +"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should " +"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select " +"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the " +"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed " +"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the " +":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press" +" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 msgid "" -"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " -"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " -":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " -":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " -"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" -" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " -"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" -" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " -"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" -" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " -"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " -"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection " -"from the same spot." +"To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File " +"--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing " +"your document press the same thing again or click the close preview " +"button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button" +" that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the " +":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there " +"are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how " +"many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` " +"field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse " +"order` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> " +"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are " +"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the " +"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also" +" see the word count of selection from the same spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 msgid "" "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" @@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 msgid "" "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " -"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " +"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "which steps to undo and redo." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 msgid "" "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " -"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " +"centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " -"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" -" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " -"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " +"or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned" +" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" -" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" -" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." +" solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or" +" :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to change your line spacing of your document " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " -"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " +"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 msgid "" -"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " -"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " -"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " -"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " -"around the corner to resize the image." +"To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page " +"number`. To insert the current time into the document " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date " +"into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert " +"the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> " +"Page count`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68 msgid "" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " -"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " +"Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "document left click on the body of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or " +"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the" +" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a " +"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow " +":menuselection:`Reply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process " +":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface " +"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the " +"formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74 msgid "" "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press " +":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog " +"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and " +"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76 msgid "" "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " -"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." +"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To " +"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent " +"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78 msgid "" "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " @@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid "" "Scroll bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80 msgid "" "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To insert a watermark on the background of the page " +":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says " +"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the " +"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from " +"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change " +"your how transparent the water mark is change the " +":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely " +"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` " +"drop down pop up menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86 +msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " +"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " +":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change " +"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field." +" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop " +"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change " +"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your " +"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want" +" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`" +" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97 +msgid "Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered" +" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered " +"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " +"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format " +"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint " +":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this " +"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> " +"Promote One Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101 +msgid "Find And Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To " +"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to" +" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the " +"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of " +"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match " +"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the " +"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end " +"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To " +"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` " +"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence " +"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change " +"everything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109 +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> " +"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. " +"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level " +"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`." +" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted" +" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered " +"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list " +"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet " +"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select " +":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with " +"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman " +"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press " +":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " +"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " +"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " +"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " +"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you " +"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an " +"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the " +"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an " +"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip" +" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down" +" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image " +"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag " +"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image " +"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> " +"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally " +":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120 +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table " +"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the " +":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are " +"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right " +"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click " +"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with " +"the arrow key with the direction you want to go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> " +"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->" +" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one " +":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column " +"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns " +"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert " +"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how " +"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To " +"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the " +":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table " +"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete" +" --> Table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128 +msgid "Document Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129 msgid "" "To bring up a window with properties of your document " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " -"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " -":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" -" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you " -"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " -"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " -"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " -"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " -"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " -"the document` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 +"metadata about the file including creation or modification time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and " +"keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is " +"where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a " +"field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is " +"to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you " +"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has " +"settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To" +" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` " +"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the " +":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To " +"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin " +"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` " +"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To" +" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` " +"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` " +"row. To see how many images are in your document read the " +":guilabel:`Images` row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 -msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143 +msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece" +" of paper with several lines of writing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing" +#~ " application that is the default on" +#~ " Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "no ribbon" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "one button pdf export" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "many file formats to output" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "spellcheck" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "wordcount" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what " +#~ "you wish to type into the main " +#~ "part of the window. If you wish" +#~ " to save your data press the " +#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To " +#~ "open a previously saved document press" +#~ " the button that looks like a " +#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. " +#~ "To load or save a file from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save`. To save your file " +#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File" +#~ " --> Save As`. To view your " +#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your " +#~ "file as a pdf press the button " +#~ "that is a sheet of paper with " +#~ "curved red lines on it or go " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select" +#~ " the file type as pdf. This " +#~ "same export menu will let you save" +#~ " in formats for other programs for" +#~ " compatibility with microsoft word." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the font size There is" +#~ " a drop down box with a number" +#~ " in it you can type the font" +#~ " size you want in this box or" +#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You" +#~ " can change the font with the " +#~ "drop down box to the left of " +#~ "the font size which you can type" +#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or" +#~ " select from the drop down menu. " +#~ "To make your text bold you can " +#~ "select the text with the mouse and" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. " +#~ "To make the font italic press the" +#~ " button that looks like *I* or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting" +#~ " the text or keep typing with " +#~ "it to be italic. To have an " +#~ "underlined text select the text and " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make " +#~ "strikethrough press the button that is" +#~ " a s with a line through it." +#~ " If you want a floating window " +#~ "on how to style your text " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change font color press the " +#~ "button that has a T with a " +#~ "drop on it and a red underline " +#~ "this will bring down several differenent" +#~ " colors you can change your text " +#~ "to a color you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add multiple columns to your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. " +#~ "To have multiple columns in the " +#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and " +#~ "set to the number of columns you" +#~ " want. When you are done with " +#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button or if you decide you do " +#~ "not want to make changes to " +#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the spelling of your " +#~ "document press the ABC button with " +#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools" +#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To" +#~ " view how your document looks before" +#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print" +#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. " +#~ "To get back to editing your " +#~ "document press the same thing again " +#~ "or click the close preview button. " +#~ "After you are done writing your " +#~ "document you can press the button " +#~ "that looks like a printer to " +#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change " +#~ "view or change your printer settings " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To" +#~ " view your word count of how " +#~ "many words are currently in the " +#~ "document is with nothing slected at " +#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer " +#~ "window. If you select text with " +#~ "the mouse you can also see the " +#~ "word count of selection from the " +#~ "same spot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To undo a mistake you make press" +#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the " +#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. " +#~ "If you accidently undid code redo " +#~ "or press the green arrow pointing " +#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons " +#~ "there is a drop down button that" +#~ " brings up a menu for which " +#~ "steps to undo and redo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To center your text is press the" +#~ " button with the horizontal lines " +#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align" +#~ " --> centered`. To have your text " +#~ "justified to the right press the " +#~ "button with the lines on the right" +#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->" +#~ " right`. To have your text aligned" +#~ " to left press the lines on the" +#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->" +#~ " align --> left`. To center justify" +#~ " your text which will add spaces " +#~ "in between words to make it " +#~ "appears at both orders press the " +#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines" +#~ " all of eqaul length to center " +#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format " +#~ "--> Align --> Justified`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to change your line" +#~ " spacing of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line" +#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> " +#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a" +#~ " half line spacing. To change back" +#~ " to single line spacing of your " +#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing " +#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To insert an image into your go" +#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to" +#~ " insert an image directly to your " +#~ "word processing document. To move your" +#~ " image around left click on it " +#~ "and drag the image around. To " +#~ "resize the image while keeping the " +#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of" +#~ " the blue boxes around the corner " +#~ "to resize the image." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a header shown at the " +#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert " +#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header " +#~ "--> Default style`. To have a " +#~ "footer at the bottom of each page" +#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer " +#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To " +#~ "get back to writing the main part" +#~ " of the document left click on " +#~ "the body of the document." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the document" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To zoom for the entire page to " +#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you" +#~ " can see the width of the page" +#~ " and everything is bigger " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page " +#~ "width`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a window with " +#~ "properties of your document " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about" +#~ " the file including creation or " +#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` " +#~ "tab has fields to input title " +#~ "subject and keywords and lets you " +#~ "also put in comments. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can " +#~ "optionally put the title on. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input" +#~ " the subject of the document. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords " +#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` " +#~ "is where you can have comments " +#~ "about the document. To embed any " +#~ "fonts you have in the documnet " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the " +#~ "document` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch go to menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po index 7fc80ba8..15299d01 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po @@ -10,330 +10,436 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2.6 qpdfview" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:4 -msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +msgid "qpdfview is the default PDF viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:8 -msgid "presentation mode" +msgid "Presentation mode" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:9 -msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +msgid "Zoom to entire page/ page width" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:10 -msgid "rotating pages" +msgid "Rotating pages" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:11 -msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +msgid "Outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:12 -msgid "printing support" +msgid "Printing support" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:13 -msgid "annotation and highlighting" +msgid "Annotation and highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:14 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:15 -msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +msgid "Customizable keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:18 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:16 +msgid "Viewing postscript files" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " -":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use " +"To open a PDF file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or " +"press :kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a PDF open use " ":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open " -"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the" +"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a PDF click the" " Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` " "just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you " -"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or " -":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite " -"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs " -"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the" -" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on" -" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently " -"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most " -"recently closed tab`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21 +"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` or :menuselection:`Tabs --> Next " +"Tab` to go the next tab or :kbd:`control + shift + tab` or " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Previous Tab` to cycle through your tabs in the " +"opposite direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all " +"your tabs you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab" +" press the red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close " +"all tabs on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most" +" recently closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore" +" most recently closed tab`. To view a menu with your recently closed tab " +":menuselection:`Tabs --> Recently Closed` and select the file you want. " +"To see a list of all your tabs in a menu they are at the bottom of the " +":menuselection:`Tabs` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file " -"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the " -"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new " -"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click " -"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all " -"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To " -"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " +"If you want a second copy of a PDF file open right click on the tab and " +":menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the current " +"PDF on the tab and select :menuselection:`Open Copy in new window`. To " +"open your file manager in the current directory right click on the tab " +"and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all tabs right " +"click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close all " +"tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the " "right of the one you right click right click on a tab and " ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left " "right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and " -"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next " -"page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are " -"numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, " -"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page " -"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`." -" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + " -"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page" -" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump " -"Forward`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25 +"If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) in " +"towards the top left corner and type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To " +"move to the previous and next page press the :kbd:`left arrow` and " +":kbd:`right arrow` buttons respectively. There are numerous zoom option, " +"including percentage, page width, and page size in a box a little to the " +"right of the page box. Another way to jump to a particular page is to " +"press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to page`. To go" +" back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + enter` " +"or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page press " +":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump forward`." +" To move to the last page of the PDF press the :kbd:`End` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To move to the first page of the PDF" +" press the :kbd:`Home` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> First page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28 msgid "" -"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " -"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however " -"tpggle previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control " -"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the " -"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control" -" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to " -"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the " -"menu in the same thing again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27 +"To print your PDF press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +"Print`. To change what printer you use use the :guilabel:`Name` drop down" +" to select the name of the printer. To see more options press the " +":guilabel:`Options >>` button to see more options when you print. To " +"select which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages from` button and " +"then the fields for the first page to print and then the last page to " +"print. To change what pages you print and type the page number in use the" +" :guilabel:`Pages` field. To print your current page press the " +":guilabel:`Current Page` button. To change how many copies you print " +"change the :guilabel:`Copies` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are printing the PDF in black and white you can however toggle " +"previewing the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control + U` or" +" :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the colors of " +"your PDF press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> Invert " +"Colors`. To trim the margins off your PDF file press :kbd:`control +Shift" +" +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to turn off " +"changed colors or trimmed margins off press or use the menu in the same " +"thing again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 msgid "" "To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn " -"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either " +"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to select either " "text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the " "text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy" -" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +" text is to press :kbd:`Shift + Left Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 msgid "" -"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " +"To save your PDF file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can " "press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name " -"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document " -"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`." +"with :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To save a copy of the document " +"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`. If you want to quit qpdfview" +" press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 msgid "" "qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, " "in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure " "the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " -"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This " -"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page " -":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view " -"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of " -"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts" -" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." +"appear on the left hand side of the PDF with collapsible sections and to " +"expand or collapse each section left click on the :menuselection:`-->`. " +"To go to a particular part of the outline double click on that part of " +"the outline. To see the entire outline right click on the outline and " +"select :menuselection:`Expand all`. To have your outline back to the " +"original state right click on it and select :menuselection:`Collapse " +"all`. This is useful in navigating large PDFs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To view properties of your PDF file press :kbd:`F7` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Properties`. To see a thumbnail of " +"each page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press " +":kbd:`F8` to view a thumbnail of each page of the PDF file. If you want " +"to close one of these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. " +"To detach a dock to its own floating window press the diamond button to " +"detach it. To get the dock back to where it was press the diamond button " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:47 msgid "" "To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an" -" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " +" illustration in a PDF of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or " ":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal " -"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " +"press :kbd:`Control +6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` " "again. To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control " "+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left " -"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " -":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`." +"languages on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`. To view the fonts embedded in " +"the PDF :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 msgid "" -"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " -"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the " -"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results" -" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and " -"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of" -" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +"To search through your PDF file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from " +"the menu :menuselection:`Edit --> Search`. You will get taken to the " +"results and will appear highlighted in yellow to see through the results " +"you can press the down arrow or press :kbd:`F3` to see results farther in" +" the document and press the upward pointed arrow button or press " +":kbd:`Shift +F3` to see results towards the start of the document. To " +"exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`. If you want the search to match " +"case check the :guilabel:`Match case` checkbox. To match entire words " +"check the :guilabel:`Whole words` checkbox. To highlight all matches of " +"words check the :guilabel:`Highlight all` checkbox. To exit the search " +"press the button that looks like an octagon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 msgid "" "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or " -":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can " +":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen`. To enter presentation mode you can " "press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes " -"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " +"the content of the PDF take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars " "or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To" " advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` " "or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the " -":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`." +":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`. To go to" +" the first page of the presentation press the :kbd:`Home` key. To go to " +"the last page of the presentation press the :kbd:`End` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:55 msgid "" "To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again " "press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove " -"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove " -"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight " -"at the context menu right then." +"your annotation right click on the annotation and click " +":menuselection:`Remove annotation`. If you just want to highlight " +"something right click on the text and select :menuselection:`Add " +"highlight` text." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:57 msgid "" -"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " +"To select page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page " "width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->" -" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on " -"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View " -"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the " -"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> " -"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it " -"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom" -" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press " -":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the " -"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View " -"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control " -"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom " +" Fit to page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page " +"on qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, " +":menuselection:`View --> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8`. " +"To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To zoom in is press the " +"magnifying glass with a + in it or press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom out press the magnifying glass" +" button with a - in it or press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the file to the left is " +"press :kbd:`Control + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate " +"Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control + Right " +"arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`. Another way to rotate " +"is to hold :kbd:`Shift` and then use the mousewheel. Another way to zoom " "with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the " "mousewheel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a " +"If you have a particularly long PDF file you might want to make a " "bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press " ":kbd:`control +b` or :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` and " "give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in" " this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go " -":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ " "shift+ B`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:61 msgid "" -"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf " +"To jump to the start of a PDF file press the :kbd:`home` key or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a PDF " "file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To " -"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " -":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page." +"move to the next page with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press " +":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page. If you scroll past the end of a " +"page on qpdfview you can change the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:64 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:68 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:69 msgid "" "To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window " -"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows" -" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The " -"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is " -"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go " -"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To " -"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select " -"one from the drop down menu by name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56 +"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. To change how qpdfview uses " +"links or manages tabs left click on the :guilabel:`Behavior` tab. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Open URL` allows you to turn on or off Opening URLs " +"or links within qpdfview. The :guilabel:`Auto-refresh` checkbox reloads " +"the PDF whenever the file changes which is useful for authoring PDF " +"files. To have qpdfview keep track of recently check the :guilabel:`Track" +" recently used` checkbox. To keep track of recently closed documents " +"check the :guilabel:`Keep recently closed` checkbox. To open the tabs you" +" had open last time with qpdfview the next time you open the program " +"check the :guilabel:`Restore tabs` checkbox. To change what screen you " +"use for presentations change the :guilabel:`Presentation Screen` field to" +" the number of the screen you want to use. To change the page in the main" +" view in addition with the presentation check the :guilabel:`Synchronize " +"presentation` checkbox. To have your outline dock follow where you " +"currently are in the PDF check the :guilabel:`Synchronize outline view` " +"checkbox. If you want to scroll once to change an entire page check the " +":guilabel:`Minimal scrolling` checkbox. To change the color of highlights" +" type a hex number for a color or select one from the " +":guilabel:`Highlight Color` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:74 msgid "" "If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the " -":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" -" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you " -"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab" +" you can press the :guilabel:`Defaults on current tab` button. If you " +"want to return to viewing your PDF with the same settings press the " ":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 msgid "" -"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`" +"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`Graphics`" " tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for " -"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for " -"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not " -"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop " -"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make " -"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " +"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Prefetch` will preload pages not directly viewed by the PDF " +"viewer not directly on the screen however this will use more resources. " +"The drop down for :guilabel:`Cache size` will increase loading speed but " +"will use more resources. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages " "before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how " "many pages away from where you are to load. The field for " ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the " "background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the " -"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy " -"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." +"size of the cache which will apply more system resources to run heavy " +"PDFs like hundred of pages of full color artwork." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:80 msgid "" -"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab." -" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " -"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. " -"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox" -" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the " -"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number " -"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` " -"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get " -"smaller the more tabs you open." +"The :guilabel:`PDF` subtab of the graphics tab has settings for font and " +"paper color for viewing PDF files. To antialias images check the " +":guilabel:`Antialiasing` checkbox. To antialias text check the " +":guilabel:`Text antialiasing` checkbox. To use font hinting to view text " +"easier to view change the :guilabel:`Text hinting` menu to Reduced or " +"full. To not change the background color with change the " +":guilabel:`Ignore paper color` checkbox. To change how qpdfview draws " +"thin lines change the :guilabel:`Thin line mode` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PS` subtab manages how Postscript files appear on the " +"screen. To change how many bits are used for antialiasing graphics change" +" the :guilabel:`Graphics antialias bits` field. To change the number of " +"bits of text antialiasing change :guilabel:`Text antialiasing bits` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`Interface` tab." +" If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +"The :guilabel:`Tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. The " +":guilabel:`Tab visibility` menu can be set to as needed, always or never " +"which will show or hide the tabbar. The checkbox for :guilabel:`New tab " +"next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the current one. The field " +"for recently used lets you set the maximum number of files to keep around" +" in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the tabs " +"to take up the whole tab bar and they get smaller the more tabs you open." +" To have qpdfview close when the last tab in qpdfview is closed check the" +" :guilabel:`Exit after last tab` checkbox. To change the number of " +"recently used PDF files in the menu change the :guilabel:`Recently used " +"count` field. To change how many recently closed tabs of PDFs are shown " +"change the :guilabel:`Recently closed count` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:92 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard " -"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut " -"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. " -"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut." +"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the ability to customize keyboard " +"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what each keyboard shortcut " +"does. The :guilabel:`Key sequence` column shows the keyboard shortcut. " +"Double click in the key sequence column and type in your desired keyboard" +" shortcut to change the keyboard shortcut." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Modifiers` tab allows you to change settings with the " +"mouse and certain keyboard shortcuts in combination with the mouse. To " +"change what keyboard shortcut to hold down while you hold down your " +"mousewheel to zoom use the :guilabel:`Zoom` drop down menu. To change " +"what keyboard key to hold down before using the mousewheel use the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` key. To change what key to press when you copy text to" +" the clipboard when also pressing a mouse button use the :guilabel:`Copy " +"to Clipboard` drop down menu. To switch which key you press when left " +"clicking to add an annotation use the :guilabel:`Add annotation` drop " +"down menu. To change what what you press to while left clicking to zoom " +"to a selection change the :guilabel:`Zoom to Selection` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:101 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:102 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.18 of qpdfview." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:105 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76 +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:106 msgid "" "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or" " run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:112 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qpdfview looks like an eye with a " +"blue background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -380,3 +486,415 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qpdfview from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qpdfview is the default pdf viewer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "presentation mode" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "zoom to entire page/ page width" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "rotating pages" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "outline, properties, thumbnail, and bookmark docks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "printing support" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "annotation and highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "customizable keyboard shortcuts" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a pdf file use " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open` from the " +#~ "menu or :kbd:`Control + O` on the" +#~ " keyboard. If you have a pdf " +#~ "open use :menuselection:`File --> Open` " +#~ "in new tab from the menu, click" +#~ " the Open in new tab button or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh" +#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press" +#~ " :kbd:`F5` just like most web " +#~ "browsers. To switch between tabs on " +#~ "the keyboard you can press control " +#~ ":kbd:`control + tab` to go the " +#~ "next tab or :kbd:`control + shift " +#~ "+ tab` to cycle through your tabs" +#~ " in the opposite direction. At the" +#~ " bottom of the tab menu will be" +#~ " a list of all your tabs you" +#~ " have open with the title of " +#~ "each document. To close the tab " +#~ "press the red X button on the " +#~ "tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To " +#~ "close all tabs on qpdfview press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore" +#~ " the most recently closed tabs press" +#~ " :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore " +#~ "most recently closed tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a second copy of " +#~ "a pdf file open right click on " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new tab`. If you want " +#~ "a copy of the current pdf open " +#~ "the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "Copy in new window`. To open your" +#~ " file manager in the current " +#~ "directory right click on the tab " +#~ "bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing " +#~ "Folder`. To close all tabs right " +#~ "click on the tab bar and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To Close " +#~ "all tabs but that one you right" +#~ " click on right click on a tab" +#~ " and :menuselection:`Close all tabs but " +#~ "this one`. To close all tabs to" +#~ " the right of the one you right" +#~ " click right click on a tab and" +#~ " :menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`." +#~ " To close all tabs to the left" +#~ " right click on a tab and " +#~ ":menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to view a particular" +#~ " page select the box (e.g. page " +#~ "1/3) and type the page number " +#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the" +#~ " previous and next page use the " +#~ "left and right arrow buttons " +#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom " +#~ "option, including percentage, page width, " +#~ "page size, continous, and multiple " +#~ "pages. Another way to jump to a" +#~ " particular page is to press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Jump to Page`. To go back " +#~ "to page which you have just come" +#~ " from press :kbd:`control + enter` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. " +#~ "To jump forward a page press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + shift + enter` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Jump Forward`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + P` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Print`. If you are printing the " +#~ "pdf in black and white you can " +#~ "however tpggle previewing the file in" +#~ " black and white by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + U` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Convert to grayscale`. To invert " +#~ "the colors of your pdf press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Invert Colors`. To trim the margins" +#~ " off your pdf file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If " +#~ "you want to turn any of the " +#~ "alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off" +#~ " press or use the menu in the" +#~ " same thing again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select text or an image from" +#~ " qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`." +#~ " Then the cursor will turn into " +#~ "a crosshair and you will be able" +#~ " to expand a box to slect " +#~ "either text or an image and a " +#~ "menu to select copying the text, " +#~ "selecting the text, copying the image," +#~ " or saving the image to file. " +#~ "Another way to copy text is to " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your pdf file is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save` or you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Control + s`. You " +#~ "can save the file with a different" +#~ " name with :menuselection:`File --> SAve" +#~ " as`. To save a copy of the " +#~ "document click :menuselection:`File --> Save" +#~ " a copy`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful" +#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, " +#~ "in the menu select :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Docks --> Outline (make sure " +#~ "the button is checked)` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should " +#~ "appear on the left hand side of" +#~ " the pdf with collapsable sections. " +#~ "This is useful in navigating large " +#~ "pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each" +#~ " page :menuselection:`View --> Dock --> " +#~ "Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view" +#~ " a thumbnial of each page of " +#~ "the pdf file. If you want to " +#~ "close one of these docks click the" +#~ " X button on the dock to close" +#~ " it. To view the fonts embeded " +#~ "in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Fonts`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view two pages at once like " +#~ "if you want to see a two " +#~ "page spread of an illustration in " +#~ "a pdf of a book press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + 6` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Two pages`. To get your view" +#~ " back to normal press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Two pages` again. To toggle the " +#~ "view of three pages at a time " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +4` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To" +#~ " view right to left languges on " +#~ "qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`View --> Right to " +#~ "left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search through your pdf file " +#~ "you can press :kbd:`control + f` " +#~ "or from the menu :menuselection:`edit " +#~ "--> search`. You will get taken to" +#~ " the results and will appear " +#~ "highligheted in yellow to see through" +#~ " the results you can press the " +#~ "down arrow to see results farther " +#~ "in the document and press the " +#~ "upward pointed arrow button to see " +#~ "results towards the start of the " +#~ "document. To exit the view to " +#~ "search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make qpdfview fullscreen you can " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "-->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation " +#~ "mode you can press :kbd:`f12` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which " +#~ "makes the content of the pdf take" +#~ " up the fullscreen and gives you " +#~ "no menubars or toolbars. To exit " +#~ "presentation mode you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`f12` again. To advance to the " +#~ "next page in the presentation press " +#~ "the :kbd:`spacebar` or the :kbd:`right " +#~ "arrow`. To go back a page in " +#~ "presentation press the :kbd:`left arrow`. " +#~ "To exit the presentation press " +#~ ":kbd:`escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make an annotation press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Add annotation`. To view the " +#~ "annotation you have made or edit " +#~ "it again press click on what looks" +#~ " like a sticky note with a pin" +#~ " in it. To remove your annotation " +#~ "right click on the annotation and " +#~ "click remove annotation. If you just " +#~ "want to highlight something slect add" +#~ " highlight at the context menu right" +#~ " then." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sleect page width in zoom in" +#~ " qpdfview is a drop down menu " +#~ "with page width to show the width" +#~ " of the page on qpdfview, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Page width`, or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the " +#~ "whole page on qpdfview in this " +#~ "drop down menu select whole page, " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> fit to page " +#~ "size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. " +#~ "To return to the original zoom " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + 0` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original size`. To" +#~ " zoom in is press the magnifying " +#~ "glass with a + in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To " +#~ "zoom out press the magnifying glass " +#~ "button with a - in it or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the left is " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Left`. To " +#~ "rotate the file to the right is" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Rights` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another " +#~ "way to zoom with the scrollwheel " +#~ "is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom " +#~ "with the mousewheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a particularly long " +#~ "pdf file you might want to make" +#~ " a bookmark to find a specific " +#~ "thing easily. To create a bookmark " +#~ "press :kbd:`control +b` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add Bookmark` " +#~ "and give the bookmark a memorable " +#~ "title and description so you can " +#~ "find it in this document again " +#~ "easily. If you later want to " +#~ "remove the bookmark go " +#~ ":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control+ shift+ B`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To jump to the start of a " +#~ "pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. " +#~ "To jump to the last page of " +#~ "a pdf file press the :kbd:`end` " +#~ "key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last " +#~ "Page`. To move to the next paget" +#~ " with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` " +#~ "or press :kbd:`Backspace` to move back" +#~ " a page." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add your own settings to " +#~ "qpdfview you can get to a settings" +#~ " window with :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Settings`. The checkbox for open url " +#~ "allows you to turn on or off " +#~ "Opening URL within within qpdfview. The" +#~ " autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf " +#~ "whenever the file changes which is " +#~ "useful if you are authoring pdf " +#~ "files. If you want to scroll once" +#~ " to go to an entire page check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. " +#~ "To change the color of highlights " +#~ "tpye a hex number for a color " +#~ "or select one from the drop down" +#~ " menu by name." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset these " +#~ "settings to the defaults is to " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`defaults` button. If " +#~ "you just want defaults on the " +#~ "current tab you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button." +#~ " If you want to return to " +#~ "viewing your pdf with the same " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " +#~ "If you wish to discard your " +#~ "changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deal with settings on graphics " +#~ "press press on the :guilabel:`graphics` " +#~ "tab. The settings for paper color " +#~ "will has a drop down menu for " +#~ "previewing what it is like printing " +#~ "on colored paper. The checkbox for " +#~ "prefetch will preload pages not directly" +#~ " viewed by the pdf viewer not " +#~ "directly on the screen however this " +#~ "will use more resources. The drop " +#~ "down for cache size will larger " +#~ "will use up more resources but " +#~ "will make loading pdfs much faster. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages" +#~ " before you view them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how" +#~ " many pages away from where you " +#~ "are to load. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets " +#~ "the color of the background for " +#~ "presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` " +#~ "increases the size of the cache " +#~ "which will apply more system resorouces" +#~ " to run heavy pdfs like hundred " +#~ "of pages of full color artwork." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the interface settings click" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`interface` tab. If " +#~ "you want the tabs to be spread " +#~ "out press the spread tabs checkbox. " +#~ "The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes " +#~ "where the tabbar on the window. " +#~ "The tab visibility can be set to" +#~ " as needed, always or never. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`new tab next to" +#~ " current tab` opens new tabs next " +#~ "to the current one. The field for" +#~ " recently used lets you set the " +#~ "maximum number of files to keep " +#~ "around in recently used. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Spread tabs` checkbox spreads the" +#~ " tabs to take up the whole tab" +#~ " bar and they get smaller the " +#~ "more tabs you open." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the " +#~ "abilty to customize keyboard shortcuts. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is" +#~ " keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key" +#~ " seqeunce` column shows the keyboard " +#~ "shorcut. Double click in the key " +#~ "sequence column to change the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po index 357dfdb8..ed2c164c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " +"This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice " "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents office applications " +#~ "including the libreoffice office suite " +#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po index 100da9ef..f568eaa4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po @@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 -msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " -"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " -"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" -" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " -":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" -" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, " +":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward " +"pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`" +" or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the " +"picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a " +"new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->" +" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by " +":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed " +"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your " +"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar " +"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" -" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" -" file press :guilabel:`Start`." +" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the" +" file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up " +"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by " +"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 msgid "" -"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " -"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " -"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " -"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " -"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " -"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " -":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +"To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` " +"and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an " +"entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file " +"name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 msgid "" "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " -":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " -"print dialog." +":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +"print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 msgid "" -"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " -"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " -"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " -":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " -"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " -":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " -"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." +"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to " +"the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate " +"Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to" +" the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate " +"Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a " +"magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a " +"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " +"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 msgid "" -"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " -"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." +"To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the " +"horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +"Horizontally`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " -"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" -" Clipboard`." +"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy " +"to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Paste from Clipboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 msgid "" -"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " -"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" -" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " -"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" -" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " -"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " -":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " -"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." +"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or " +":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the " +":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between " +"different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left " +"pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press" +" :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " +"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can " +"also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> " +"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 msgid "" +"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by " +"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and " +"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" +" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a" +" another program such as one to edit that picture right click " +":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with " +"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an " +"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select " +":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. " +"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select " +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30 +msgid "" "To view the picture entirely at its original size press " -":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " -"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " +":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and " +"horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your " "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" -" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around " +"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show " +"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> " +"Show EXIF Data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32 msgid "" -"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " +"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click " +":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or " ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" -" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" -" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +" in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the " +"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +msgid "Annotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right " +"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks " +"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag " +"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the" +" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button " +"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle " +"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks " +"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the " +":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a" +" circle with a slash through it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44 msgid "" -"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " +"To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To" +" change the background color in a window press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " -"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " -"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " -"the :guilabel:`OK` button." +"slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show " +"interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference" +" dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline " +"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. " +"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show " +"annotations toolbar by default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54 msgid "" -"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " +"To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or " "run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " -"scene of a sunset." +"from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene " +"of a sunset." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a picture press " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ O`, or press the button that " +#~ "looks like a opening folder. If " +#~ "you do not like the picture press" +#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of" +#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To " +#~ "view your property of your image " +#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to upload a picture" +#~ " to share it online press " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a " +#~ "new window will pop up with a " +#~ "drop down menu to show where to" +#~ " upload the picture to. To actually" +#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to" +#~ " the right to view the next " +#~ "file in the folder and the arrow" +#~ " to the left to view the " +#~ "previous folder. To open a new " +#~ "picture press the open button which " +#~ "looks like a blue folder with a" +#~ " piece of paper in it. To open" +#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Open Directory` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file " +#~ "as something press the button that " +#~ "looks like a floppy disk or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to print a picture " +#~ "after viewing it from the " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " +#~ "print dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To rotate an image to the right" +#~ " press the circular arrrow that " +#~ "points to the right or go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To" +#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular" +#~ " arrow pointing to the left or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To" +#~ " zoom in on a picture press the" +#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with" +#~ " a + symobol on it or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out " +#~ "press the button of a magnifying " +#~ "glass with a - symbol in it " +#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To flip your image on the vertical" +#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " +#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on " +#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Flip Horizonatally`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard" +#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to " +#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to " +#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from " +#~ "Clipboard`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the next picture on your" +#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` " +#~ "and conversly to view the previous " +#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To" +#~ " view thumbnials of the current " +#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and" +#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom" +#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom " +#~ "of the window to view the whole" +#~ " folder. You can also scroll between" +#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel " +#~ "as well. To jump to the first " +#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To " +#~ "jump to the last picture press " +#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last " +#~ "File`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture entirely at " +#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View" +#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a" +#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a" +#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To" +#~ " return your image to its original" +#~ " size press the magnifying button " +#~ "with 1:1 inside it or " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen " +#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->" +#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of" +#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow" +#~ " on the toolbar a play pause " +#~ "button will appear on the toolbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the background color in " +#~ "a window press the button next to" +#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and " +#~ "then a window will pop up showing" +#~ " your color choice. To change the " +#~ "background color when fullscreen press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen " +#~ "background color` and the same color " +#~ "picker window will appear. To change " +#~ "how long it takes for a each " +#~ "slide show to change change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` " +#~ "field. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply " +#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence " +#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lximage from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange " +#~ "landscape scene of a sunset." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecf550d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4 +msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a " +":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview" +" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this " +"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press " +":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button" +" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your " +"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the " +"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` " +"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot" +" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the " +":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture " +"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu " +"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how " +"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` " +"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by " +"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray " +"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To " +"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot " +"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To" +" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on " +"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences" +" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select " +":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the" +" command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white " +"layer on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button " +"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how" +" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press " +":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To " +"change the default file name for your screenshots change the " +":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file " +"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the " +"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can " +"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`" +" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To" +" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use " +"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in " +"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file " +"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the " +":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and " +"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave" +" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the " +":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are " +"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window " +"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To" +" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable " +"external viewer` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the " +":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system " +"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` " +"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the " +":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the" +" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to " +"tray when closing` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the " +":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action " +"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard" +" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected " +"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po index 7c871646..a8536586 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po @@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 -msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" -"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" -" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " +" press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a " "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" -" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " -"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" -" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " +" want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the" +" red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the " +"scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " ":guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10 msgid "" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" -" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " +" devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" " :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " -":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" -" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " -"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" -" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " -"want to print it out again." +":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" +" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. " +"Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select " +"color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color " +"ink if you would want to print it out again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14 msgid "" "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " @@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid "" "the dots per inch you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " -"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " -"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" -" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " -"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " -"Checkbox." +"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` " +"slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To " +"change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive" +" or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors" +" on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 msgid "" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " @@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid "" "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the " +":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 msgid "" -"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " +"To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu " -":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed " +"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the " +":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask " +"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu " +":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each " +"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the " +"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save " +"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop " +"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality " +"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider" +" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch " +"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` " +"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically " +"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` " +"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the " +":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" @@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr "" #~ "from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To preview what you want to scan" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" +#~ " you can make sure the scan is" +#~ " in a good position. With this " +#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`" +#~ " button to scan the document after" +#~ " this a dialog will show up " +#~ "asking you were to save what you" +#~ " are scanning. If you want to " +#~ "cancel your scan midway through the " +#~ "scani or preview click on the red" +#~ " octogon with a white inside x " +#~ "button to cancel the scan while " +#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a" +#~ " file save dialog will pop up " +#~ "and type the file name you want" +#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field " +#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your scanner is not detected a" +#~ " you will get a device saying " +#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith " +#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload " +#~ "devices list` to try and find your" +#~ " scanner again. If you want to " +#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the dpi or dots per " +#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu " +#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep " +#~ "in mind the higher the number of" +#~ " dpi the better the picture quality" +#~ " but the longer it will take to" +#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows" +#~ " you to select color to select " +#~ "color scanning or gray to only " +#~ "show your scan in gray and not " +#~ "use color ink if you would want" +#~ " to print it out again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the brightness of a scan" +#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or" +#~ " input an a positive or negative " +#~ "number into the the numeric field. " +#~ "To change constrast slide the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a " +#~ "positive or negative number in the " +#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your" +#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your " +#~ "scanner and that it is connected " +#~ "to your computer. To launch the " +#~ "application go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po index fcaa6553..ddc5a53b 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" @@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" -" and scanning pictures or documents." +"This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking " +"screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapters documents programs with " +#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and " +#~ "scanning pictures or documents." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po index 3e4fd603..bed2393e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 msgid "" -"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " -"decompress files." +"ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine " +"multiple files into one archive, and decompress files." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 -msgid "Java Archieve" +msgid "Java Archive" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 -msgid "Tar Archieves" +msgid "Tar Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 -msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 -msgid "Zip Archieves" +msgid "Zip Archives" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 @@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " -":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " -"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " -"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " -"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " -"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " -":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " +"To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files " +"from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to " +"places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick" +" areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick" +" Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive " +":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " -"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " -"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" -" be undone." +"archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " +"will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this " +"can't be undone." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 msgid "" -"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" -" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " -"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" -" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " -"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " -"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " -"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" -" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" -" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 +"To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive " +"--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " +":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press" +" the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. " +"Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. " +"To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or" +" zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the " +":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to " +"expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with " +"higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To " +"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have " +"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 msgid "" "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" -" then left click on the files." +" then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28 msgid "" -"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " -"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " -"Open Recent --> Clear List`." +"To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To " +"clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent " +"--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`" +" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press " +":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or " +":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive " +"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of " +"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the " +"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see " +"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` " +"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the " +":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd " +"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number " +"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of " +"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read " +"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after " +"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression" +" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see" +" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last " +"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the " +":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 " +"hash` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 -msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. " +"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program" +" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio " +"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview " +"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when " +"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a " +"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files." +" To open the destination folder after extraction check the " +":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close " +"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` " +"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than" +" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to" +" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual " +"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the " +":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle " +"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the" +" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the" +" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of " +":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the" +" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is " +":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each" +" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom " +"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column" +" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press" +" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard " +"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application" +" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary " +"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66 msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72 msgid "" "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "zipper." @@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ " on the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It" +#~ " can be used to view, compress, " +#~ "and decompress files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Java Archieve" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Zip Archieves" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a file in a archieve, " +#~ "open the archieve, then double click " +#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. " +#~ "If you want to extract or move " +#~ "a file from the archieve, use the" +#~ " extract button. After you have " +#~ "extracted to places and you have " +#~ "the file open it will appear in" +#~ " in the menu for quick areas to" +#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->" +#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`." +#~ " To preview a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->" +#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed " +#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an " +#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete" +#~ " a file from an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Delete` and you will have a " +#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently" +#~ " lose data as this can't be " +#~ "undone." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create an archieve press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve " +#~ "--> new` button to bring up the" +#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in" +#~ " the folder you want to create " +#~ "this archieve in the folder or " +#~ "press the folder button on the " +#~ "right to select where to create " +#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of " +#~ "the archieve you want to name the" +#~ " file. To select which type of " +#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu" +#~ " to select tar or zip archieve " +#~ "with various different kinds of " +#~ "compression. Some types of archives will" +#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of" +#~ " compression to change the compression " +#~ "with higher compression but will take" +#~ " more cpu to decompress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a file to your archive " +#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which" +#~ " brings up a file picker to " +#~ "choose how to add files. Once you" +#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`" +#~ " button to add a file. If you" +#~ " want to select multiple files to " +#~ "add at once you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on" +#~ " the files." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how to open recent " +#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " +#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of " +#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open" +#~ " Recent --> Clear List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po index d2b2212b..acbc0336 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po @@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 -msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 msgid "It supports:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 -msgid "syntax highlighting" +msgid "Syntax highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 -msgid "autoindent" +msgid "Autoindent" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 -msgid "autobracket" +msgid "Autobracket" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 -msgid "line numbers" +msgid "Line numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 -msgid "search with find/replace" +msgid "Search with find/replace" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 -msgid "undo and redo" +msgid "Undo and redo" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66 +msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " -"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" -" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" -" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" -" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" -" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " -"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " -"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " -"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " -"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " -"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" -" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 +"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a " +"folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to " +"open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File " +"--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks " +"like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or " +":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main" +" part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, " +":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a " +"file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if " +"something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that " +"loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the " +"button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File " +"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will " +"show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20 msgid "" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" -" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " +" a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " -"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" -" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " -":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " -"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +"highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` " +"or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line " +"numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options " +"--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line " +"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current " +"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing " +"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press " +":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To " +"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22 msgid "" "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " -":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" -" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " -":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " -"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " +":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another " +"way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all " +"open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or" +" :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the " ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" -" --> Side Pane`." +" --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window " +"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that " +"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To " +"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab " +"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To " +"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or " +":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will " +"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even " +"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a " +"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may " +"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " -"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " -"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " -"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." +"To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold " +":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad " +"smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move " +"the mousewheel down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30 msgid "" -"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " -":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " -":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " -":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " -"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " -":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " -"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " -":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the " -":kbd:`Home` key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 +"If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar " +":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right " +"right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only " +"leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have " +"open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File " +"Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select " +":menuselection:`Copy File Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a " +"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone " +"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To " +"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click " +":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To" +" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete " +"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To " +"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the " +"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start" +" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38 msgid "" "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " -":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " +":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " -"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " -":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " -"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " -"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " -"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " -"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " -"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." +"file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` " +"button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the " +":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press" +" the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not " +"case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same " +"button to turn that off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To " +"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. " +"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or " +":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in " +"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with " +"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through " +"the whole file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgid "" -"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " -"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " -"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " -"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " -"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " -":kbd:`Control +Tab`." +"drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font " +"style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the " +":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font " +":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks" +" like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 msgid "" "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " -"--> Encoding` submenu." +"--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding " +":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56 msgid "" -"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " -"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " -"Uppercase`." +"To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then " +":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +"make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + " +"Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your " +"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort " +"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Sort Lines Reversely`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 msgid "" -"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " -"p`." +"To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " +"p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. " +"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To" +" change how many copies to print change the number in the " +":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the " +":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that " +"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`" +" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add " +"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this " +"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see " +":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a " +"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left " +"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once " +"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check " +"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. " +"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the " +":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in " +"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not " +"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying " +":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74 msgid "" -"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " -":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " -"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " -"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " -"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " -"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " -":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " -"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " -"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " -"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " -"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " -"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 +"To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how " +"Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have " +"Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the " +":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for " +"Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this" +" size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the " +"side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. " +"To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the " +"toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To " +"not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`" +" checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the" +" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not" +" show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default " +"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the " +"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window" +" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you " +"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in " +"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` " +"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78 msgid "" -"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" -" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " -":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " -"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " -"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" -" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " -"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " +"To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the " +":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want " +"press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap" +" lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap " +"lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new " +"lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. " +"To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the " +":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple " +"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same " +"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens " +"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +"numbers` always shows line numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change " +"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight " +"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for " +"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " -"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " -"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " -"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " -"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " -"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " -"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much " -"easier to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48 +"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` " +"field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " +"Featherpad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82 msgid "" -"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " +"The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab " +"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on " +"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox" +" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at " +"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick " +"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To " +"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll " +"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To " +"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change " +"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking " +"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking " +"from text cursor` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " -"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " -":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " -"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " -"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " -"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " -"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " -"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " -"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " -"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " -"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 +"recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list " +"of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. " +"If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open " +"Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you " +"want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run " +"executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to " +"start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the " +":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files " +"check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter" +" how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not " +"want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the " +":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90 msgid "" -"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " +"To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " -"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" -" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." +"you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing " +"the :guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100 msgid "" -"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " -"code::" +"To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"Featherpad` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " -"with a feather on it." +"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle " +"for with a pencil on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr "" #~ "the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "syntax highlighting" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autoindent" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "autobracket" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "line numbers" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "search with find/replace" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "undo and redo" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to open a text " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a black and white folder or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open " +#~ "a file. To view your recently " +#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> " +#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new " +#~ "file press the button that looks " +#~ "like a piece of paper with a " +#~ "plus sign. To save your file after" +#~ " typing in the main part of the" +#~ " window press the button that looks" +#~ " like a floppy disk or press " +#~ "controlTo save your file after typing" +#~ " in the main part of the window" +#~ " press the button that looks like " +#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control " +#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something" +#~ " else has changed that file in " +#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops" +#~ " back on itself to reload the " +#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you " +#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in" +#~ " the tab bar an * will show " +#~ "if you have unsaved changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To type things into your text file" +#~ " the main part of the window " +#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If " +#~ "you are programming with featherpad the" +#~ " file extension will probably automatically" +#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting." +#~ " To view line numbers of the " +#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To" +#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap " +#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab and empty " +#~ "text file press the button with a" +#~ " piece of paper with a plus " +#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a" +#~ " tab press the red x button. To" +#~ " switch between tabs click on the " +#~ "tab is not the close button. To" +#~ " switch to the next tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To " +#~ "switch to the previous tab press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. " +#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to" +#~ " left click on the tab in the" +#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a" +#~ " tab into a new window press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File " +#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side" +#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake and want " +#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "z` or press the button that looks" +#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards" +#~ " the left. To redo a change you" +#~ " have undone press the button with" +#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the" +#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift " +#~ "+Z`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select all text in the text " +#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To " +#~ "copy text from featherpad press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy`. To paste text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected " +#~ "you can delete it by pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date " +#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift " +#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste " +#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the " +#~ "end of the current line in the " +#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To" +#~ " move to the start of the " +#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search your text file press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search" +#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then " +#~ "in the bar on the bottom search" +#~ " for the text you want. Press " +#~ "the down arrow to move to the " +#~ "next result and the up arrow to" +#~ " move for the previous result in " +#~ "the text file. To jump to a " +#~ "particular line in a file press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> jump to` or the button that" +#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar" +#~ " at the bottom type in what " +#~ "line you want to jump to. To " +#~ "find and replace text press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " +#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you " +#~ "want to Find in the find field " +#~ "and type what you want to put " +#~ "in with the Replace with field and" +#~ " then press enter to finish the " +#~ "finding and replacing through the whole" +#~ " file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change what font you want " +#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " +#~ "change your font sizes. To change " +#~ "each font on the on the font " +#~ "level. To change the size type the" +#~ " size you or select it from the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To " +#~ "select a font size simply use a" +#~ " font style of italic or oblique. " +#~ "To add an underlined font check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view" +#~ " a sample of your font " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your " +#~ "text. The input a number of spaces" +#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " +Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save a file with a different" +#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " +#~ "--> Encoding` submenu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the text all lowercase " +#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To " +#~ "make the text all uppercase press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->" +#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To " +#~ "have settings on the featherpad " +#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` " +#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your" +#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size" +#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the" +#~ " toolbar you can press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. " +#~ "To not show the menubar by default" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show " +#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab " +#~ "position` moves where the tab around " +#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar" +#~ " with only one tab check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` " +#~ "checkbox. To have the window close " +#~ "after closing the last tab check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing " +#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the " +#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with" +#~ " the system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences on how text " +#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` " +#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what" +#~ " font you want press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you " +#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight " +#~ "syntax by default uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` " +#~ "checkbox. If you want to change " +#~ "the be able to change the syntax" +#~ " highlight check the checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line " +#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To" +#~ " have a dark color scheme for " +#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color " +#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how" +#~ " dark the value of this color " +#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color " +#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme" +#~ " settings you will need to restart" +#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text" +#~ " tab size` is how wide to make" +#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " +#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line " +#~ "whenever you save your document. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing " +#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at" +#~ " the end of lines that is not" +#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick" +#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor" +#~ " wider so it much easier to " +#~ "see." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To modify changes to your files " +#~ "from the prefrences dialog on " +#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number " +#~ "of recent files` field lets you " +#~ "change how many files show in " +#~ "recent files. The set of radio " +#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently" +#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "recently opened files`. If you want " +#~ "to autosave files check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` " +#~ "checkbox and then select the number " +#~ "of minutes you want. If you do " +#~ "not want to be able to open " +#~ "non text files in featherpad check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of" +#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you " +#~ "want to repopen the files you had" +#~ " last time the next time you " +#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with files of last window`. If you" +#~ " want featherpad to run executable " +#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable" +#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your" +#~ " executable commands to start with " +#~ "something such as an interpreter type" +#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start " +#~ "with this command` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of " +#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`" +#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is " +#~ "what the shortcut does and the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard" +#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To" +#~ " change a shortcut double click on" +#~ " the shortcut column and press what" +#~ " you want the shortcut to become. " +#~ "If you changed a setting on a " +#~ "shortcut you can change it back to" +#~ " the default by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the menu go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or " +#~ "run .. code::" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of" +#~ " paper with a feather on it." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po index 10d60ab5..bf128ed9 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po @@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 -msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 @@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 -msgid "trignometric functions" +msgid "Trigonometric functions" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 -msgid "factorials" +msgid "Factorials" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 -msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 -msgid "memory" +msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 -msgid "copy and paste" +msgid "Copy and paste" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 msgid "" -"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " -"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" -" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " -"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " -"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." +"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard " +"and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or " +"division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for " +"addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication" +" and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the " +"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can" +" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a " +"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 @@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid "" "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " -"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " -":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " -"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " -"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " -"two." +"whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press " +"the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc " +"press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen " +"together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example " +"2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then" +" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` " +"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 msgid "" -"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " -"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" -" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " -":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu." +"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 msgid "" -"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." +"To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " +"KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`" +" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 -msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " -"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +"If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific " +"mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " @@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 msgid "" -"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " -"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" -" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " -"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " -"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " -"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +"The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself " +"or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number " +"you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`" +" button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 " +":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for" +" example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the " +"answer of 5,000." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 msgid "" -"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" -" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " +"To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in" +" KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" -" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " -":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " -":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " -"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" -" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " -"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " -"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " -"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." +" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects " +"radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects " +"Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` " +"button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine " +"function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected." +" The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of " +"angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of " +"the angle in the current units." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 msgid "" -"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " -"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " -"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the " -":guilabel:`Ln` button." +"If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button " +"that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 msgid "" -"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " -"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " +"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, " +"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of " +"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 msgid "" -"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " -"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " -"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " +"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want " +"your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a" +" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from" +" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46 msgid "Numerical System mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47 msgid "" -"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " -"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " -":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " -"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " -"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " -"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " -"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " -"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " -":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48 +"To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change " +"your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a " +"binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the" +" Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch" +" to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the " +":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for " +"hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not " +"part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back " +"to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the " +"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical " +"base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54 +msgid "Statistic Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To " +"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter " +"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the " +":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the " +":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the " +":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the " +":guilabel:`CSt` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61 msgid "" -"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " -"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " -"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " -":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." +"To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for " +"precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change " +"the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of " +"digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain " +"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal" +" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal " +"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the " +":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group " +"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button " +"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window " +"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your " +"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your " +"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" -" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " -"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " +" font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the " +"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " -":guilabel:`Choose` button" +":guilabel:`Pencil` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" -" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " -"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " -"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " -":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " -"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" -" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" -" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " -":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " -"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 +" color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background " +"color of the function buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press" +" button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the " +"background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To " +"change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to " +":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of " +"operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75 msgid "" -"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " -"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" -" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " -"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." -" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " -"to bring up a menu of predefined constants." +"To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. " +"To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the " +"constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you " +"put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press " +"on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the " +":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in " +"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see " +"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change " +"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on" +" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes " +"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use " +"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 -msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89 +msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95 msgid "" -"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " -"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +"from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign " +"a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a" +" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "trignometric functions" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "factorials" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "memory" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "copy and paste" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the " +#~ "numbers and then press the sign " +#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or" +#~ " division. You can also type in " +#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for" +#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, " +#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and " +#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the" +#~ " answer press the button that is " +#~ "an :guilabel:`=`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a number negative press " +#~ "the button that looks like a " +#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press " +#~ "the decimal point button which looks " +#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get " +#~ "to the part which is less than " +#~ "a whole number. To clear input " +#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a" +#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group " +#~ "operations so they happen together use" +#~ " the parenthesis to make things " +#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)" +#~ " would give the result of 10 " +#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 " +#~ "and then multiply by two." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the " +#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc" +#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from " +#~ "the menu. To cut the text from " +#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want even more functionality " +#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific " +#~ "mode which is acessed from " +#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " +#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` " +#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by" +#~ " the number currently on the " +#~ "calculator also known as taking the " +#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial" +#~ " will take the number X you " +#~ "entered and multiple each number going" +#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would" +#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The x squared button will take a" +#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. " +#~ "The button with x and a " +#~ "superscript y will take x the " +#~ "number you have in will exponeniate " +#~ "x to the power of y. The x" +#~ " 10 with a supercript y will " +#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to " +#~ "the power of y so for example " +#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the " +#~ "power of 3 entering in will give" +#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you " +#~ "want your own custom constant buttons" +#~ " check the checkbox for " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the unit that angles are" +#~ " measured in for triginometric units " +#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form" +#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians " +#~ "form a full circle and 400 " +#~ "gradians form a full circle. The " +#~ "radio button for Deg is to select" +#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, " +#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the " +#~ "unit of measurment of angles and " +#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the " +#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you " +#~ "have as the input and takes the" +#~ " trigonometric sine function of that " +#~ "value measured in the unit for " +#~ "angles you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine " +#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of " +#~ "angle you have selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent " +#~ "of the angle in the current units." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a log with the base " +#~ "of 10 type the number you want " +#~ "to take the log of then press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a" +#~ " log based off e type the " +#~ "number you want to take the " +#~ "logarythm of then press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in " +#~ "a menu for many different predetermined" +#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To store a value in memory press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve " +#~ "a value from memory press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value" +#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The numerical system mode lets you " +#~ "change your numerical base instead of" +#~ " say the default base 10. To " +#~ "switch to a binary calculations click" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To " +#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button." +#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format" +#~ " or base 16 format click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " +#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal" +#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you " +#~ "are in number that are not part" +#~ " of a numerical base the button " +#~ "will get grayed out. To switch " +#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. " +#~ "To change the maximum number of " +#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number" +#~ " of digits` field. If you want " +#~ "to show the result in the window" +#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result " +#~ "in window title` checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to" +#~ " change settings with your fonts. To" +#~ " choose the font for your buttons " +#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` " +#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button " +#~ "to the font for the buttons on " +#~ "your calculator. To change the font " +#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. " +#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how " +#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the " +#~ "colors of your user interface. To " +#~ "change your foreground color will change" +#~ " how the display or the number " +#~ "in the interface is the color next" +#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to" +#~ " select. To change the background " +#~ "color of your display choose a " +#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` " +#~ "button. To change the background color" +#~ " of the function buttons press the" +#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To" +#~ " a change the color of the " +#~ "function button press button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change " +#~ "the background color for hexidecimal " +#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change " +#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons" +#~ " press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background" +#~ " of the memory keys press the " +#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To " +#~ "change the background of operations " +#~ "press the button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your settings for " +#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " +#~ "constants stored is in the constants " +#~ "tab. To input a constant you have" +#~ " in the field to the left is" +#~ " the name of the constant on " +#~ "the field to the left. The filed" +#~ " in the center is where you put" +#~ " the value of the constant. To " +#~ "select from predefined constants press " +#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring " +#~ "up a menu of predefined constants." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. The icon " +#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with" +#~ " a + sign a - sign a " +#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po index 703ee042..104d70ac 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:5 @@ -29,40 +29,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:6 msgid "" -"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is a file manager application ported to " -"Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is " -"meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +"PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu " +"ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan " +"which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 msgid "Features:" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:9 -msgid "tabs" +msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:10 -msgid "bookmarks" +msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:11 -msgid "places with removable media" +msgid "Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Ability to eject removable media and the ability to mount other " -"filesystesms internally." +msgid "Ability to eject removable media" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:15 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:13 +msgid "Ability to mount other filesystesms internally." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:17 msgid "" -"Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button " +"Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button " "with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control " "+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right " "pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have " @@ -70,149 +72,252 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another " "way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " "Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one " -"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename " -"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press " +":kbd:`Alt+Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your " +"files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press " +":kbd:`f2`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you double click on a folder you change PCManFM-Qt to open that folder" +" and show the files in it. If you want to open a folder in a new tab " +"right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To " +"open a folder in your terminal right click it and select " +":menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right" +" click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:21 msgid "" -"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab " -"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu " -":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +"To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press " +":kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. " +"To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and " +":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this" +" tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right " +"click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:27 msgid "" "To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name " "of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press " -":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift" -" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt " -"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a " -"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press " -":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to " -"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from " -"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all" -" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go " -"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->" -" Home`." +":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ " +"Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from " +"PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever." +" To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move" +" to Trash` or press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in " +"places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To " +"bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To" +" permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on " +":guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To " +"go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go " +"--> Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:31 msgid "" "To view a directory tree on your side pane select " -":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " -"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the " -":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " +":menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To " +"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the " +":guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left " "click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right " -"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a " -"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in " -"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane " -"select :menuselection:`Places`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26 -msgid "" -"If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on " -"it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you " -"right click on a file you can select which program to open a file with " -"if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple " -"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. " -"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control " -"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control " -"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click" -" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is " -"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the " -"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down " -":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename " +"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder" +" from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open " +"in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side " +"pane select :menuselection:`Places` at the top of the side pane." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press " +":kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows" +" you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To" +" switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the " +"screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the " +"right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To switch back to " +"your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split " +"View` again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double " +"click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. " +"If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ " +"Left click` to select each file. To copy files select the file right " +"click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press " +":kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click " +":menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press " +":kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them " +"with right click :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`," +" or press :kbd:`control +v`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +" click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename " "multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`." +":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` and a dialog window will show up. " +"To choose what to rename the files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected " +"files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start " +"numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers " +"starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` " +"button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:45 msgid "" -"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go " +"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go " "--> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you " -"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left " -"sidebar with devices. This same applies to other internal filesystems on" -" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left " -"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click " -"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " -"new tab` for places and mounted drives." +"want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left " +"sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the " +"device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems " +"on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left " +"with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to" +" open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New " +"Tab` on the side pane. If you want to return to your home folder " +":menuselection:`Go --> Home` or press :kbd:`Alt + Home`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:49 msgid "" -"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or " -"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to" -" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press" -" :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To " -"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " -"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " -"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " -":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the " -"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or " -"accessed." +"PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in " +"with a USB cable. On the left hand side under devices the mobile device " +"will appear. You may need on your device to allow it to transfer files. " +"After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and " +"transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward " +"pointing arrow to unmount it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 msgid "" -"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` " -"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File" -" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " -":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " -"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " -"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" -" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " -"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" -" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " -"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +"At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only" +" matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the " +"filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering " +"--> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in" +" the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will " +"show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the fileter press " +":kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the " +"text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Control +Shift+ K` " +"or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you " +"still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the " +":kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing " +"selected it shows :guilabel:`X item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items" +" are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free " +"space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` " +"shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one" +" file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and " +"the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to " +"the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number " +"of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click " +":menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show " +"hidden`. Press the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To open a" +" terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder" +" and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tool " +"--> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or " +"directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Copy " +"Full Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select " +"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or " +"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties " +":menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab " +"will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was " +"last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use " +"the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open " +"the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:61 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " -"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read " -"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the " +"The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if " +"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read " +"modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the " ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu" " will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or " -"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check" -" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +"forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check " +"the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the " +"window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists" +" on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on " +"the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with " +"the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and " +"then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:65 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " +"PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications " "or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in " -"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " +"the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop " ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the " "desktop item on the left." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it" +" will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " +"left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the " +":menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click" +" on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` " +"and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the " +"filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left " +"hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To" +" open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark " +":menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on " +"the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in " +"New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on" +" the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and " +":menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:69 msgid "" -"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and " -"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the " -"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. " "To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit" " bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press " "the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here" -" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`Cancel` button." +" with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your " +"bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to" +" go." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:73 msgid "" -"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and " -"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " -"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " -"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +"If you want to run an executable script from PCManfm-Qt double click and " +"then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you " +"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To " +"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you " +"plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and " +"then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this " +"dialog popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:77 msgid "" -"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " +"PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view " "menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before" " deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`." " If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file " @@ -220,163 +325,277 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want" " to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or " ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the " -"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " +"original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon " "View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:81 msgid "" -"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View" -" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->" -" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View " -"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders " -"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " -"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in " -":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`." +"To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->" +" Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by " +"modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. " +"To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. " +"To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. " +"To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To " +"separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in " +":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files " +"last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hiden Last`. To sort " +"with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> " +"Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by " +"right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:83 msgid "" "To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " "Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into " ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the" " menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " -"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " -":kbd:`Control +M` again." +"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press " +":kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter" +" bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> " +"Permanent filter bar`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +msgid "" +"PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for " +"dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " +"the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract " +"Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to" +" where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a " +"file name for your new compressed archive enter in the " +":guilabel:`Filename` field. To choose what type of archive choose change " +"the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:91 +msgid "To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:94 +msgid "Searching for Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> Find " +"Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File " +"Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular " +"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` " +"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`" +" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an " +"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle" +" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in " +"subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` " +"tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files " +"under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. " +"The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, " +":guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video " +"files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use " +"the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search " +"for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search for " +"things not caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the " +":guilabel:`Case insensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular " +"expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information " +"about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger" +" than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in " +"the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this " +"check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right" +" select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use" +" the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a " +"date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to " +"the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the " +":guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:113 +msgid "Custom Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not " +"on your filesystem by default run this command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:120 msgid "" -"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for " -"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in " -"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also " -"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to " -"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file." +"or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. " +"Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make " +"for example an open in terminal desktop run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:126 +msgid "to create the file. To edit this file run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:132 +msgid "from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:148 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60 -msgid "" -"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way " -"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single " -"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by " -"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options " -"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab," -" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. " -"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of " -"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting" -" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash " -"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a " -"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before " -"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before " -"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable " -"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a " -"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically" -" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and " -"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The " -":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-" -"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons " -"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of " -"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes" -" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal " -"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" -" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files " -"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " -"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels" -" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To " -"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in " -"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " -"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full " -"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x" -" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " -"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same" -" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the " -":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you " -"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can " -"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or " -":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:149 +msgid "" +"To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-" +"Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` " +"opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over" +" them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this " +"change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To" +" show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check " +"the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox." +" The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open " +"bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open " +"bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts " +"with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The " +":guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation " +"dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files " +"to \"trash bin\" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash " +"bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on " +"removable media instead of \"trash can\" creation` erases files on " +"removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into \"trash can\"` " +"brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The " +"checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run " +"executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the " +"file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect." +" To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly " +"created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check " +"the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying " +"file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The " +":guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big " +"icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu " +"changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of " +"thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The " +":guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side " +"pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of " +"IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base " +"1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To " +"always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full " +"file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to " +"distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of " +"hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon " +"view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item " +"margins in icon view`. To toggle locking the margins in places " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window " +"appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one " +"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt " +"open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window " +"by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last " +"closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +"the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the " +":guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of " +"new windows` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:161 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in" -" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " +" PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the " ":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have " "thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only " "show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " "checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for " "the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating " "thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " -"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field." +"thumbnails for image files exceeding the size` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, " +"external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " +"section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The " +":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` " +"mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable " +"media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount " +"removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a" +" menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show" +" available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. " +"To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to " +":guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change " +"folder in the tab to home folder`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:170 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on " -"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` " -"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The " -":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` " -"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable" -" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount" -" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu " -"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " -"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose " -"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close " -"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab " -"to home folder`." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and " +"advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-" +"Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop " +"down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things " +"as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change" +" your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` " +"drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:175 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75 -msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:176 +msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.15.0 of PCManFM-Qt." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:179 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79 -msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in " +"the command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:186 msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:188 msgid "" "You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" -" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for " -"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks " -"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top." +" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file " +"cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the " +"quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet " +"icon in the quick launch." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -450,3 +669,500 @@ msgstr "" #~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.4: PCManFM-Qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is " +#~ "a file manager application ported to " +#~ "Qt after the original developed by " +#~ "Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is" +#~ " meant to be a replacement for " +#~ "Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "tabs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "bookmarks" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "places with removable media" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ability to eject removable media and " +#~ "the ability to mount other filesystesms" +#~ " internally." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Along the top to create a new " +#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use " +#~ "the button with a file and a " +#~ "plus on it to open a new tab" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left" +#~ " pointing arrow button is a back " +#~ "button while the right pointing arrow" +#~ " button moves you forward in the " +#~ "directories that you have moved in " +#~ "the file manager. Another way to " +#~ "go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt +" +#~ " Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> " +#~ "Go Back` and another way to go " +#~ "forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. " +#~ "The button for the arrow pointing " +#~ "upward is to go up one level " +#~ "in the directory tree to the so" +#~ " called parent directory. To rename " +#~ "your files right click on the file" +#~ " and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To close a tab click on the " +#~ "red x button on the tab bar. " +#~ "To close a tab using the keyboard" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create a new empty text file" +#~ " press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> " +#~ "Blank File` and type in the name" +#~ " of the file you want. To " +#~ "create a new folder or directory " +#~ "press :menuselection:`File --> Create New " +#~ "Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift " +#~ "+N` and input the new folder name." +#~ " To delete your files from " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt will first put them in " +#~ "the trash so they are not gone " +#~ "forever. To move a file into the" +#~ " trash right click that file move " +#~ "to trash or press :kbd:`Delete`. To " +#~ "get a file out of the trash " +#~ "in places trash to get to your " +#~ "trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. " +#~ "To bring a file back from the " +#~ "trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To" +#~ " permanently delete all files from " +#~ "the trash can right click on the" +#~ " places empty trash. To go back " +#~ "to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a directory tree on your" +#~ " side pane select :menuselection:`directory " +#~ "tree` from the menu above the side" +#~ " pane. To expand into a folder " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the" +#~ " files and the :guilabel:`-` button " +#~ "to collapse the folder. To switch " +#~ "to a folder left click on the " +#~ "folder name. To have open a " +#~ "directory in a new tab right click" +#~ " on it and select :menuselection:`Open " +#~ "in new tab`. Top open a folder " +#~ "from the directory tree in a " +#~ "terminal :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To" +#~ " switch to back to places from " +#~ "the menu above the side pane " +#~ "select :menuselection:`Places`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you single click on a file " +#~ "you will select it. If you double" +#~ " click on it you will open it" +#~ " in the default program to open " +#~ "that file. If you right click on" +#~ " a file you can select which " +#~ "program to open a file with if " +#~ "you have multiple programs to open " +#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple" +#~ " files you can hold down " +#~ ":kbd:`control+ Left click` to select " +#~ "each file. To copy files select " +#~ "the file right click copy or press" +#~ " :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files " +#~ "select them right click cut and or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control + x`. After " +#~ "copying or cutting a file you can" +#~ " paste them with right click paste" +#~ " or press :kbd:`control +v`. To " +#~ "select all files in a directory is" +#~ " to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right" +#~ " click Select All for all of " +#~ "the files. To select multiple files " +#~ "with the mouse you can hold down" +#~ " :kbd:`Control` and left click to " +#~ "select all of the files. To bulk" +#~ " rename multiple files first select " +#~ "all the files you want to rename" +#~ " then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk " +#~ "Rename`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To connect to a remote server such" +#~ " as a NAS go to the " +#~ ":menuselection:`go --> Connect to server` " +#~ "and authenticate to your remote storage." +#~ " If you want to plug in " +#~ "removeable storage you can open the " +#~ "storage on the left sidebar with " +#~ "devices. This same applies to other " +#~ "internal filesystems on your computer. " +#~ "To eject removeable media press the " +#~ "button on the left with a circled" +#~ " up arrow to eject. On the " +#~ "side pane you can right click to" +#~ " open a place in a new tab " +#~ "by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in " +#~ "new tab` for places and mounted " +#~ "drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see hidden files press :kbd:`control" +#~ " +h`, right click show hidden, or " +#~ "go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`." +#~ " Press the same thing again to " +#~ "hide hidden files again. To open a" +#~ " terminal in your current folder " +#~ "press :kbd:`f4` or :menuselection:`Tool -->" +#~ " Open terminal` from the menu. To " +#~ "view the properties of a file or" +#~ " folder right click on it and " +#~ "select properties from the menu, " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a" +#~ " dialog that shows folder properties " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. " +#~ "General will show you the size of" +#~ " the file where the file is and" +#~ " when it was last modified or " +#~ "accessed." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for files press :kbd:`f3` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` for " +#~ "files. To type part of name in " +#~ "the part where it says :guilabel:`File" +#~ " Name Patterns`. To make your search" +#~ " case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case" +#~ " insensitive`. To toggle searching with " +#~ "regular expressions check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. " +#~ "To add locations and places to " +#~ "search press the :guilabel:`Add` button " +#~ "and select the additional places to " +#~ "search. To remove an additional place" +#~ " to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` " +#~ "button. To toggle searching in " +#~ "Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search" +#~ " in subdirectories`. To toggle searching" +#~ " for hidden files check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show " +#~ "you who owns the file which if " +#~ "you can't change it will be grayed" +#~ " out and who has permisson to " +#~ "read modify and execute the file. " +#~ "To change permision of files the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will " +#~ "allow you to choose whether you " +#~ "can read, read and write, or " +#~ "forbidden. To make something executeable " +#~ "such as a script you wrote check" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other " +#~ "applications in places Applications or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then" +#~ " gets all the tasks in the menu" +#~ " in lxqt-panel. To view what " +#~ "files are on your desktop " +#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on " +#~ "the places sidebar press the desktop " +#~ "item on the left." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks" +#~ " --> Add to Bookmarks` and it " +#~ "will make a bookmark. To later " +#~ "access this bookmark it will be on" +#~ " the left hand side under " +#~ ":guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks" +#~ " menu. To bring up a dialog to" +#~ " edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> " +#~ "Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark" +#~ " from the edit bookmarks dialog press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You" +#~ " can also add a bookmark from " +#~ "here with the :guilabel:`Add item` " +#~ "button. To cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to run an executeable" +#~ " script from pcmanfm double click and" +#~ " then click :guilabel:`execute` on the " +#~ "execute file dialog window. If you " +#~ "wish to edit the script you can" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`open` button. To " +#~ "cancel and not do anything press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes " +#~ "which can be changed in the view" +#~ " menu. To select a view that " +#~ "has bigger thumbnails to view pictures" +#~ " before deciding to open them " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail" +#~ " View`. If you want to view " +#~ "lists of move data about something " +#~ "like the file size the time it " +#~ "is modified select detailed list view" +#~ " by :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Detailed list view`. If you really " +#~ "want to have see as many files " +#~ "in a small area use the compact" +#~ " view or :menuselection:`View --> View " +#~ "--> Compact View`. To return to " +#~ "the original view of pcmanfm-qt is" +#~ " to :menuselection:`View --> View --> " +#~ "Icon View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reverse the order that pcmanfm-" +#~ "Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to" +#~ " switch back :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file" +#~ " name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->" +#~ " By file name`. To sort by " +#~ "modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting " +#~ "--> By modification time`. To sort " +#~ "by file size :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file size`. To sort" +#~ " by file type :menuselection:`View --> " +#~ "Sorting --> By file type`. To sort" +#~ " by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> By Owner`. To seperate all " +#~ "folders first in sorting check the " +#~ "checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting" +#~ " --> Folder First`. To sort with " +#~ "case sensitive check the checkbox in " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case " +#~ "sensitive`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your path bar to buttons" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> " +#~ "Location` and to get back to a " +#~ "pathbar you can type into " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path " +#~ "Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck" +#~ " the checkbox. To get the menubar" +#~ " back press :kbd:`Control +M` again." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "pcmanfm-qt has options when right " +#~ "clicking has special options for dealing" +#~ " with archieves such as tar or " +#~ "zip files. To extract the files in" +#~ " the current directory right click " +#~ "and select extract here. You can " +#~ "also extract to another location with" +#~ " right clicking and selecting extract " +#~ "to and a dialog will pop up " +#~ "showing to where to extract the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a dialog for prefrences of" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has" +#~ " settings for the way pcmanfm-qt " +#~ "manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open" +#~ " files with single click` opens files" +#~ " by clicking on them once and " +#~ "you select the files by mousing " +#~ "over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop " +#~ "down menu has options to either " +#~ "open bookmarks in the current tab, " +#~ "open bookmarks in a new tab, or" +#~ " open bookmarks in a new window. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files`" +#~ " checkbox makes a confirm dialog " +#~ "before deleting files. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash " +#~ "bin instead of erasing from disk` " +#~ "puts files in the trash bin " +#~ "instead of always deleting them. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Erase files on removable media " +#~ "instead of \"trash can\" creation` " +#~ "Erases files on removable media isntead" +#~ " of creating a trash can on the" +#~ " removable media. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into" +#~ " \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation " +#~ "dialog before moving files to the " +#~ "trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch " +#~ "executable files without prompt` will " +#~ "run executable files without bringing up" +#~ " a prompt asking what to do " +#~ "with the file. To select new files" +#~ " automatically check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select newly created files` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows " +#~ "you to change icon sizes and " +#~ "changes size prefexes hide backup files" +#~ " and settings for margins. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes " +#~ "the size of big icons in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small" +#~ " icons` Changes the size of small " +#~ "icons for pcmanfm-qt. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the " +#~ "size of thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons`" +#~ " changes the size of side pane " +#~ "icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI " +#~ "decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary" +#~ " prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and" +#~ " gigabytes as base 1000 instead of" +#~ " 1024. To toggle showing backup files" +#~ " as hidden check/uncheck the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` " +#~ "checkbox. To change the minimum margins" +#~ " in icon view for number of " +#~ "pisels change the numbers in " +#~ ":guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon " +#~ "view`. To toggle locking the marings " +#~ "in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock`" +#~ " checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes " +#~ "how pcmanfm-qt appears in windows. " +#~ "To toggle always showing the tabbar " +#~ "even when you have only one tab" +#~ " check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show " +#~ "the tab bar` checkbox. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the " +#~ "tab bar take the full width of " +#~ "the window including over the side " +#~ "pane. To toggle showing the x on" +#~ " each tab to close each tab " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' " +#~ "buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt open the window in the" +#~ " same size as the last time you" +#~ " closed the window by checking/unchecking" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Remember the size of " +#~ "the last closed window` checkbox. If " +#~ "you have the :guilabel:`Remember the " +#~ "size of the last closed window` " +#~ "you can change the :guilabel:`Default " +#~ "width of new Window` filed or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` " +#~ "fields." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has " +#~ "settings for thumbnails on files in " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails " +#~ "of files` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " only have thumbnails for local files" +#~ " not on another machine check " +#~ ":guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local " +#~ "files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous " +#~ "checkbox will result in a slower " +#~ "performance to get the thumbnails for" +#~ " the files. To put an upper " +#~ "limit on the file size for " +#~ "generating thumbnails which makes thumbnails" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Do not generate " +#~ "thumbnails for image files execeeding " +#~ "the size` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash " +#~ "drives other partions on external disks" +#~ " and other external meida. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings " +#~ "for atuomatically mounting removable media." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens " +#~ "automatically on program startup` mounts " +#~ "removable media when you start " +#~ "pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable media" +#~ " when you insert them into your " +#~ "computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removeable" +#~ " media automatically when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To show a menu for " +#~ "removeable media when inserted check/uncheck" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Show available options for" +#~ " removable media when they are " +#~ "inserted`. To choose when you unmount" +#~ " a a removable volum you can " +#~ "choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing " +#~ "removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder" +#~ " in the tab to home folder`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also go to the " +#~ "Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories -->" +#~ " PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also" +#~ " is a keyboard shortcut for launching" +#~ " pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. " +#~ "The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks like" +#~ " a file cabinet drawer with files " +#~ "in it at the top." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po index ad9d072f..cc552b7e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po @@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 -msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 msgid "" -"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " -"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " -":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " -"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " -"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " -"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" -" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" -" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" -" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " -"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear " -"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and " -":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image " -"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon " -":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to " -":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray " -"icon." +"Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray." +" To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a " +"clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your " +"history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the " +"menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you " +"can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your " +"clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right" +" clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard" +" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the " +":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what " +"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get " +"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with " +"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your " +"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on " +"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum " +"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press " +"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to " +"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you " +"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the " +":guilabel:`Select icon` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +msgid "" +"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim " +"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and " +"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific " +"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard " +"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to " +"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No " +"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have" +" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE " +"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close " +"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change " +"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the " +":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut " +"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29 msgid "" "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " @@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid "" "line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines " +"of writing in different columns." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "in the panel and click on the " @@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line run qlipper." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " +#~ "in the panel and click on the " +#~ "system tray icon that looks like a" +#~ " clipboard or you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want " +#~ "an item to always show up right" +#~ " click on the clipboard and press " +#~ "the configure gear icon click on " +#~ "the sticky items divider and press " +#~ "the add button and add what you" +#~ " want always to be listed in " +#~ "qlipper. To change how many items " +#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total " +#~ "right click on qlipper and configure " +#~ "with the gear icon and change " +#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired" +#~ " number of entries. To change how " +#~ "many characters show up on qlipper " +#~ "from the same configuration screen " +#~ "change maximum display size. If you " +#~ "want to clear your clipboard history " +#~ "right click on the tray icon and" +#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To " +#~ "change the tray icon image to " +#~ "something custom click on the tray " +#~ "icon right click on the tray icon" +#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press " +#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon" +#~ " image` which has an option to " +#~ "load a custom tray icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f961af15 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4 +msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-" +"configtool`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po index 3db3829a..824408fe 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po @@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 -msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +msgid "" +"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. " +"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +msgid "" +"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select " +":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then " +"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on " +"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with " +"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this " +"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it " +"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on" +" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook " +"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete " +"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 msgid "" -"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " -"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " -"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note " -"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it." +"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " +"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Delete note`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " -"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +"To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or " +":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and " +"select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of" +" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the " +":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the " +"confirmation dialog." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on " -"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Delete note`." +msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " -":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " -"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " -":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " -"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." +"To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want " +"to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for " +"notes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 msgid "" -"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" -" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " -"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " -"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" -" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " -"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle " -"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show " -"source menu entry`." +"If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press " +":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " +"paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press " +":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 @@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 msgid "" -"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " -"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " -"can bring back up the noblenote window." +"To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the " +"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the " +"notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully " +"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or " +"press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in " +"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` " +"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` " +"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then" +" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font " +"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select " +"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for " +"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case " +"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case " +"sensitve` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** " +"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or " +"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To " +"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a " +"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a " +"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and " +"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes" +" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text " +"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose " +"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line " +"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet " +"points and a horizontal line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"nobleNote` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48 +msgid "" +"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of " +"paper with a pencil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51 +msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52 msgid "" -"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " -"noblenote` or run" +"To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system" +" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " +"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you " +"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of " +"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 -msgid "on the commandline." +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor " +":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To " +"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` " +"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large " +"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the" +" default font size change in the small to the right with a number." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr "" #~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To start a new note right click" +#~ " on the right hand column new " +#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New " +#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this" +#~ " note. To open a note double " +#~ "click on that note from the right" +#~ " hand column which will open a " +#~ "new window with your note in it." +#~ " To input text in the note type" +#~ " in the main body of this " +#~ "window after clicking on it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook" +#~ " right click on a notebook and " +#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook" +#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and" +#~ " want to undo your changes press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit " +#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste" +#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your " +#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right " +#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To " +#~ "select all text in a note press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings" +#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in" +#~ " your system tray after you close " +#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close " +#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to" +#~ " change the font for editing notes" +#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default" +#~ " font` underneath has the font and" +#~ " font size. If you want to " +#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to" +#~ " the HTML format`. If you want " +#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show" +#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "\"Show source menu entry`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring back up your note " +#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon " +#~ "in the system tray on the lower" +#~ " right hand corner of the panel " +#~ "by default which can bring back up" +#~ " the noblenote window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu" +#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "on the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po index a96eb7d0..07dbdc74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po @@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 -msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 msgid "" "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " -"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " -"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" -" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " -"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " -"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " -"current score." +"is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the " +"direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score " +"increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the" +" upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block " +"appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score " +"in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with" +" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see" +" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 msgid "" "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " -"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " -"Game`." +"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`" +" or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the " +"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 @@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " -"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22 +msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " -"white text." +"from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square " +"with 2048 written in white text." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows" +#~ " keys to combine blocks with the " +#~ "same number on them without having " +#~ "no possible moves at which point " +#~ "the game is over. As you combine" +#~ " numbers your score increases by the" +#~ " sum of the new block(s) you " +#~ "make and is shown towards the " +#~ "upper right hand corner of the " +#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is " +#~ "the best you have done at this " +#~ "game and is also shown towards the" +#~ " upper right hand corner. To the " +#~ "left of you high score is your " +#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of " +#~ "your current score." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If midway you want to restart to" +#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New" +#~ " Game` button on the right hand " +#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New " +#~ "Game`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of " +#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To" +#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon " +#~ "looks like a green square with " +#~ "2048 in white text." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1537a1ec --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.po @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4 +msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> " +"QtPass` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po index 3b120e67..63f2a5b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po @@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 -msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +msgid "" +"To start a new data project to save documents and other files " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files " +"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to " +"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time " +"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but " +"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as " +"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD " +"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player " +":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of " +"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left " +"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an " +"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the " +"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back " +"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is " +"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all " +"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and " +"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click " +"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press " +":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press " +":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the " +"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the" +" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding " +"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right" +" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned " +"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click " +"and select :kbd:`Rename`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 msgid "" -"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " -"run" +"To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or " +":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and " +"the disc should eject when it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted " +":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from " +"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read " +"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or " +"DVD players for less noise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data " +"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected " +"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what " +"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the " +":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a " +"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose " +"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the" +" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the " +"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34 +msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a " +"white flame on top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the " +":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b " +"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while " +"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it " +"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To " +"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To " +"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for " +"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process " +"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`," +" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, " +":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show" +" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` " +"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the " +"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in " +"the center column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window " +"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the " +"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults " +"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr "" #~ "K3b from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch K3b from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` " +#~ "or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po index e729664b..b402b9a3 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po @@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 -msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It " +"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your " +"system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " +"The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" -" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " -"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" -" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " -"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " -"if it is too quiet." +" less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much " +"volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button " +"with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray " +"that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop " +"down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams " +"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume " +"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to" +" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple " +"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by " +"using the :guilabel:`on` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " -"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " +"To view settings for applications recording audio use the " +":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab " +"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute" +" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over" +" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To" +" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change " +"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word " +":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and " +"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. " +"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front " +"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the " +":guilabel:`Front Right` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different " +"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " -"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " -"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " -"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" -" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " -"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" -" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " -"the sliders just like for volume." +"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound " +"output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view " +"more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will " +"show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`" +" will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a " +"badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock " +"button where you can change the balance between the left and right " +"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup " +"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, " +":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own " +"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each " +"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio " +"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" +"The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " -"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " -"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." +"to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line " +"in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but" +" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below " +":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the " +"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock" +" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more " +"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider " +"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the " +"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the " +":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the " +":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each " +"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers " +"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device" +" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an " +":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change " +"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable" +" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " -"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" +"To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &" +" Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40 msgid "" -"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " -"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." +"from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is" +" to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the " +":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks " +"like a speaker." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr "" #~ " and click the mixer button." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio " +#~ "volume control gives you the ability " +#~ "to the control the output device, " +#~ "mute, or change the volume of each" +#~ " application. To change the Volume of" +#~ " each application on the playback " +#~ "slide the slider to the right for" +#~ " more volume or to the left for" +#~ " less volume. The button with an " +#~ "X over the speaker is a mute " +#~ "button and if it is a darker " +#~ "gray that application is currently muted" +#~ " and can't make any sound. The " +#~ "drop down menu has next to the " +#~ "word on shows the output source. " +#~ "This program also in software allows " +#~ "you to go over 100 percent if " +#~ "it is too quiet." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows " +#~ "different output for different sounds. " +#~ "To mute one output such as a " +#~ "set of speakers presss the button " +#~ "that looks like a speaker with an" +#~ " X on it. To increase the " +#~ "volume of an output slide the " +#~ "slider for that output to the " +#~ "right. To decrease the volume for " +#~ "each output slide the slider to " +#~ "the left. To view more advanced " +#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced " +#~ "options` will show advanced options. The" +#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency " +#~ "offset` will be shown for for how" +#~ " long to shift offset for latency " +#~ "for say a badly synced video. To" +#~ " the right of the mute button " +#~ "there is a button where you can" +#~ " change the balance between the left" +#~ " and right speakers by sliding the" +#~ " sliders just like for volume." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager " +#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your " +#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the " +#~ "button that looks like a speaker. " +#~ "To adjust input volume slide the " +#~ "slider to the right to increase " +#~ "volume or to the left to decrease" +#~ " volume. To select which input such" +#~ " as line in or microphone for " +#~ "your device is in a drop down " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control " +#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and " +#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`" +#~ " or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control" +#~ " is to click on the volume " +#~ "applet in the panel and click the" +#~ " mixer button." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po index 7697cba9..464fcca1 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" @@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 msgid "" "To open media stored locally on your system click media open " -":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " +":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " -"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" -" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" -" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " -"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " -"opened media in case you want to view media again in " -":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " -"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " -"+V`." +"your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an " +"album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once " +"or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to" +" open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole " +"directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press " +":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case " +"you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent " +"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or " +"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> " +"Open Location from clipboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 msgid "" -"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " +"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " -"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " -"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " -"Always on top`." +"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back " +"into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> " +"Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the " +"same way again to make it back to how it was before." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 msgid "" -"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " -"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " +"On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " +"Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" -" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " -"--> Mute`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " -"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " -":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" -" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " -"and likewise for Right." +" mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " +"--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the " +"volume again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 msgid "" "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" -" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " +" show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider " "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " -":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 msgid "" -"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " -"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " -"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " -"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." +"To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two " +"arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or " +":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a " +"playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a " +"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a " +"different left and right channel on each speaker will be " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come" +" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` " +"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out " +":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You " +"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and " +"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio " +"mode you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 msgid "" "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " -"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " +"is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" -" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" -" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " -"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " -"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." +" window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a " +"particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a " +"file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove " +"Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select " +":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. " +"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`" +" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the " +":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left " +"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If " +"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above" +" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or" +" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or " +"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, " +":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track " +"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, " +":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, " +":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the " +"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked " +"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " +"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where" +" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side " +"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click" +" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current " +"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or " +"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click " +"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you " +"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your " +"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display " +"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select " +":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a " +"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> " +"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your " +"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To " +"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails " +":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 msgid "" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " @@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid "" "arrows on it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36 msgid "" "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" -" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " -":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." +" VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " +":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit " +"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38 msgid "" "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40 msgid "" "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " -"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " +"the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44 msgid "" "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " -"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " -"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +"Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red " +"circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop " +"recording." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with " +":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the " +"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current " +"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click" +" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far" +" right is the duration of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48 msgid "" "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " -"Ratio` and select the one you wish." +"Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your " +"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you " +"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing " +"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an " +"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one " +"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> " +"Visualizations --> Disable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 +msgid "" +"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks " +"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select " +":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on" +" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or " +"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right " +"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the " +"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select " +":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray " +"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume " +"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease " +"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system " +"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system " +"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59 +msgid "Effects and Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical " +"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and " +":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at " +"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an " +"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the " +"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the " +"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To " +"open a dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud " +"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To" +" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the " +":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the " +":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file " +"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of" +" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track " +"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the " +"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track " +"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your " +"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change" +" how many frames per second on your subtitle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video " +"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your " +"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press " +"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the " +":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the " +"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not " +"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the " +":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the" +" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the " +":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the " +"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use " +"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To " +"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a" +" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take " +"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` " +"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the " +":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the " +":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same " +"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number " +"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the " +":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the " +":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the " +":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of " +"colors on your video from slight transitions check the " +":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video " +"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white " +"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia " +"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose " +"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the " +":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or " +"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To " +"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate " +"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 " +"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right " +"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under " +":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select " +":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate" +" your video by the number of degrees you want check the " +":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have" +" have the video rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what " +"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a " +"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. " +"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume " +"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` " +"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a " +"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` " +"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized " +"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To " +"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup " +"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist " +"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force" +" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom" +" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the " +":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one " +"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance" +" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To " +"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the " +":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback " +"or ask to ask for playback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the " +":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close " +"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable " +"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change " +"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To " +"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. " +"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. " +"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is " +"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the " +":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing " +"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window " +"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window " +"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the " +":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video " +"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video." +" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the " +":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change " +":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the " +"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is " +"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop " +"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` " +"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose " +"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104 +msgid "  " +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the " +":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck " +"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the " +"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to " +"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` " +"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters " +"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your " +"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your " +"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button " +":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change " +"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline " +"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the " +":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. " +"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox." +" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. " +"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the " +":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific" +" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default " +"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network " +"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column" +" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The " +"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in " +"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double " +"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the " +"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling " +"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`" +" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Search` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->" +" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some " +"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` " +"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right " +"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the " +"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the " +"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of " +"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over " +"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right " +"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired " +"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and " +"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time " +"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the " +"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced " +"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on" +" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> " +"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the " +":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have " +"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. " +"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view " +"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To" +" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`." +" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload " +"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the " +":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second" +" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To" +" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the " +":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138 msgid "" -"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " +"to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC " "media player` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr "" #~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open media stored locally on " +#~ "your system click media open " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and " +#~ "navigate your local files or press " +#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to " +#~ "open files stored locally on your " +#~ "machine. If you wish to open media" +#~ " from somewhere on the internet on" +#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network " +#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`." +#~ " To open a whole directory use " +#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or" +#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also " +#~ "keeps track of recently opened media " +#~ "in case you want to view media " +#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open " +#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If " +#~ "you have copied a path in your " +#~ "clipboard or something you can press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To pause playback of a file press" +#~ " the button that look like two " +#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->" +#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the" +#~ " right playback button. To toggle " +#~ "fullscreen press the button which has" +#~ " the four corners of the screen " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to" +#~ " make it fullscreen and the four " +#~ "screens to have it back into " +#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always " +#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always " +#~ "on top`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there" +#~ " is a bar that gets wider for" +#~ " volume. Click farther to the right" +#~ " to increase volume within vlc or " +#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume" +#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " +#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over " +#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to" +#~ " control volume. The button that " +#~ "looks like a speaker next to this" +#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way " +#~ "to mute the volume is to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the same sound come out" +#~ " of both speakers go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> " +#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a " +#~ "different left and right channel on " +#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio " +#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To " +#~ "make all sound come from the left" +#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo " +#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for " +#~ "Right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see how long you have been " +#~ "watching the current piece of media " +#~ "counts up above the play pause " +#~ "button in a time. At the other " +#~ "side a number will show the length" +#~ " of the media you are playing " +#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the" +#~ " current time. Moving the slider to" +#~ " the left will rewind playback while" +#~ " moving it to the left will " +#~ "fast forward playback. When you " +#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it" +#~ " will show the time at that " +#~ "point and that will jump to that" +#~ " time when you left click. Another" +#~ " way to jump to a specific time" +#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific" +#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds " +#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To" +#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback" +#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open an equalizier press the " +#~ "button that looks like several physical" +#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio " +#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on" +#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or" +#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency" +#~ " up to increase the volcume at " +#~ "that frequency." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view a playlist of music or " +#~ "videos you can view press the " +#~ "button that is several horizontal lines" +#~ " and then a trianglular play button" +#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole " +#~ "view of your playlist. To return " +#~ "to your original view press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more " +#~ "files to your playlist right click " +#~ "on the bottom of the playlist " +#~ "window and click add file to add" +#~ " an additonal file. To move the " +#~ "playlist to a particular file and " +#~ "to have that play double click " +#~ "that file. To change the view of" +#~ " the playlist right click playlist " +#~ "view mode to the version of the" +#~ " playlist you like the look of " +#~ "the best." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To speed up playback faster than " +#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or " +#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower" +#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key" +#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> " +#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your" +#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback " +#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If " +#~ "you want to have vlc end at " +#~ "the end of the playlist click the" +#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at" +#~ " end of playlist`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want a minimal interface " +#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View " +#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the " +#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can " +#~ "right click on where the video " +#~ "will play. To get back to the " +#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " +#~ "or right click and then " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view more advanced controls " +#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. " +#~ "To view to a status bar with " +#~ "what is playing and the speed with" +#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a" +#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " +#~ "Ratio` and select the one you " +#~ "wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go " +#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> " +#~ "VLC media player` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po index b56a23fd..4197efce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 msgid "" "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " -"volume." +"volume and outputs." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter documents playing media, " +#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po index ddfa9708..2238d6b0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po @@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5 +msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po index 20936fb7..f06cd258 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" @@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +msgid "" +"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have " +"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" +" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual " +"Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" -" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " +"applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 msgid "" -"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " -"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." +"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " +"panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 msgid "" -"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " -"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." +"To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 msgid "" -"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " +"To configure input methods left click on the applet and select " +":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up." +" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will " +"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on " +"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only " +"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck " +":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press " +"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your " +"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down" +" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default " +"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change " +"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx" +" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus" +" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray" +" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " "icon :menuselection:`Exit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35 msgid "" -"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" -" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " -"the applet from the command line run" +"To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr "" #~ "run `fcitx`" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right " +#~ "click on the tray icon in the " +#~ "system tray that looks like a " +#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To switch your keyboard method with " +#~ "the applet is to left click on " +#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->" +#~ " Desired keyboard layout`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog " +#~ "for input method right click on " +#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure" +#~ " current input method`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To restart fcitx right click on " +#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`." +#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right " +#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> " +#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin " +#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to" +#~ " run the applet from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po index 1d2f8735..5ca518ba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" @@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 msgid "" -"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " -"the keyboard." +"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by " +"the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 msgid "" "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " -":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " -"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" -" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" -" cpu cores." +":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " +"memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers" +" going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage " +"on each of your CPU cores." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " -"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " -"(computing) `_ for more " -"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " -"booted." +"To see how many process are running on your system see the " +":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load " +"over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers " +"see `Wikipedia load (computing) " +"`_ for more information. " +":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 -#, python-format msgid "" "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " -"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" -" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " -"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " -"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " -":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " +"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` " +"is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how" +" long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command" +" line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " +":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." msgstr "" @@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid "" "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " -"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " +"Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " -":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" -" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " -"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " -"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " -"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " -"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " -"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." +"You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. " +"To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it " +"so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of " +"the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. " +"Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To " +"get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +"lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and" +" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing " +":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22 msgid "" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " -":guilabel:`Command`." +":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24 msgid "" -":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " -":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " +":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The " +":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " -"htop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the " +":kbd:`Spacebar` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " +"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with " "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" msgstr "" @@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr "" #~ " run htop from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface " +#~ "task manager that can be controled " +#~ "by the keyboard." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view how much RAM is being " +#~ "used on your system is under " +#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number " +#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of " +#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how " +#~ "much swap is used. The numbers " +#~ "going down with a bar with a " +#~ "percentage next to them display useage" +#~ " on each of your cpu cores." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system " +#~ "laod over the past one five and" +#~ " fiften minute is why there are " +#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load " +#~ "(computing) `_" +#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` " +#~ "shows how long your computer has " +#~ "been booted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the bottom there is a green" +#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for " +#~ "the Process ID of a user, The " +#~ "user the process responds to, " +#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the " +#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`" +#~ " shows how much as a percent of" +#~ " CPU time the process is using, " +#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM " +#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` " +#~ "shows how long the process has " +#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the" +#~ " command line command of the process." +#~ " To view any cut off part of" +#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the" +#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut" +#~ " off area of the window. To " +#~ "move your window back to where it" +#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` " +#~ "key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the process below the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. " +#~ "To select the process above the " +#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up " +#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. " +#~ "To select the next group of " +#~ "processes on your screen press " +#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous" +#~ " group of procces on your screen " +#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the " +#~ "last process on your system press " +#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the " +#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help " +#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing " +#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a " +#~ "particular process. To reverse sort " +#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` " +#~ "makes it so you can only see " +#~ "processes matching a certain partern. " +#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to " +#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To" +#~ " get back to the default view " +#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` " +#~ "lets you kill a process with " +#~ "different signals to send to the " +#~ "process and 15 will terminate the " +#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. " +#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and " +#~ "return you to a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change how your process are " +#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring" +#~ " up your own menu to sort by" +#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable " +#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` " +#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option " +#~ "for different ways to display in " +#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings " +#~ "up different color schemes for htop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch htop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with" +#~ " the Icon that looks like the " +#~ "green H made out of text or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po index 42d37e98..9860e8a6 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po @@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 msgid "" -"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " -"version." +"QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down " +"version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in " +"the terminal see `Appendix C " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 msgid "" -"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " -":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " -"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " -"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " -"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " -"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " -"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " -":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " -"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " -"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " -"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " -"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " -":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " -"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " -":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " -"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press " +":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double " +"clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press" +" the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on " +"the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch " +"between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left " +"and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you " +"can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +" +" page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from " +"the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the " +"terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a " +"malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want " +"to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new " +"terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> " +"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command " +"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " -"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " -"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " -"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " -"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " -"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" -" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " -"back to its original size." +"If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click " +":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link " +"directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and " +"select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press " +":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom" +" in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click " +":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press " +":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom " +"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or " +":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then " +":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back " +"to its original size." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you " +"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward" +" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom " +"start typing and it will focus on the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16 msgid "" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " -"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " -"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" -" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " -"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." -" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " -":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " -"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " -"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" -" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " +" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +"split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal " +"back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse " +"Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the " +"terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt " +"+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the" +" top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top" +" Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` " +"or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " -"Subterminal`." +"Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that " +":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18 msgid "" "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" -" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +" tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press " +":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To " +"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again." +" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. " +"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To " +"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To " +"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all " +"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To " +"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and " +"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 msgid "" "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " -"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." +"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right " +"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing " +"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the " +":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back " +"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab " +"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is " +":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`" +" to have the terminal drop down or roll up." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab " +":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a " +"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35 msgid "" -"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " -"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " -"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " -"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " -"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" -" widget style with something other than system default. The " -":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" -" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar" -" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` " -"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, " -"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a" -" | character." +"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or" +" right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change " +"your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the " +":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size" +" enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with " +"monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change" +" your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 msgid "" -"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " -"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " -"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" -" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " +"The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different " +"colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget " +"style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other " +"than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the" +" scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The " +":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor " +"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, " +"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu " +"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` " +"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" +" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " -"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " -"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." +"around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal " +"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both " +"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-" +"directional text support`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45 msgid "" "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " -"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " +"transparent for the full application transparency. The field " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " -"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " +"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " -"splits to have when you start up qterminal." +"splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left " +"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a " +"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 msgid "" -"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" -" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +"To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the " +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" +" press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " -"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " -"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " -"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" -" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" -" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " -"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " -":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " -"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " -"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " -":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" -" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." +"kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will " +"save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in " +"lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting " +"multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted " +"text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you " +"paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a " +"confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox " +":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing " +"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working " +"directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you " +"were on." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" -" shortcut you want." +" shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left " +"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard" +" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard " +"shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" -" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" -" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " -"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" -" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " -"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " -"bring down the drop down terminal." +" down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if " +"checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is " +"hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down " +"terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown" +" terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down " +"the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change" +" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the " +":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69 msgid "" -"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " -":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" +"To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu " +":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75 msgid "" -"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " -"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" +"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from " +"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the " +"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like" +" a black background with a white command line prompt on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of " +#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down" +#~ " version." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To open a new tab go to the" +#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or " +#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` " +#~ "or click the button that looks " +#~ "like a +. To close a tab " +#~ "press the X button near the right" +#~ " hand side of the tab. You can" +#~ " change between tabs by left clicking" +#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you" +#~ " want to switch to. If you want" +#~ " to switch between tabs click on " +#~ "the different click on that tab or" +#~ " press the left and right arrows " +#~ "in the upper right corner on the" +#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch " +#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page " +#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. " +#~ "If you want to copy text from " +#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If " +#~ "you wish to paste text into the" +#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + " +#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->" +#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should " +#~ "be really careful it is not a " +#~ "malicious command and shows the command" +#~ " you are pasting in. If you " +#~ "want to paste selected text in the" +#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` " +#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`." +#~ " If you want to open a new " +#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` " +#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new " +#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the " +#~ "command you type in a command line" +#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you get a url in your " +#~ "terminal you can right click copy " +#~ "link address to copy the link. To" +#~ " open your link directly press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom " +#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +#~ " + Shift + +` or right click" +#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom " +#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " +#~ "right click zoom out. To return to" +#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " +#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom." +#~ " If you want qterminal to be " +#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it" +#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to " +#~ "make it back to its original size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To split your terminal vertically into" +#~ " two terminals on top of each " +#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split " +#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " +#~ "terminal to the left and one to" +#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase " +#~ "back to how your terminal back to" +#~ " how they were before " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`." +#~ " To switch between the two split " +#~ "terminals click on the terminal you " +#~ "want. To switch to a the lower " +#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`" +#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom " +#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top " +#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the left subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. " +#~ "To switch to the right subterminal " +#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change to the next tab using" +#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> " +#~ "Next tab`. To change to the " +#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To" +#~ " move to a tab to the right " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to " +#~ "the right`. To move a tab to " +#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move " +#~ "tab to the left`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To clear you active terminal press " +#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active " +#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check" +#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window" +#~ " borders`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your preferences go to " +#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To " +#~ "change your font press the font " +#~ "change the font and size press the" +#~ " change button in the preferences " +#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field " +#~ "lets you say change how different " +#~ "colored things in the terminal colors" +#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets" +#~ " you overwrite the system widget " +#~ "style with something other than system" +#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` " +#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the" +#~ " left or right or remove it " +#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves" +#~ " the bar to that part of the" +#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor" +#~ " shape` changes the shape of the " +#~ "cursor between block cursor a large " +#~ "block, underline cursor a small " +#~ "underline, or i beam which is " +#~ "quite small like a | character." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To toggle showing the menubar " +#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`" +#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab" +#~ " bar with only one tab` hides " +#~ "the tab bar when you only have " +#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit " +#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab" +#~ " would be how be and the filed" +#~ " next to it is how wide to " +#~ "limit the width of tabs.The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the " +#~ "current terminal` shows a border around" +#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show" +#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles " +#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing" +#~ " the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` " +#~ "gives you the percent transparent for" +#~ " the full application transparency. The " +#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how" +#~ " transparent to make the terminal. " +#~ "Note you will need to enable the" +#~ " compton compositor for this function " +#~ "properly. To select a background image" +#~ " for your terminal press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to " +#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you " +#~ "choose how many terminal splits to " +#~ "have when you start up qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To apply these changes to see how" +#~ " they appear on qterminal press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like " +#~ "your new customized terminal layout " +#~ "press the OK button or if you " +#~ "wish to cancel your changes press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history," +#~ " pasting, and different kinds of " +#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited " +#~ "history will save an unlimited amount" +#~ " of history. The history size in " +#~ "line lets you save only that many" +#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings " +#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple" +#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim " +#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` " +#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text" +#~ " from the end of what you " +#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation " +#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation " +#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when " +#~ "closing` saves the position when closing" +#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new " +#~ "terminals in current working directory` " +#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the " +#~ "last working directory you were on." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all " +#~ "the different shortcuts and how to " +#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`" +#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to" +#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or" +#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click" +#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and " +#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects " +#~ "on the appearance for the drop " +#~ "down settings of qterminal. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows " +#~ "the drop down terminal if checked " +#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden" +#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` " +#~ "field shows the height of the drop" +#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field" +#~ " shows how wide to make the " +#~ "dropdown terminal. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " +#~ "bring down the drop down terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal " +#~ "window go to the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or" +#~ " run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. To launch a" +#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +#~ " qterminal drop down` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po index d1812660..28060a79 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" @@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 msgid "" -"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " -"media." +"Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating " +"bootable USB media on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 -msgid "How to Launch" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 msgid "" -"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " -"disk creator` or run" +"To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under " +"the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device" +" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the " +"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max " +"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on " +"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash " +"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these " +"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the " +":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show" +" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of " +"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the " +":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating " +"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image " +"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` " +"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image " +"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` " +"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your " +"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will " +"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying " +":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Quit` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27 +msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " +"Disk Creator` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green " +"circle with a white downward pointed arrow." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical " +#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch startup disc creator " +#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk" +#~ " creator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po index 41b63381..037a9b26 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po @@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 -msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 @@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid "" "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " -"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " -"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections " -"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you " -"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under " -"wifi networks you are connected to." +"then enter the password for the wifi." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10 msgid "" -"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " -"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" -" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " -"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " -"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " -":guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +"After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which " +"you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all " +"known connections left click on the tray applet and look under " +":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections " +"left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active " +"connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under " +":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right" +" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " +":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " +":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click" +" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To " +"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16 msgid "" "To view your own networking information right click the applet " -":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " -"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " +":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with " +"information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" -" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " -":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " -"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " -"connection." +" the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware " +"Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows " +"you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field " +":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20 msgid "" "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" -" current ip adress." +" current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks" +" up the domain names of websites and finds them." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for " +"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you " +"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 " +"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see " +"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34 msgid "" -"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" -" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +"nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like " +"either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." +" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from " +"the command line run" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to connect to a " +#~ "network on nm-tray left click the" +#~ " icon in the system tray. If " +#~ "you have a wired connection with " +#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If" +#~ " you want to disconnect your from " +#~ "a network under active connections left" +#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to" +#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray" +#~ " applet and connect the wifi name " +#~ "applet and then enter the password " +#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to " +#~ "a wifi your known connections will " +#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of " +#~ "wifi connections under known connections. " +#~ "The list of active connections are " +#~ "networks you are currently connected to." +#~ " The list of wifi networks is " +#~ "listed under wifi networks you are " +#~ "connected to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get information on your current " +#~ "connection to the network your can " +#~ "right click on nm-tray connection " +#~ "information to get info on your " +#~ "current Ip address connection speed and" +#~ " driver in use for the connection." +#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting " +#~ "and disconnecting to networks right " +#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon " +#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To " +#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`." +#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck" +#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your own networking information" +#~ " right click the applet " +#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl" +#~ " pop up a window with information " +#~ "such as your ip address. On this" +#~ " window each interfaace will show the" +#~ " names of each network interface in" +#~ " a tab bar along the top. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the" +#~ " name of your network adapter to " +#~ "the system what type of connection " +#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`" +#~ " shows you what driver is in " +#~ "use for this network interface. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed " +#~ "supported by the connection." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you " +#~ "information on your settings for " +#~ "networking using IPV4. The section " +#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your " +#~ "current ip adress." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "nm-tray should already launch in " +#~ "the system tray to and looks like" +#~ " either a plug with a cable " +#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet" +#~ " connection." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po index e77028bf..1c480fc4 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po @@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 -msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +msgid "" +"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to " +"close non-responsive programs." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +msgid "" +"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says " +":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a" +" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column " +":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap " +"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the " +"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing" +" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph" +" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU " +"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info " +"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` " +"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the " +":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what " +"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is " +"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To " +"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button " +":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the " +"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by " +"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To " +"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of " +":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view " +"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower " +"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running " +"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select " +":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes " +"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All " +"Processes`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 msgid "" -"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " -":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" -" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " -":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " -"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " -"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." +"To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear " +"select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner." +" To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child " +"processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a " +"particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top " +"of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are " +"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 msgid "" -"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " -"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " -"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each " -"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is " -"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +"At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many " +"process are running on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 msgid "" -"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " -"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " -"put an appearance with the font and font size." +"When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU " +"usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in " +"the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click " +"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` " +"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 msgid "" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " -"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" -" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " -"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." +"process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press " +":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To view more details on this process right click on the process and " +"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has " +"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables " +"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck " +"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To " +"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose " +"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->" +" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is " +"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update " +"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34 msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a " +"black background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a" +" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a " +"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` " +"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under " +":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To " +"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a " +"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" @@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr "" #~ "qps from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To see your memory useage in qps" +#~ " look at the bar that says " +#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`" +#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a " +#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar" +#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows" +#~ " how long your computer has been " +#~ "running. A blue bar showing file " +#~ "input output shows graph in blue. " +#~ "Above this there is a green graph" +#~ " that shows your CPU useage as " +#~ "a graph." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To sort your processes by memory " +#~ "click on the mem tab. To have " +#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage" +#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " +#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. " +#~ "To sort by the command line of " +#~ "each process you can press the " +#~ "command line. To sort by how much" +#~ " memory is used by each process " +#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the update period is to" +#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. " +#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option " +#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance " +#~ "with the font and font size." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a particular process " +#~ "you can type your type into the" +#~ " search bar right above a particular" +#~ " process right above it. To terminate" +#~ " a process right click on it " +#~ "and select terminate or press " +#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move" +#~ " the mouse over it right click " +#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt " +#~ "+ K`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po index 638e3c0f..814b204f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po @@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 msgid "" -"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " -"hard drives and solid state drives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +"KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, " +"and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +msgid "" +"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please " +"back up your data before removing or creating partitions." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 msgid "" "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " -":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the " +"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field " +":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it " +"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model " +"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows " +"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The " +"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no " +"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long " +"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has " +"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The " +":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self " +"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status" +" of the drive." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" -" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" -" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" -" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " -"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which " -"filesystem is on the parttion." +"Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of " +"which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one " +"on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors " +"Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars " +"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage " +"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking " +"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the " +"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the " +"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you " +"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` " +"column shows where that partition is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21 msgid "" "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " -"on the left with the name of each device." +"on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which " +"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press " +":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and" +" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated " +"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition" +" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right" +" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a" +" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> " +"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select " +":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of " +":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want " +"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that " +"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. " +"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not " +"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press" +" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After " +"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this" +" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending " +"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions " +"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to" +" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 msgid "" "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" -" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " +" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. " "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" -" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" -" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" -" changes to your partition." +" space you can right click on the unallocated space press the " +":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press " +":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings " +"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to " +"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To " +"change what size of partition you want to create change the " +":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change" +" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the" +" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually " +"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel " +"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 -msgid "Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the " +"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it" +" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit " +"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new " +"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the " +":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how " +"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking" +" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To " +"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` " +"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. " +"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select " +":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your " +"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you " +"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first " +"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Unmount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On " +"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see " +"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To " +"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To " +"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` " +"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition " +"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` " +"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To" +" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> " +"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the " +"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and " +"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really" +" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or " +":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42 +msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->" +" KDE Partition Manager` or run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63 +msgid "Customizing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64 msgid "" -"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " -"partition manager or run" +"To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck" +" the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. " +"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing" +" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in " +"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press " +":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE " +"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning" +" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on " +"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change " +"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`" +" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file " +"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change " +"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the " +"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the " +":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each " +"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next " +"to the filesystem name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition " +"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default " +"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions " +#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard " +#~ "drives and solid state drives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the health of your hard" +#~ " drive or solid state drive on " +#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can see your disk useage for" +#~ " each partition graphically with the " +#~ "bars at the top with the shaded" +#~ " in part showing a bar graph as" +#~ " the percentage full of the " +#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows" +#~ " the size of the entire system " +#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows " +#~ "the amount of space used on the" +#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets" +#~ " you see which filesystem is on " +#~ "the parttion." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the side pane to the left " +#~ "you can switch between each different" +#~ " drive on the left with the " +#~ "name of each device." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have say a new solid " +#~ "state drive that is not formatted " +#~ "you first need to put a partition" +#~ " table on it. A new partition " +#~ "data will get rid of all " +#~ "partitions on the disk which means " +#~ "no data will be visable anymore. " +#~ "Then you will need to create a " +#~ "partition on to store data. On " +#~ "unallocated space you can right click" +#~ " on the unalloacted space and new " +#~ "partition and select the filesystem you" +#~ " want. Then press the apply button" +#~ " to apply the changes to your " +#~ "partition." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch kde partition manager from " +#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE" +#~ " partition manager or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po index f5bbb389..0b7823f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " -"privileges." +"LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with " +"administrative privileges on Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 @@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 msgid "" "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " -"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " -"files but make sure you know what you are doing." +"did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config " +"files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt " +"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command " +"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To " +"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets" +" of paper." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 @@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 msgid "" -"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " +"To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with " "administrative privileges use" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 -msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 -msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +msgid "" +"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges " +"without opening a terminal." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch " +#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative " +#~ "privileges." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to" +#~ " not change your config files as " +#~ "if you did with sudo. You will " +#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit " +#~ "config files but make sure you " +#~ "know what you are doing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the " +#~ "command line to run featherpad with " +#~ "administrative privileges use" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f945db26 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.po @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in " +"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical " +"application to do this currently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file" +" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line" +" [autologin]." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you " +"can log in run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file " +"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name " +".face.icon ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command " +"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme" +" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new " +"theme looks like run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for " +"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme " +"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you " +"can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme " +"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in " +"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line " +"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system " +"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root " +"permissions as well." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po index 83d8d2a1..1bc74a18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po @@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 -msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po index 3f0a685c..13276d0e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po @@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 msgid "" -"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " -"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " -"Lubuntu." +"LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application " +"with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default " +"desktop environment of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 @@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid "" "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " -"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the " +"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can " +"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 @@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 msgid "" -"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " -"center` or run" +"To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration " +"Center` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a " +"lightbulb with a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center is an " +#~ "application with buttons that launches " +#~ "configuration options for lxqt the " +#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you " +#~ "launch many different applications in " +#~ "this chapter from a simple control " +#~ "center where you can double click " +#~ "on the icon for that program. To" +#~ " close one of the programs here " +#~ "you have launched you can close it" +#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from" +#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " +#~ "center` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po index aa110341..15955e37 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po @@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 -msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +msgid "" +"Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and " +"saves monitor settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8 msgid "" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " -"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." +"choice that makes it harder to use your computer." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" -" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" -" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " -"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " +"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the" +" menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" +" monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the " +"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu " "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16 msgid "" -"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " +"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " -"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." +"serial number the size of the display and the serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20 msgid "" -"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" -" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " -":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " +"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop" +" up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press " +":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " -"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " -"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " -"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " -"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " -"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " -"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " -"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." +"with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to " +"apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around " +"the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left " +"click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column " +"showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you " +"want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. " +"To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the " +":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember " +"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25 msgid "Multimonitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " -"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " -"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " -"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " -":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " -":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows " -"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each " -"monitor." +"With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you " +"can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels " +"adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled " +"by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your " +"computer with." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off " +"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection " +":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different" +" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` " +"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. " +":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while " +":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" +"The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has" +" the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single " +"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the " +":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a " +"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary " +"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select " +":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be" +" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary" +" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes " +"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a " +"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many " +"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and" +" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the " +"display vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use a single monitor you" +#~ " can change your single monitor " +#~ "resolution on the right hand size " +#~ "and select your resolution. When you " +#~ "change your resolution you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you" +#~ " don't make a chocie that makes " +#~ "it harder to use your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor" +#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from " +#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose" +#~ " the way you want to rotate the" +#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie " +#~ "down. Below you can also choose " +#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down " +#~ "menu to choose how fast your " +#~ "monitor refreshes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To display info on your monitor " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read" +#~ " that info. The fields explained will" +#~ " be the Name of the monitor the" +#~ " serial numberthe size of the display" +#~ " and the serial number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To save your monitor settings press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" +#~ " up will show that your have " +#~ "your settings ok for you and press" +#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved " +#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +#~ "button. Your saved settings are by " +#~ "default saved under the time and " +#~ "date. If you want to apply your" +#~ " saved settings press the settings " +#~ "button with the gear around the " +#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings" +#~ " press the setting you want and " +#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your " +#~ "settings will be applied. To give " +#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name " +#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` " +#~ "button with a name for what you" +#~ " want and can remember what it " +#~ "is. If you want to delete theese" +#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With multiple monitors you can in " +#~ "the set position tab you can drag" +#~ " the different screen around drag the" +#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox " +#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls" +#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each" +#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended" +#~ " view` sets you to set extended " +#~ "showing different things on different " +#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view" +#~ " shows the same thing on both " +#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up " +#~ "the first screen while second only " +#~ "shows only the second. The tabs " +#~ "towards the bottom are settings for " +#~ "each monitor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch monitor settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From " +#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button" +#~ " for monitor settings that looks like" +#~ " a desktop monitor or run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po index 9cb9b20e..63c65499 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" @@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " -"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +"Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window " +"manager of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " -"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " -"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " -"appear and you will see it on that window." +"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the" +" window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the " +"theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it" +" on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will " +"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " -"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " -"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " -"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " -"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " -"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " -"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" -" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " -"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " -"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " -"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" -" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " -"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " -"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " -"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows " -"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and" -" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations." +"The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or" +" add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two " +"additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the" +" window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters " +"where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can " +"add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to " +"change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +"maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the " +"left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to " +"have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window " +"titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be " +"in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, " +"Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all " +"desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " -"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " -":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " +"windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The " +":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation " "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " -"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " -"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " -"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " -"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " -"to make it even more obvious." +"The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several " +"different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the " +":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble " +"telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the " +"titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts " +"you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu " +"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or " +":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " @@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid "" "place new windows on multimonitor layouts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" -" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " -"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" -" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " -":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " -"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " +"The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and " +"resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while " +"resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked " +"will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " +":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " +"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " -"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " -"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " -"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " -"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " -"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " -"is where to show this information dialog." +"switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving " +"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical " +"monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows" +" how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, " +"terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information " +"dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " @@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid "" " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " -":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " -"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " -"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." +":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on " +"the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom " +"actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" +"On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " -"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " -"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " +"to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that" +" notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38 msgid "" "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " -"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " +"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " "margin." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51 msgid "" -"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" -" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " -"run" +"To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox" +" Settings button with two computer windows or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr "" #~ " from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of " +#~ "openbox which is the default window " +#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the " +#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of " +#~ "the titlebar select the theme on " +#~ "the arcieve on the and see how " +#~ "it looks by left clicking on the" +#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will" +#~ " immediately appear and you will see" +#~ " it on that window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you " +#~ "change where the buttons are so " +#~ "for is you want and the order " +#~ "of the buttons on the title bar." +#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to" +#~ " have two additional buttons on the" +#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling" +#~ " up with the window so you can" +#~ " put this in the left to right" +#~ " order of the letters where you " +#~ "want the button. To make a window" +#~ " show on all desktop you can " +#~ "add D button in box for the " +#~ "window order. If you want to " +#~ "change the window titlebar button order" +#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), " +#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the " +#~ "left then move the letters IMC to" +#~ " the left of L for window label" +#~ " or the title of the window. If" +#~ " you want to have the close " +#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the" +#~ " box labled window titles should read" +#~ " CMI Then L for the window " +#~ "label which will always be in the" +#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons" +#~ " on the right with close Maximize," +#~ " iconify the window title L and " +#~ "then shade the window, all desktops " +#~ "and the window icon in the far " +#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and" +#~ " restore` shows an animation when you" +#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then" +#~ " restore it and uncheck if you " +#~ "really don't want theese animations." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border " +#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows " +#~ "still have a border if you choose" +#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate" +#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a" +#~ " simpel animation when you " +#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the " +#~ "font of your window titlebars you " +#~ "can select several different fonts for" +#~ " different conditions of the window. " +#~ "To change the style of the font" +#~ " you can under the style make " +#~ "the font inactive. For example if " +#~ "you have trouble telling which window" +#~ " you are in you can make the" +#~ " font italic for the titlebar of " +#~ "inactive windows to make it even " +#~ "more obvious." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets" +#~ " you change settings for moving and" +#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while " +#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when" +#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked " +#~ "will have a drawn solid color " +#~ "until you stop resizing it. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes " +#~ "the minimum number of pixels to " +#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch " +#~ "desktops when moving a window past " +#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets " +#~ "you drag a window past the edge" +#~ " to switch desktops. The field for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait " +#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the" +#~ " amount of time to wait before " +#~ "moving beyond the edge of the " +#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The" +#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "information dialog` shows how you how" +#~ " many characters fit on the newly " +#~ "resized window for always, terminal " +#~ "windows only, or never. The field " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " +#~ "is where to show this information " +#~ "dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus" +#~ " follow mouse tab is if you " +#~ "move the mouse over the window it" +#~ " will automatically focus on that " +#~ "window. To automatically focus windows " +#~ "when the mouse cursor when the " +#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus " +#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves " +#~ "over them`. To change your focus " +#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the " +#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you" +#~ " move a window with a keyboard " +#~ "shortcut and a different window is " +#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus" +#~ " under the mouse when the mouse " +#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox" +#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse" +#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the" +#~ " window up in the layers. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` " +#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the " +#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade " +#~ "or maiximize the window or custom " +#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to " +#~ "maximize." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to " +#~ "change number of desktops press the " +#~ "up arrow to add an additional " +#~ "desktop or the down arrow to " +#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops." +#~ " When switching desktops there is a" +#~ " checkbox to show a notification and" +#~ " a field for how many miliseconds " +#~ "to show that notification for. If " +#~ "you want to rename a desktop " +#~ "double click on the desktop name " +#~ "and type the name of the desktop" +#~ " you want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make a margin on your desktop" +#~ " on which nothing is placed you " +#~ "can set pixel margins on each side" +#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The " +#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, " +#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each " +#~ "have a field for each number of" +#~ " pixels as a margin." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch openbox settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings" +#~ " button with the wrench and " +#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po index 610774cd..eeed0514 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" @@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 msgid "" -"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" -" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" -" your computer is idle for long periods." +"Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for " +"laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for " +"long periods." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 msgid "" "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " -"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " -"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" -" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or " -"something." +"the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness " +"watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered " -"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray " -"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` " -"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your " -"icon theme." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" -" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " -"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " -"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" -" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " -"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " -"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " -"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." +" :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery " +"charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle " +"meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is " +"discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the " +"circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent " +"of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or " +"discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black" +" circle." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 msgid "" -"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " +"The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " -"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. " +"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of " +"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are " +"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that" +" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery " +"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the " +"bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 @@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid "" "is plugged into power." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 msgid "" "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " @@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid "" "into an external monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " -"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " -"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " +"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want" +" to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle " +"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the " +"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` " +"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop " +"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce " +"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery " +"discharging` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power " +"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39 msgid "" "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" -" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" +"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like" +" a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by " +"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr "" #~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Power management manages what to do " +#~ "on laptop batteries when the power " +#~ "is low what happens when your lid" +#~ " to a laptop is closed and what" +#~ " to do when your computer is " +#~ "idle for long periods." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt power management watches your " +#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " +#~ "the screen. Each one of the " +#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid " +#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to " +#~ "enable or disable each. When you " +#~ "add when power is low select what" +#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn " +#~ "hibernate or something." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes" +#~ " when the battery is considered low" +#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`" +#~ " shows an icon in the tray for" +#~ " your power management. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes " +#~ "the appearance of your battery to " +#~ "be the battery icon from your icon" +#~ " theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings " +#~ "for monitoring your battery power level" +#~ " and some settings. On a laptop " +#~ "power management should show a + " +#~ "with a ring around it represeneting " +#~ "your current battery charge on your " +#~ "laptop when it is charging with a" +#~ " full green circle meaning you are" +#~ " fully charged in the system tray." +#~ " If your battery is discharging you" +#~ " will see a - sybmol at the " +#~ "center of the circle. If you hover" +#~ " the mouse cursor over this it " +#~ "will show the percent of charge as" +#~ " a percentage and whether the battery" +#~ " is charging or discharging. When " +#~ "your battery is fully charged it " +#~ "will turn into a black circle." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`" +#~ " Watches the battery on your system." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is " +#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to" +#~ " do when your batter is low. " +#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a " +#~ "duration to show a warning for low" +#~ " power. To change the level for " +#~ "low level of battery change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what " +#~ "happens when you walk away from " +#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle " +#~ "then` you slect whether you want " +#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, " +#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell " +#~ "you how long to wait when you " +#~ "are away before the idleness watcher " +#~ "takes the action you wish." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Power Management from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "power management icon that looks like" +#~ " a light bulb or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po index a61dba57..9a3a85d8 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 msgid "" -"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " -"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." +"Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu." +" Here you manage default applications and services at startup." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 @@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " -"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " -"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " -":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" -" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " -"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " -"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " -"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " -"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " -":guilabel:`Stop` button." +"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. " +"Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop " +"down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists " +"the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt " +"active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the " +"compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it " +"at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module " +"left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start" +" a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want " +"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " -"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " -"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " -"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " -"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" -" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " -"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives " +"you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you " +"do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " +"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before " +"suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or " +"hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay" +" or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " -"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " -"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " -":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." +"browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal " +"Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " +":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the" +" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the " +"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, " +":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, " +":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to " +"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your " +"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to " +"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward " +"pointing arrow with an x in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " -"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" -" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" -" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " -"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +"Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" +" drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate " +"terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +" If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that " +"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` " +"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and" +" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but" +" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To " +"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable " +"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " -"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " -"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " -"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " -"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " -"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " +"variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To" +" add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at" +" the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " +"Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " +"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables " "relate to hidpi support see ``_ ." +"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size " +"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23 -msgid "Screenshot" +"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +"button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +"the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38 msgid "" -"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" -" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " -"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " -"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" +"To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks " +"like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line" +" run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." @@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Session Settings is a way to " +#~ "change what happens when log into " +#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage " +#~ "applications and services at startup." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change with a window manager " +#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the " +#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on " +#~ "the basic settings tab use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " +#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the" +#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` " +#~ "if the drop down list does not " +#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt" +#~ " modules lists the different part of" +#~ " LXQt if you find you do not" +#~ " want part of LXQt active you " +#~ "can enable or disable them here. " +#~ "If you wish to start the compton" +#~ " X11 compositor you can do so " +#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it" +#~ " at default to lower system resources" +#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt " +#~ "Module left click on the moudle " +#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation" +#~ " to leave session` gives you a " +#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure" +#~ " you really want to leave so " +#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck" +#~ " it if you do not want this " +#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or" +#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen" +#~ " before suspending and hibernating and " +#~ "is checked by default unchecking this" +#~ " will leave this so the screen " +#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or " +#~ "hibernating." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets" +#~ " you change your default browser and" +#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down " +#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you " +#~ "change the terminal emulator and the " +#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` " +#~ "lets you change your webbrowser." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings " +#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart " +#~ "applications lets you choose which " +#~ "applications to autostart like managers " +#~ "for print queues. All of these are" +#~ " check-boxes to start various " +#~ "programs. You can start a program " +#~ "at startup by adding it here. " +#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give " +#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal " +#~ "drop down\" and type in the " +#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" +#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`." +#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`" +#~ " has many effects for you environment" +#~ " variables for your session. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name" +#~ " of the environment variable. To " +#~ "change the value of a varible " +#~ "double click on the value under " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a" +#~ " new environment variable press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the " +#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear " +#~ "and double click to enter the " +#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the" +#~ " variable. To delete an environment " +#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button." +#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to" +#~ " hidpi support see ``_ ." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to undo changes you" +#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch session settings from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> session settings`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "button that looks like a triangular " +#~ "blue flag and is labeled with " +#~ "session settings. To run session " +#~ "settings from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po index 03dc262b..dd5f353f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 msgid "" -"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " +"Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "shortcuts for Lubuntu." msgstr "" @@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +msgid "" +"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then " +"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you " +"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" +" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to " +"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " +"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 msgid "" -"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " -"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" -" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" -" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." +"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` " +"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` " +"button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut " +"combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the " +"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or " +"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so " +"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a " +"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter " +"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the " +":guilabel:`Default` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" -" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " -"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " -"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." +"To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to " +"see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard " +"shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press" +" look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does " +"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard " +"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what " +"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " -"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " -"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you" -" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut " -"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen " -"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command " -"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +"To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the " +":guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 -msgid "Screenshot" +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " -"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" -" line run" +"To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks" +" like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" @@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that " +#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard" +#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard" +#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut " +#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the" +#~ " modify button, then clicking on the" +#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will " +#~ "begin during which you should push " +#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you " +#~ "want." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut" +#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the" +#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the " +#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " +#~ "shortcut keys you can select two " +#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` " +#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`" +#~ " button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard " +#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button." +#~ " The shortcut field will be blank," +#~ " click the shortcut button to start" +#~ " the countdown, then press the " +#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want " +#~ "to assign. Write a short description " +#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, " +#~ "for example \"start drop down " +#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen " +#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a " +#~ "terminal command select the command " +#~ "radio button and enter the command " +#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt" +#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys " +#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard " +#~ "keys or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po index beac57f1..772e6d5a 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po @@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 -msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." +msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " -"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " +"groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " @@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid "" "change system settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " +":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" +" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " +"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " +"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 msgid "" -"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " -"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " -"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " -"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" -" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" -" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" -" files access to." +"To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or " +"double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish" +" the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the " +":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can " +"be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the " +"numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is " +"the main group that is default group for files access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 msgid "" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" -" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." +" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or " +"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group " +"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each" +" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22 msgid "" -"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " -":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" -" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " -"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " -"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a " +"login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you " +"use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the " +":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home " +"directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " @@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid "" "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32 msgid "" "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "could break your system." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under" -" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can " -"run" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a " +"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Users and groups lets you manage " +#~ "user and group settings on your " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you " +#~ "manage Users. To create a new user" +#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button." +#~ " You will need to select the " +#~ "groups you want the user to be " +#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. " +#~ "Once the user information and groups " +#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button." +#~ " Then you will be prompted to " +#~ "enter an administrative password. Next " +#~ "you will be prompted to enter the" +#~ " new password for the user. To " +#~ "change the users permission click " +#~ "account type and enter your password " +#~ "and select desktop user to not " +#~ "give permission to change the system " +#~ "or admin to change system settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view an info on a particaulr" +#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to" +#~ " bring up a dialog box or the" +#~ " accomplish the same thing by " +#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can" +#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will " +#~ "show you the login name for the" +#~ " user and can be edited if you" +#~ " type in the box. The field " +#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical " +#~ "internal id of your user. The " +#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main" +#~ " group that is default group for " +#~ "files access to." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties" +#~ " has checkboxes for each group you" +#~ " are in or which checkbox or " +#~ "each group you are not in." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Users and groups from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt" +#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From" +#~ " LXQt configuration center under system " +#~ "settings press the button that looks " +#~ "like two people. Or you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po index 56aae9a6..466ae91e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po @@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 -msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +msgid "" +"Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the" +" Compton X11 compositor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." -" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " -"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " -"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " -"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " -"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" -" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " -"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " -"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " -"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" -" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " -"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " -"on another." +" The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " +"drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you " +"change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The " +"blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. " +":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to" +" the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the " +"right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number " +"farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The " +"translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is" +" opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized " +"windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across " +"multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" +"The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" -" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" -" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " -"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." +" windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their " +"opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows " +"are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust " +"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " +"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how " +"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let" +" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " -"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " -"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " -"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " -":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " -"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " -"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " -"windows opening/closing`." +"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during " +"opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have" +" a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time " +"between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change " +"opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change " +"between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out " +"change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. " +"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed " +"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in" +" out when windows opening/closing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how " +"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what " +"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware " +"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the " +":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering " +"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22 msgid "" "To have your settings applied you will need to press the " -":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " -":guilabel:`cancel` button." +":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30 msgid "" -"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" +"To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36 msgid "" -"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " -"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " -"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " -"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." +"from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with " +"a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect" +" the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 " +"`_ for how " +"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once " +":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr "" #~ "launch Window Effects." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window effects is a program to " +#~ "manage effects of the Compton X " +#~ "compositor." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how " +#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable" +#~ " client side shadows press the Enable" +#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The " +#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on" +#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing " +#~ "shadows on the panel. The label " +#~ "for color lets you change the " +#~ "color of your shadows. The field " +#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes " +#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is " +#~ "how far to move the shadows to " +#~ "the left with a larger number " +#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to " +#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for" +#~ " shadows` the larger the number " +#~ "farther down the shadow appears below" +#~ " the window. The field for " +#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how " +#~ "opaque or clear to make the " +#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0" +#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows " +#~ "of maximized windows from extended " +#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows" +#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other " +#~ "monitors from windows on another." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for " +#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to " +#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes" +#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive " +#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and " +#~ "borders all can have their opacity " +#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur " +#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs " +#~ "the background of transparent windows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading " +#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity" +#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity " +#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes " +#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a" +#~ " slower time between fade in " +#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time" +#~ " between steps in a fade in " +#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows " +#~ "will fade in and out when opened" +#~ " and closed unless you don't them " +#~ "to which you can check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " +#~ "windows opening/closing`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have your settings applied you " +#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`" +#~ " button. If you want to cancel " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch window effects from the " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. From LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the gear " +#~ "button with a c in it to " +#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for " +#~ "this to have any effect the " +#~ "compton compistor needs to be running" +#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how " +#~ "to autostart applications." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po index d934f7e0..68ceb857 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po @@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 -msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 msgid "" -"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " -"applications." +"Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your " +"default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs " +"installed." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12 msgid "" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" -" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " +" for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " -"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" -" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " -"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " -"application." +"left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of " +"the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. " +"When you change your alternative you will input your password to " +"authenticate to change your default application." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10 msgid "" "To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "that looks like a magnifying glass." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" @@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " -":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" +"To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark " +"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure your alternatives like your" +#~ " default web browser and more " +#~ "applications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the command to choose " +#~ "your alternatives for the default " +#~ "program for something such as your " +#~ "default text editor if you have " +#~ "mulitple programs installed by left " +#~ "clicking what to be the alternative " +#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right" +#~ " side of the window will have a" +#~ " radio button to choose which editor" +#~ " you want to use. When you " +#~ "change your alternative you will input" +#~ " your password to authenticate to " +#~ "change your default application." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po index 508cf6ff..5434e44d 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po @@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 -msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." +msgid "" +"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print " +"queue." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 msgid "" -"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " -"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " -":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " -"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " -":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." +"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click " +":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press " +":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if" +" a job is held you can restart it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or " +":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing " +"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the " +"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and" +" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer" +" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description" +" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a " +"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move " +"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a " +"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16 msgid "" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " -"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " -"delete your printer." +"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally " +"delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as" +" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As " +"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer " +"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> " +"Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with " +":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer " +"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name " +"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this " +"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different " +"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the" +" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the " +":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners " +"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck" +" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your " +"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down" +" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the " +":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you " +"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the " +":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print " +"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To " +"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the " +":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list " +"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these " +"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the " +":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer " +"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` " +"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from " +"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the " +":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job" +" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default " +":guilabel:`Copies` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36 +msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45 msgid "" -"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Printers` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51 +msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your" +#~ " printer and show your print queue." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view your print queue right " +#~ "click on the printer and right " +#~ "click view print queue or with the" +#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print " +#~ "Queue` and if a job is held " +#~ "you can restart it. To view the" +#~ " properties of printer or make " +#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> " +#~ "Properties`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to delete a printer" +#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after " +#~ "left clicking on the printer will " +#~ "delete the printer after you left " +#~ "click on it and you will be " +#~ "asked to confirm so you do not " +#~ "accidently delete your printer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch printers from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po index 37903aeb..b7ae6a65 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" @@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 msgid "" -"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " -"visual look." +"Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a " +"different visual look." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" -" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " -"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" -" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " -":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " -"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " -"normally need two clicks for one click." +"The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and " +"menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons " +"and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox " +":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK " +"applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme " +"for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme " +"for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` " +"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " +"The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer " "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." -" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " -"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " +" The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks " +"in other windows such as the reset button as well. The " ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" -" background icons with the color of the background." +" background icons with the color of the background. However changing an " +"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log " +"out and back in again." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16 msgid "" -"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " -"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " -"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " -"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " +"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and " +"notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to" +" change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview" +" of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" " that comes with the LXQt theme." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " -":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " +":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" -" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " -"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " -"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " -"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " -"inch of the screen." +" default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can " +"type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for " +"fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier " +"screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or " +"dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted " +"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " -"more available in the package repositories." +"more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the " +"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes" +" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see " +"things spin for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28 msgid "" "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " -":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." +":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. " +"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 msgid "" -"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " -"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " -"from LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press " +"the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 -msgid "from the command line." +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of" +" a monitor with a window on it." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes " +#~ "the theming of lxqt for a " +#~ "different visual look." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the useage Qt widget " +#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars" +#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications." +#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set" +#~ " GTk` settings will apply native " +#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field" +#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will " +#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications." +#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets " +#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The" +#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single " +#~ "click` has makes things you normally " +#~ "need two clicks for one click." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes " +#~ "desktop icons on your computer and " +#~ "if you click on the icon theme " +#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows." +#~ " The icon theme is will change " +#~ "how all the icon look and how " +#~ "some button looks in other windows " +#~ "as well for like reset button as" +#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based" +#~ " on widget style` will slightly " +#~ "change the background icons with the " +#~ "color of the background." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets" +#~ " you change how the panel and " +#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme" +#~ " left click on the theme name " +#~ "to change the theme. To the left" +#~ " of the theme name there is a" +#~ " small preview of the panel and " +#~ "the default button for the panel. " +#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined" +#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to " +#~ "one that comes with the LXQt " +#~ "theme." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings " +#~ "for fonts. To change the font size" +#~ " that desktop applications use choose " +#~ "the font tab and change the " +#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the" +#~ " size you want or use the up" +#~ " and down arrows to increase or " +#~ "decrease font size respectively. To " +#~ "change the default font there is a" +#~ " drop down box for font name " +#~ "that you can type the font name" +#~ " you or select from the drop " +#~ "down menu. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and " +#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets " +#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which " +#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing." +#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the " +#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the" +#~ " screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one " +#~ "option to change cursor theme lets " +#~ "you change how the cursor looks " +#~ "with two themes installed by default " +#~ "but more available in the package " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to reset your changes" +#~ " you will need to click the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your " +#~ "changes to how they were before." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings " +#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt" +#~ " configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po index e7b731c9..1c09cc18 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" @@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 msgid "" -"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" -" system." +"Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on " +"the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " -"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " -"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" -" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " -"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " -"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " -"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" -" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" -" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " -"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " -"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." +"The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable " +"Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen " +"Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen " +"Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` " +"selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change " +"the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set " +"you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle " +"After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox " +"for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the" +" screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock " +"the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 msgid "" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " -"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more " +"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " -"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +"To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To " +"lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want " +"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the " +"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart " +"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16 msgid "" "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "launch it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the " +":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking" +" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your" +" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from " +"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the " +":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29 msgid "" -"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "Screensaver` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue " +"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Screensave is an application to control" +#~ " what screensavers are used on the" +#~ " system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 " +#~ "settings Disable turns off the " +#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just " +#~ "turns the screen itself off, one " +#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and " +#~ "random screensaver selects a random " +#~ "screensaver. To set how long it " +#~ "takes your screen to go to the " +#~ "screensaver change the field that says" +#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number " +#~ "of minutres you want the system to" +#~ " be idle before starting the " +#~ "screensaver. If you have a random " +#~ "screensaver set you can change with " +#~ "the number of minutes it says with" +#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver" +#~ " will change to another one. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " +#~ "takes the number of minutes to " +#~ "lock the screen and the number of" +#~ " minutes is how many minutes it " +#~ "takes to lock the screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you try to select a screensaver" +#~ " that is not installed it will " +#~ "not show on the right hand side" +#~ " of the window. To preview a " +#~ "screensaver as when it would be " +#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to kill the daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " +#~ "restart the screensaver daemon " +#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or " +#~ "run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po index 379ff266..a3f32db2 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" @@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 msgid "" -"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " -"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " -"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." +"Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you " +"are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase " +"battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen " +"will be illegible." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 msgid "" "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " -"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " -"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" -" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " -"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " -"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " -"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." +"on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make " +"the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial " +"towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the " +"center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " +"brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not " +"respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you " +"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " -"Confirmation after settings change`." +"If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each " +"monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will " +"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require " +"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press " +"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " -"on LXQt configuration center or run" +"To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on " +"LXQt Configuration Center or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 -msgid "from the commandline." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32 +msgid "" +"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with" +" a gear in the background." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Brightness is a tool to control " +#~ "your screen brightness. If you are " +#~ "using a laptop turning down your " +#~ "screen brighness can increase battery " +#~ "life by a large amount as well " +#~ "however too dim and the screen " +#~ "will be illegible." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use brightness click on the " +#~ "dial towards the right window of " +#~ "the window. To make the screen " +#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key " +#~ "or click on the dial and drag " +#~ "it towards the left. If you want" +#~ " to make the screen more bright " +#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or " +#~ "drag the dial towards the right. " +#~ "After doing this you will be asked" +#~ " to confirm the current brightness is" +#~ " ok while needing to select " +#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond" +#~ " it will go back to the old " +#~ "brightness which is useful because if" +#~ " you made your screen illegible it" +#~ " will revert to the old settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to confirmation" +#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation " +#~ "after settings change`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch brightness from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to " +#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt " +#~ "configuration center or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the commandline." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po index ceb6af54..5e0719ef 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" @@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 msgid "" -"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " -"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " -"connected to a network." +"Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether " +"to use NTP or manually set the time." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 msgid "" "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " -"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " -"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " -"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " -"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " -"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " -"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC." +"for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing " +"the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time " +"synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local " +"time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time " +"rather than UTC." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " -"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " -"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " -"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " -"correct time." +"To change the timezone of your computer left click the " +":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. " +"You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says " +":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " -"button." +"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " +"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` " +"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and " +"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you " +"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time " +"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change " +"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To " +"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the " +"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you " +"want with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28 msgid "" -"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " -"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " +"To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " +"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under " +"the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button " "or from the command line run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34 +msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face." +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "the time of network press the " @@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ "time." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Date and time is a program that" +#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle" +#~ " wheter to get the time automatically" +#~ " and change the date if you are" +#~ " not connected to a network." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`" +#~ " sets what time it is and " +#~ "settings for synchronize it via the " +#~ "network.If you want to toggle " +#~ "synchronizing the time of network press" +#~ " the radio button of Enable network" +#~ " time synchronization button. To change " +#~ "the timezone of your computer left " +#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and " +#~ "select your time zone from the " +#~ "long list. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is " +#~ "for the real time clock on your" +#~ " motherboard being in local time " +#~ "rather than UTC." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize" +#~ " your clock via network time protocol" +#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time" +#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP" +#~ " is disabled you want to be " +#~ "able to change your time locally " +#~ "you will be able to change your" +#~ " time by typing your time in " +#~ "the correct time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To cancel your changes to in date" +#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch date and time from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From " +#~ "LXQt configuration center under the " +#~ "system settings header at the bottom " +#~ "press the date and time button or" +#~ " from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po index 39acd156..91ebe738 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po @@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " -"settings even including slideshows." +"Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the " +"appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 msgid "" -"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" -" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " -"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " -"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " -"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " -"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " -"fill with background color only." +"The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To " +"change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file " +"you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the " +":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The " +"drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you" +" select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple " +"copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do" +" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background " +"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the " +"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a " +"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual " +"wallpaper for each monitor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10 msgid "" -"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " -"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " -"screen." +"The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and " +"text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` " +"lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size " +"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` " +"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The " +"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow " +"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for " +":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make" +" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` " +"checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14 msgid "" -"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " -"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " -"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " -"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " -"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " -"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " -"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " -":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " -"the icon." +"The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and " +"size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` " +"for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The " +"middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your " +"desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your " +"font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font " +"underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what " +"languages your fonts can support choose your language in the " +":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will " +"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 msgid "" -"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " +"The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" -" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " -"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " -":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " -"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " -":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." +" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the" +" slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " +":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. " +"To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize " +"the slide show` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or " +"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide " +"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: " +":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or " +":guilabel:`Network`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26 +msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34 msgid "" -"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " +"To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the " "desktop button to launch it or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40 msgid "" "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " -"the desktop desktop preferences." +"the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for " +"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr "" #~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop is an application to change " +#~ "the Desktop background and different " +#~ "settings even including slideshows." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the desktop background you " +#~ "can either type the path of the" +#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper " +#~ "image file or use browse to bring" +#~ " up a dialog to choose which " +#~ "the desktop. The drop down of " +#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how " +#~ "the image you select for a " +#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an " +#~ "image to have multiple copies of a" +#~ " smaller image select tile image from" +#~ " the drop down. If you do not" +#~ " want an image and just a solid" +#~ " color select fill with background " +#~ "color only." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon" +#~ " size` lets you choose a different" +#~ " size of desktop icons you can " +#~ "choose a size that looks good on" +#~ " your screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` " +#~ "lets you choose which font and " +#~ "size information from a dialog box. " +#~ "On the left is a box for " +#~ "which font to select on on the " +#~ "bottom or type the name on top." +#~ " The middle lets you choose the " +#~ "font style of the font on your " +#~ "desktop. On the far right is a " +#~ "choice for the size of your font" +#~ " which you can select from the " +#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text " +#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick" +#~ " color of either the text color " +#~ "or the shadow color of the icons." +#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`" +#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow " +#~ "around the icon." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows " +#~ "settings for slide show of changing " +#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a " +#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable " +#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show " +#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The" +#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` " +#~ "changes the path to find the " +#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or" +#~ " to find a folder press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how " +#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of" +#~ " the desktop background to change " +#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` " +#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow " +#~ "changes. To randomize the order in " +#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch desktop from the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration" +#~ " center press the desktop button to" +#~ " launch it or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. Another way " +#~ "to launch this is to right click" +#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po index 6e2e61e1..652f1fb5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" @@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 msgid "" -"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" -" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " -"time you run to configure your power managment settings." +"Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification " +"settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat " +"or the first time you run to configure your power management settings." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " -"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " -"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " +"notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the" +" portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " -"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" -" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " -":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. " -"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification " -"from each other." +"To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press " +":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of " +"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`" +" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 " +"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make " +"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the" +" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification " +"when you are away from your computer use the settings under " +":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of " +"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore " +"particular applications type the application name in the " +":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15 +msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26 msgid "" -"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" -" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " -"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " -"To launch the configuration from the command line run" +"To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop " +"Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch " +"Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and " +":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the " +"command line run" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr "" #~ "config-configurationd." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings " +#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as" +#~ " when someone mentions your name on" +#~ " internet relay chat or the first " +#~ "time you run to configure your " +#~ "power managment settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets " +#~ "you change where Desktop notifications " +#~ "appear on your screen click the " +#~ "button that appears on the portion " +#~ "of your screen where you want them" +#~ " with the outline being your window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets " +#~ "you change duration of desktop " +#~ "notifications there is up and down " +#~ "to add or reduce the number of " +#~ "seconds to show notifications for the" +#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes " +#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose " +#~ "how wide to make notifications. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far " +#~ "to place the notification from each " +#~ "other." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the" +#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In " +#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop" +#~ " Notification button which looks like " +#~ "a giant !. To launch the " +#~ "configuration from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po index 46bfa3cb..6aacf4ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po @@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 -msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another " +"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that " +"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes" +" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To " +"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press " +"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the " +":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on " +"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows " +"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a " +"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something " +"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13 msgid "" -"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" -" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " -"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" -" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of " -"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To " -"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " -"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what " -"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current " -"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a" -" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press " -"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new " -"default program for this kind of file." +"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't " +"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " -"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the" -" :guilabel:`close` button." +msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24 msgid "" -"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " -"associations` or from the command line run" +"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File " +"Associations` or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30 +msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for which file extenstion " +#~ "you want to change to open in " +#~ "another program you can search in " +#~ "the top box for that file format." +#~ " On the left is really long " +#~ "list of all mimetype that you can" +#~ " change but searching for a " +#~ "particular one will be much faster. " +#~ "To expand a particular group of " +#~ "mimetypes from the group on the " +#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To" +#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you " +#~ "find the filetype you want to " +#~ "change on the top right it tells" +#~ " you what kind of file that " +#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions." +#~ " The current default is shown on " +#~ "the lower right with a change " +#~ "button that brings up a menu for" +#~ " you to change it to something " +#~ "else. To change a default press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it " +#~ "brings up a menu to choose the " +#~ "new default program for this kind " +#~ "of file." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To reset your changes press the " +#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't " +#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once " +#~ "you are happy with your choices " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` " +#~ "or from the command line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po index 32367602..a7f1e693 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" @@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 msgid "" -"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " -"and mouse." +"Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your " +"keyboard, mouse, and touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 -msgid "Version" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " -"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " -"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " -"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " -"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " -"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " -"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" -" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " -"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " -"settings." +"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves," +" scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field " +"changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. " +"If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the " +":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap " +"left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` " +"checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The " +"settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you " +"want it." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " -"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" -" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" -" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the " -"button on a touchpad." +"If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to" +" go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and " +"Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " +"The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." -" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" -" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress" +" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take " "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" -" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " +" to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" -" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" -" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " -"computer." +" take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type " +"in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard " +"settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the " +":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after" +" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " -"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " -"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " +"keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " +"press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To " +"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop " +"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the " +":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction " +"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling " +"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to " +"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate " +"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having " +"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the " +":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad " +"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of " +":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press" +" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to " +"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button." +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 -msgid "How to launch" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37 msgid "" "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " -"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " -"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " -"command line run" +"LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press" +" the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43 +msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr "" #~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to" +#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard" +#~ " and mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings" +#~ " for how fast the mouse moves " +#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase" +#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag" +#~ " the slider next to sensitivity " +#~ "towards the right or conversely to " +#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider " +#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase " +#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the " +#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right" +#~ " for acceleration and to make the " +#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to " +#~ "the left. The settings should apply " +#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse " +#~ "moves how you want it. If you " +#~ "do not like the new settings press" +#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go " +#~ "back to your previous settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to only have to " +#~ "click once to activate buttons normally" +#~ " requiring two clicks check the " +#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` " +#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left" +#~ " and right buttons on your mouse " +#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox." +#~ " Note that this also swaps the " +#~ "button on a touchpad." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left" +#~ " lets you change your cursor theme" +#~ " which is quite useful if you " +#~ "are say running virtual machines so " +#~ "the cursor does not look the same" +#~ " in the host and the guest. To" +#~ " change a theme scroll down to " +#~ "which theme you want under preview " +#~ "but you will have to logout and" +#~ " log back in again for this to" +#~ " fully take effect." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings " +#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you" +#~ " want to change how quickly it " +#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut " +#~ "move the slider to the right on" +#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " +#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to" +#~ " the left to decrease the time " +#~ "it takes to repeat. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly " +#~ "after the repeat delay the held " +#~ "down key will repeat itself which " +#~ "moving to the right will make it" +#~ " take longer to increase while to " +#~ "the left will make it take a " +#~ "short time to repeat itself. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` " +#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock " +#~ "is set on login on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has " +#~ "settings to add a new keyboard " +#~ "layout. In the top center of the" +#~ " window is a listing of your " +#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint" +#~ " applied to it. To add a " +#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add " +#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout" +#~ " left click on the keyboard and " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To " +#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down" +#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or " +#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your " +#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard" +#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`" +#~ " drop down." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use " +#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In" +#~ " LXQt configuration center press the " +#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard" +#~ " and mouse or from the command " +#~ "line run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po index 6e4079bb..0cd21d92 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 @@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid "" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " -":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " +":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " -"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." +"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the " +":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more " +"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point " +"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change" +" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down " +"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the " +":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which " +"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22 msgid "" -"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " -"settings --> locale` or run" +"To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " +"settings --> Locale` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 +#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28 msgid "" -"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " -"button that looks like a flag." +"from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A " +"on it." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr "" #~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change your locale the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of " +#~ "your local and in the drop down" +#~ " menu you can type the name of" +#~ " your locale to search through the" +#~ " locales or scroll through the long" +#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will" +#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and" +#~ " measurment units will be shown on" +#~ " your system. If you do not " +#~ "like the changes you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for" +#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for " +#~ "even more customization." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch locale in the menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings " +#~ "--> locale` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "from the command line. In LXQt " +#~ "configuration center press the locale " +#~ "button that looks like a flag." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po index 7808603c..e3fb67ce 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" @@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 msgid "" -"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " -"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " -"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." +"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for " +"themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look" +" different than the screenshots in this manual." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter sets up the many " +#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for " +#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware " +#~ "that this likely will make your " +#~ "system look different than the " +#~ "screenshots in this manual." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po index ae0c66ae..14528a07 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po @@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 +#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " -"change preferences on Lubuntu." +"This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, " +"and themeing Lubuntu." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter contains details on tools" +#~ " to manage your system and to " +#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po index af843173..b2f5b3f0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 msgid "" "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " -"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " -"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " -"command line packages please use muon instead." +"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, " +"Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " +"command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 @@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 msgid "" -"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " -"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " -"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " -"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " -"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " -":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " -"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " -"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " -"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" -" or click not on the screenshot." +"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the " +":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the " +"search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view " +"featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. " +"Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When " +"installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. " +"You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on " +"the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you" +" are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the " +"screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press " +":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the " +"start with press the button that looks like a house." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 msgid "" -"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " -"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " -"the areas of reviews." +"Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. " +"Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 msgid "" -"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " -"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" -" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." +"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " +"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " +"the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the " +"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 msgid "" "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " -"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " -"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" -" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" -" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " -"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " -"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " -"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " -"are installing these updates." +"Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " +"need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`" +" where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select " +"updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the " +"number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis." +" To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the " +"old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download " +"size of the update to the right. To finally update press the " +":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all " +"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these " +"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will " +"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` " +"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 msgid "" -"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" -" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" -" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " -":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " -"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." +"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt " +"+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar " +"(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software " +"by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the " +"program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program " +"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21 msgid "" "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " -"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " +"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release " "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the " +"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. " +"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the " +"checkbox next to that software source." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36 msgid "" "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "Discover` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle " +"with a white downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" @@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr "" #~ "line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to install and " +#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has" +#~ " a simplistic interface making it " +#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover " +#~ "however only shows GUI application " +#~ "packages so if you are looking for" +#~ " command line packages please use " +#~ "muon instead." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to search for " +#~ "applications by using the search box." +#~ " Clicking on a program will give " +#~ "you a description of it. When " +#~ "installing or removing software, you " +#~ "will be prompted for your password. " +#~ "You can also browse through different" +#~ " categories on the left clicking on" +#~ " the different categories. To move " +#~ "back from a category or search " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which " +#~ "functions similar to the back button " +#~ "in a web browser. In the results" +#~ " after selecting your program you are" +#~ " looking at you can select a " +#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view " +#~ "of the screenshot click on the " +#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot" +#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on" +#~ " the screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view user reviews of a program" +#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user " +#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click " +#~ "outside the areas of reviews." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for programs in discover " +#~ "type in the search bar in the " +#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + " +#~ "F`. To view featured applications press" +#~ " the blue rectangle on the top " +#~ "left hand corner." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Discover allows you to update software" +#~ " using the Updates tab located on " +#~ "the bottom of the left column. You" +#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for " +#~ "updates` button to check for updates " +#~ "manually. If you have updates that " +#~ "need to be installed Update with a" +#~ " gear and will be highlighted in " +#~ "orange and the number of updates " +#~ "that are available. When you select " +#~ "updates to install and have updates " +#~ "towards the upper left shows you " +#~ "the number of packages to update " +#~ "and the size of the download in" +#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to " +#~ "install all updates and then you " +#~ "will need to enter your password " +#~ "to make sure you are installing " +#~ "these updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove software use the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse " +#~ "your installed packages, search using " +#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), " +#~ "and the click the remove button to" +#~ " remove software by pressing the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a" +#~ " program installed there will also be" +#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually" +#~ " launch this program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the upper right corner of " +#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`" +#~ " category to sort your search results" +#~ " by name, rating, size, and release" +#~ " date." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po index 9f3226ed..101ea80f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 msgid "" -"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " -"updating packages." +"Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " +"packages." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 -msgid "Useage" +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 @@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 msgid "" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" -" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " +" :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" -" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " -"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" -" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " -"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" -" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " -"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " -"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " -"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " -":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." +" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not " +"pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue " +"looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the " +"green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will " +"end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the" +" package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the " +":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press" +" the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last " +"operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages " +"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" -" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " -"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." +" package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button" +" just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or " +":guilabel:`Package` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 @@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid "" "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " -":kbd:`Up Arrow`." +":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page " +"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. " +"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To " +"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 msgid "" "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " -"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " +"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a " "description of the package you are currently selected. The " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" -" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " +" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows " "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " -"down to view them." +"down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files " +"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 msgid "" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" -" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " -"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " -"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " -":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" -" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." +" :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search" +" through your history enter what you want to search for in the " +":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to" +" choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, " +":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the" +" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the " +"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to " +"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular" +" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By " +"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like " +":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the" +" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the " +":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select " +":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under " +"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a" +" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only" +" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider " +"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To " +"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` " +"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not " +"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the " +":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. " +"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from " +":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To " +"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By " +"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to " +"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and " +"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to " +"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both " +":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34 msgid "" "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " -"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" -" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " +"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark " +"all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button to apply changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36 msgid "" -"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " -"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +"To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the" +" :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` " +"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " -":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." +"To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By " +"Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` " +"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages " +"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the " +":guilabel:`32-bit` line." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40 msgid "" -"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " -"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." +"To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " +"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually" +" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full " +"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press " +"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the" +" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an " +"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow " +"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 msgid "" -"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " -"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " -"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " -"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " -"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " -"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " -"shortcut here`." +"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " +":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load" +" these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop " +":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to " +"quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " +"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and " +":guilabel:`upgradeable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46 msgid "" "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " -"Toolbar` checkbox." +"Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +"again to get your checkbox back." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57 msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58 msgid "" -"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" -" --> Muon package manager` or run" +"To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" +" --> Muon Package Manager` or run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 -msgid "from the command line." +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64 +msgid "" +"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box " +"with a downward pointing black arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69 msgid "" -"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " +"To get to your preferences for Muon package manager " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" -" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " -"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " -"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." +" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will " +"always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will " +"automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To " +"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the " +":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the " +"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the " +":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting " +"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages " +"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to " +"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the " +":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure" +" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press" +" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the " +"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an" +" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. " +"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press " +"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press" +" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar" +" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " +"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " +"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " +"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " +"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press " +"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your " +"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the " +":guilabel:`Defaults` button." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative" +#~ " GUI for installing and updating " +#~ "updating packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Useage" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program to install" +#~ " type into the bar at the top" +#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you " +#~ "find something you want to install " +#~ "you can right click and then mark" +#~ " for installation. When the package " +#~ "you want to install has additional " +#~ "dependencies will show up if you " +#~ "think twice about wanting to install " +#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` " +#~ "button to not pull in all those" +#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to " +#~ "continue looking for software to " +#~ "install. To apply your changes you " +#~ "can press the green checkbox button " +#~ "that says apply changes and you " +#~ "will end up entering your password " +#~ "to confirm you want to install and" +#~ " then the package will be installed." +#~ " If you want to undo the the" +#~ " last operation you have done for " +#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or" +#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get " +#~ "rid of all your marked packages " +#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Unmark All`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package " +#~ "name and a short description of " +#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows " +#~ "what the current status of the " +#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows" +#~ " what status you want for the " +#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order " +#~ "of packages press the triangle button" +#~ " just to the left of the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To select the next package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to " +#~ "move to the next selected package. " +#~ "To select the previous package left " +#~ "click on the list of packages " +#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you find your package you " +#~ "want to install on the bottom half" +#~ " of the screen there is a bar" +#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab " +#~ "has a description of the package " +#~ "you are currently selected. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you" +#~ " where the package comes from what" +#~ " category it is and what the " +#~ "installed size would be and what " +#~ "size it takes to download the " +#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab " +#~ "shows you what other packages are " +#~ "needed by the package you wish to" +#~ " install. To view the changes of " +#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` " +#~ "and scroll down to view them." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to see your history" +#~ " of package updates and installed " +#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view " +#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +" +#~ " h`. To view all installed packes " +#~ "on the left hand side of the " +#~ "window under filetered click the divider" +#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select " +#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper " +#~ "main part of the window will be" +#~ " a window with a scrollbar to " +#~ "see all packages on your system." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove some packages you " +#~ "may have packages that were dependencies" +#~ " that are no longer needed anymore" +#~ " you can check on this by " +#~ "clicking the divider on the left " +#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status " +#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show " +#~ "if you have packages that are now" +#~ " able to be removed without any " +#~ "problems that are no longer serving " +#~ "a purpose. Then select the " +#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If " +#~ "you just want to mark all packages" +#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> " +#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of " +#~ "course you will need to press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply" +#~ " changes." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check for updates in muon press" +#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear " +#~ "button with an arrow or " +#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to save all of " +#~ "your packages on a text file you" +#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download" +#~ " Pakcage List`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On the bottom of muon package " +#~ "manager there is a toolbar that " +#~ "states how many packages are available," +#~ " installed, and upgradeable." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`" +#~ " and a window to open shortcuts " +#~ "will appear. The column for " +#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard " +#~ "shortcut will do. The column " +#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a" +#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add" +#~ " shortcut to something that does not" +#~ " have it press the small faint " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop " +#~ "down menu and presss the button " +#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and" +#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` " +#~ "checkbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To launch muon package manager from " +#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " +#~ "Muon package manager` or run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon" +#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> " +#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " +#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes " +#~ "that affect other packages` brings up" +#~ " confirmation dialog when you will " +#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox " +#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as " +#~ "dependencies` will always install all " +#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and " +#~ "will automatically install one when you" +#~ " install a recommended package." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po index 069a6f8b..4065514e 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po @@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4 msgid "" -"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " -"This could involve:" +"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources." +" This could involve:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6 msgid "" -"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " +"Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "releases," msgstr "" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 +msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 -msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +msgid "Changing download server" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 -msgid "changing download server" +msgid "Installing proprietary drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 -msgid "etc," +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12 +msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 -msgid "Usage" +msgid "" +"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the " +"window." msgstr "" #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 -msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " -"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " -"select a download server among other things." +"The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the " +"downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable " +"proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To " +"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To " +"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the " +":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` " +"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the " +":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` " +"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an " +":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The " +":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download " +"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best " +"Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 msgid "" -"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " -"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." +"The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit " +"other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) " +"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the " +"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left " +"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of " +"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24 msgid "" -"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" -" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " -"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " -"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " +"The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you " +"would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security " +"updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released " +"(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how " +"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right " +"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " -"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " -"Releases, Long term releases or Never." +"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases " +"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28 msgid "" -"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " -"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " -"and your download has not been intercepted." +"The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your " +"downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a" +" reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of " +"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted " +"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to" +" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the " +"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore " +"Defaults` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32 msgid "" "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " @@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid "" "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 -msgid "Version" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. " +"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to " +"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` " +"button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37 +msgid "Proprietary Drivers" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 -msgid "Screenshot" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` " +"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` " +"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not " +"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the" +" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet " +"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To " +"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 -msgid "How to Launch" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences " +"--> Additional Drivers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " -"Sources`" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43 +msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49 msgid "" -"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" -" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." +"To launch software properties from the menu you can " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package " +"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In " +"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 -msgid "command line:" +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white " +"downward pointing arrow." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 +#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57 msgid "" -"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " +"tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, " "security," msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Occasionally you may need to change " +#~ "the setting of you software sources. " +#~ "This could involve:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "changing update settings like update " +#~ "frequency, notification of new releases," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "changing download server" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "etc," +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving" +#~ " the downloading of software from " +#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can " +#~ "disable proprietary software and select " +#~ "a download server among other things." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other software allows you to add, " +#~ "remove or edit other software sources." +#~ " Here you can manage remote " +#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Updates allows you set which software" +#~ " updates you would like to subscribe" +#~ " to, in this case Security, " +#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " +#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set" +#~ " how frequently your system will " +#~ "automatically check for updates and what" +#~ " actions it should take, namely " +#~ "notify you, download (without notification)," +#~ " or install updates. You can also " +#~ "specify which releases you would like" +#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases," +#~ " Long term releases or Never." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Authentication manages key files which " +#~ "ensure your downloads are not " +#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are " +#~ "download from a reliable source and " +#~ "your download has not been intercepted." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshot" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Muon Package Manager " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software " +#~ "Sources`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Discover Software Center " +#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) " +#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software" +#~ " Sources`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, " +#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security," +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7991e397 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.po @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2 +msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4 +msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This " +"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to " +"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a" +" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the " +":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is " +"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you have to restart after an update the window will say " +":guilabel:`Restart Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22 +msgid "How to Launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full " +"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt " +"Configuration Center, or from the command line run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular" +" arrows above it." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po index 98ef464d..28cbb3c0 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po @@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 +#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " -"software and manage sources." +"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and " +"remove software and manage where your system downloads sources." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use GUI to install update and " +#~ "remove software and manage sources." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po index 0708b808..6c49fb2c 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel" @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:3 msgid "" "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. " -"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quick-" -"launch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The" -" panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins." +"The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch" +" bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel" +" is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is " +"detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or " +"remove applets." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:6 @@ -39,310 +41,506 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available " "programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is " -"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to " -"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " -"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can " -"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher " -"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep " -"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently" -" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a " -"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down " -"onto the panel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13 +"set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories " +"to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options " +"to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, " +":menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, " +":menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to " +"lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a " +"program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back" +" one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` " +"key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual " +"desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking " +"on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see " +"your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager " +"(PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If " +"you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox " +"will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open " +"the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an " +"item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To move an item to the left right click the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. Another way to reorder items" +" on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the " +"desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the " +"icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your " +"desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the " +"taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button" +" again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:14 msgid "" "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of " "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If " "you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, " -"allowing you to select between the different windows. If you want to " -"close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click" -" close all." +"allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If" +" you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the " +"group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the " +"windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18 msgid "" "On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to " "desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves " -"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you " -"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The " -"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right " -"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize " -"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its " -"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize " -"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only" -" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a " -"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a " -"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " +"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking and selecting " +":guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired " +"point on the desktop. To move an application from a different desktop to " +"the current desktop right click on the application on the taskbar select " +":menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. The resize option from the same " +"window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and " +"select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right " +"clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to " +"its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you " +"can minimize by moving the mousewheel down or right clicking on the " +"window on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right " +"clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only " +"your titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a " +"window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or " +":menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right " +"click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the " +"window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the " +"window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be " +"asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar " +"into a particular order left click on them and drag them to the desired " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash " "drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on " "your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks " "like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing " -"arrow." +"arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet " +"left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file" +" manager. To view your docked notifications away from keyboard press the " +"button that looks like an exclamation on a chat bubble. To clear these " +"notifications left click the docked notifications and press " +":menuselection:`Clear All`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 msgid "" "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume " "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse " -"over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up " -"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on" -" the volume applet. To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock" -" to bring up a pop up calendar window." +"over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume " +"up and down. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the " +"volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To close the volume " +"applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can " -"customize it by right clicking at various places." +"To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a " +"pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the" +" rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press" +" the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the " +"calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to " +"list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the " +"month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left " +"click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or " +":kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show" +" how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level " +"mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging " +"by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the " +"battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much " +"power your battery held when it was brand new. The field " +":guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in " +"your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in" +" your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of " +"battery you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can " +"customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to " +"mess up your panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock" +" your panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:43 msgid "Customizing" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 msgid "" "To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and " -"click the gear button for panel settings." +"select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows " +"you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the " -"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can " -"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` " -"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if " -"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The " -":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " -"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent " -"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a " -"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. " -"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the " -"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or " -"smaller on the panel." +"panel. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of position that can " +"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` " +"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. " +"Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your " +"panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use " +"the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. " +"If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have " +"different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. The " +":guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the " +"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either " +":menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the " +"panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that" +" changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or " +"percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon " +"size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you " +"want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the " +":guilabel:`Rows` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` " -"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when " -"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds." +"checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to " +"show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. " +"To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding " +"in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a " +"little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the " +":guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To have the " +"space for the panel not be used for anything else check the " +":guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " -"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color " -"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to " -"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the " -"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to " -"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the " -"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog." +"To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` " +"checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the " +"custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a " +"background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the " +":guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. To add an image " +"to your panel background press the checkbox and select your image for the" +" file in the dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:54 msgid "" -"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non " -"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see " -"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your " -"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to" -" before trying to customize the panel." +"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non " +"system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon " +"theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown " +"list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize " +"the panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen" -" and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to " -"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down" -" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow " -"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you" -" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has " -"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for " -"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick" -" launch and show desktop do not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items " +"on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly " +"by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage " +"Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the " +"down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the " +"order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the " +"panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select " +"the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default." +" To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` " +"button. The :guilabel:`gear button` has the settings for certain but not " +"all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task" +" manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47 -msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:61 +msgid "CPU Monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49 -msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:63 +msgid "Panel DOM Tree" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 msgid "Sensors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51 -msgid "System Statisitics" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:65 +msgid "System Statistics" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:66 msgid "Spacer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 msgid "" "To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu " "configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with " "the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The " -"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " +"checkbox for :guilabel:`Icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in " "your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for " "the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to " -"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default " -":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " -"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button." +":guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want " +"to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom " +"font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. " +"To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super" +" (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a " +"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another " +"file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose" +" a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu " +"left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then" +" press the keyboard shortcut you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu " +"entries` and :guilabel:`Show matching entries checkbox`. Leave both of " +"these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search " +"results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. " +"To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. " +"item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has " +":guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your" +" search upon opening the menu again uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search " +"upon showing menu` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher " +":menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`Gear`" +" button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the " +":guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled " +"change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show desktops with " +"an open window check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. " +"To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop " +"Names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and " +"select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick " +"launch to the left right click on the icon and select " +":menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right " +"click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an " +"item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 msgid "" "To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel " -"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear " -"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will " +"configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the gear " +"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will " "only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that " -"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to" -" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and " -"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows" -" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for " -":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse " -"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window " -"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar." +"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide " +"windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from" +" panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized " +"windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise " +"minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise " +"minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a " +"middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To " +"cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle" +" windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` " +"checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of " +"windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will " +"allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 msgid "" "To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the " -"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the" -" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text " -"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with " -"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only " -"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a " -"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how" -" wide on maximum a button could be." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62 +"appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether " +"to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window" +" and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. " +":menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the " +"left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar " +"and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum " +"width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is " +"measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change " +"how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the " +":guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this " +"window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:88 msgid "" -"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click " -"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup " -"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the " -":guilabel:`reset` button." +"The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click " +"the applet :menuselection:`Configure \"Removable media\"` from " +":guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and " +":menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or " +":menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this " +"press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and " +"select :menuselection:`Configure \"Volume Control\"`. To change which " +"audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom" +" of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To change what you use as your" +" mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. To " +"switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the " +":guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings " +"press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle " +"clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle " +"having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show " +"on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100" +" percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however " +"this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes" +" check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To " +"notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify " +"about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what " +"percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust " +"step` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:96 msgid "" "To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then " -"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how" -" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a " -"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling" -" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time" -" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message " -"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with " -"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" -" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down says where" -" to put the time zone on the clock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67 -msgid "Non-Default widgets" +":menuselection:`Configure world clock`. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down " +"menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format " +"allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour " +"format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the " +"menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a " +"customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show " +"seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The " +":guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The " +":guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the " +"clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is " +"displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the " +":guilabel:`Format` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To " +"change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down " +"menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from " +"the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the " +":guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check " +"the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits " +"check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the " +"months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week " +"names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the " +":guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:102 msgid "" -"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" -" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " -"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " -"temperture is in a number." +"To add a second panel right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add " +"New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize " +"your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select " +":menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to" +" do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you " +"will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:105 +msgid "Non-Default widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:107 msgid "" -"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage." -" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar " +"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. " +"To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar " ":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` " -"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " -"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +"checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +"interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar " "orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar " "width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your " "changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:111 msgid "" "The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually " "useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color " -"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will " -"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right." +"dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left " +"click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the " +"right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the" +" right." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:115 msgid "" -"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors " +"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown" +" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. " +"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your " +"temperature is in a number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet " ":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update " -"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw " -"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field" -" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox " -":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your " -"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the " -":guilabel:`Reset` button." +"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide " +"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field" +" lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your " +"sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a " +"warning if your temperature gets too high. The :guilabel:`Crit` field " +"shows the temperature your CPU should not reach. If you want to reset " +"your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:121 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. " -"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox " -"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The" -" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the " -"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on " -"the button." +"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor " +"on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the " +":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows" +" a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +"for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to " +"change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different " +"chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:125 msgid "" -"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank " -"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the " -":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer" -" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line," -" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel." +"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank " +"space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how " +"wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the " +"number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for " +":guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, " +":menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the " +"spacers appearance." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:130 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82 -msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:131 +msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt-panel." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85 -msgid "How to launch" +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:134 +msgid "How to Launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:135 msgid "" -"lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " +"LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start " "it, run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92 +#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:141 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -382,3 +580,429 @@ msgstr "" #~ " command line." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LXQt Panel is the bar situated at" +#~ " the bottom of your screen by " +#~ "default. The panel contains an " +#~ "application menu, a desktop switcher, a" +#~ " quick-launch bar, a taskbar, a " +#~ "system tray containing applets, and a" +#~ " clock. The panel is highly " +#~ "configurable with a number of settings" +#~ " and plugins." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The application menu allows you to " +#~ "browse and search through available " +#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is " +#~ "conveniently available for this and is" +#~ " set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default." +#~ " The menu has many subcategories to" +#~ " launch each application. The leave " +#~ "menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, " +#~ "Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If" +#~ " you mouseover a program you can " +#~ "see a description of that program " +#~ "in the menu. The desktop switcher " +#~ "allows you to switch to another " +#~ "virtual desktop, allowing you to keep" +#~ " your workspace organized. The quick " +#~ "launch bar allows you to conveniently" +#~ " launch your file explorer (PCManFM) " +#~ "and web browser (Firefox). To add " +#~ "a program to quick launch open the" +#~ " menu and find it there and " +#~ "drag it down onto the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The taskbar lists the windows you " +#~ "currently have open. To bring one " +#~ "of these windows to focus simply " +#~ "left click the windows on the task" +#~ " bar. If you have multiple of " +#~ "the same window left clicking will " +#~ "open the group, allowing you to " +#~ "select between the different windows. If" +#~ " you want to close a group of" +#~ " multiple windows you can right click" +#~ " the group and click close all." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On a single window to move it " +#~ "to a different desktop right click " +#~ "to desktop to move the desired " +#~ "desktop. The item to current desktop " +#~ "moves the window to your current " +#~ "virtual desktop. Right clicking move " +#~ "lets you drag the application around " +#~ "to the desired point on the " +#~ "desktop. The resize option from the " +#~ "same window lets you resize the " +#~ "window you right clicked on. Right " +#~ "click and then select maximize on " +#~ "a window to maximize it. Right " +#~ "clicking on window Restore will have " +#~ "a window back to its orginal size." +#~ " If you right click minimize on " +#~ "the window will minimize your window." +#~ " Right clicking roll up on a " +#~ "window will make the window only " +#~ "your titlebar. Right clicking to layer" +#~ " will allow you to have move a" +#~ " window always on top, normal, and" +#~ " always on bottom. Finally to close" +#~ " a window with right click on " +#~ "the taskbar and select close will " +#~ "close the window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The removeable media applet will allow" +#~ " you to manage your remove flash " +#~ "drives and external hard drives and " +#~ "to unmount them without data loss " +#~ "on your system. To unmount such " +#~ "devices left click on the panel " +#~ "that looks like a disk and then" +#~ " click the eject button that is " +#~ "an upward pointing arrow." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the system tray there there are" +#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume " +#~ "applet you can change the volume " +#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the" +#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left " +#~ "click the speaker icon and drag " +#~ "the volume up and down and toggle" +#~ " mute with the button at the " +#~ "bottom or middle click on the " +#~ "volume applet. To the far right " +#~ "is a clock, you can click the " +#~ "clock to bring up a pop up " +#~ "calendar window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As mentioned before, the panel is " +#~ "highly configurable and you can " +#~ "customize it by right clicking at " +#~ "various places." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change many panel settings right " +#~ "click not on the main taskbar and" +#~ " click the gear button for panel " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings " +#~ "for the color and position of the" +#~ " panel. To move the panel their " +#~ "is a drop down menu of position" +#~ " that can move it to the side" +#~ " of the screen you want. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`alignment` drop down menu lets " +#~ "you set the alignment of the panel" +#~ " on your screen if you choose " +#~ "to move it or make it only a" +#~ " portion of the screen. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase " +#~ "or decrease the width of the " +#~ "panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields " +#~ "the one is either px or percent" +#~ " is for to change the length of" +#~ " the panel in pixels while percent" +#~ " is a percent of the entire " +#~ "screen size that changes if you " +#~ "change resolution. The first is the " +#~ "number of pixels or percent of the" +#~ " screen you want the panel to " +#~ "cover. The icon size makes the " +#~ "size of the icons bigger or " +#~ "smaller on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to autohide the panel" +#~ " check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox" +#~ " in panel settings. To show how " +#~ "long your panel will appear when " +#~ "it comes back after hiding in " +#~ "miliseconds." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change " +#~ "the widgets or individual items on " +#~ "the panel and their configuration. To" +#~ " change to a custom font color " +#~ "press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox." +#~ " Press the dropper button to bring" +#~ " up a widget to choose the " +#~ "custom color. The checkbox for " +#~ ":guilabel:`background color` sets a background" +#~ " color custom for the background of" +#~ " lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` " +#~ "brings up how to select which " +#~ "color. To add an image to your " +#~ "panel background press the checkbox and" +#~ " select your image for the file " +#~ "in the dialog." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon " +#~ "theme` lets you choose a non " +#~ "system default icon theme for lxqt-" +#~ "panel. The dropdown then lets you " +#~ "see what that icon theme from the" +#~ " dropdown list. If you do not " +#~ "like your changes to the system " +#~ "you can press the reset button to" +#~ " reset changing to before trying to" +#~ " customize the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a new widget click on " +#~ "the widget on the panel configuration" +#~ " screen and press the :guilabel:`+` " +#~ "button and select the widget you " +#~ "want to add some of which are " +#~ "not on the panel by default. To" +#~ " move an applet down on the " +#~ "order of presentation press the down " +#~ "arrow while the up arrow moves the" +#~ " applet up on the order of " +#~ "presentation. To remove an applet you" +#~ " do not want you can press the" +#~ " :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button " +#~ "has the settings for certain but " +#~ "not all of the applets in the " +#~ "panel for example the application menu" +#~ " and task manager are customizeable " +#~ "but quick launch and show desktop " +#~ "do not." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cpu Monitor" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Panel Dom Tree" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "System Statisitics" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure options for your " +#~ "application menu right click on the " +#~ "menu configure application menu or from" +#~ " the panel configuration dialog with " +#~ "the widget selected for application menu" +#~ " click on the gear button. The " +#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you " +#~ "choose a custom icon to use in " +#~ "your menu if you want one and " +#~ "then use the folder button to " +#~ "browse for the path of the custom" +#~ " file you want for your menu. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`menu text` " +#~ "lets you add text that can be " +#~ "anything you want to your menu. To" +#~ " change the shortcut to open the " +#~ "menu from the default :kbd:`Alt + " +#~ "f1` you can press the button for" +#~ " keyboard shortcut and a countdown " +#~ "will begin a countdown and press " +#~ "the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change options for your task " +#~ "manager or taskbar open the panel " +#~ "configuration dialog select taskmanager " +#~ "taskbar and click the gear button. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only " +#~ "windows from desktop` will only show " +#~ "windows from a certain desktop and " +#~ "will have a drop down that will" +#~ " default to the current desktop but" +#~ " can also be shown. If you want" +#~ " to close windows on a middle " +#~ "click there is a checkbox to turn" +#~ " that on and off. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will " +#~ "group multiple windows of the same " +#~ "program into a group of windows. " +#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`show popup " +#~ "on mouse hover` will allow you to" +#~ " hover the mouse over the window " +#~ "group to show them off. Turning " +#~ "the checkbox for window grouping will" +#~ " show each window as its own " +#~ "item on the taskbar." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the look of your taskbar" +#~ " in the same window as above " +#~ "the appearance section the button style" +#~ " will change whetehre to show only" +#~ " the icon or the icon only for" +#~ " only the icons. To show window " +#~ "and the text label of the program" +#~ " press text and icon. Icons only " +#~ "will work best with a panel " +#~ "aligned to the left or right side" +#~ " of your screen. To have only " +#~ "the text and no icons slecet only" +#~ " text. To change the maximum width" +#~ " of a button change the maximum " +#~ "button width which is measured in " +#~ "pixels to how wide on maximum a" +#~ " button could be." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The settings for removeable media is " +#~ "able to be opened up is right " +#~ "click the applet Configure Removeable " +#~ "media you can select show info, " +#~ "popup menu, or do nothing. If you" +#~ " want to reset the setting for " +#~ "this press the :guilabel:`reset` button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To change the settings on your " +#~ "clock right click on the clock and" +#~ " then configure world clock. The " +#~ "format drop down menu allows you " +#~ "to change how the clock shows. To" +#~ " sleect a short format allows you " +#~ "to have a preselected short format " +#~ "which shows a 12 hour format and" +#~ " am just telling you what time " +#~ "it is. Selecting long from the " +#~ "menu will show you the time with" +#~ " seconds and the time zone. To " +#~ "have a customizeale clock message select" +#~ " custom and then checkboxes to show" +#~ " seconds, pad the hours with zeros" +#~ " or to use a 12 hour format." +#~ " The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will" +#~ " show your your time zone. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`position` drop down says where " +#~ "to put the time zone on the " +#~ "clock." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use your sensors widgets which " +#~ "you would have to add manually as" +#~ " shown above. A sensor bar will " +#~ "appear with as many sensors as on" +#~ " your panel. To view the temp " +#~ "as a number mouse over the sensor" +#~ " bar to see what your temperture " +#~ "is in a number." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To have a bar that shows CPU " +#~ "Load shows a bar graph with your" +#~ " CPU useage. To bring up settings " +#~ "for your CPU useage is right click" +#~ " on the cpu bar :menuselection:`Configure" +#~ " CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text`" +#~ " checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu " +#~ "useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval` is how often to update " +#~ "your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar " +#~ "orientation` says what side to start " +#~ "the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width`" +#~ " is how wide to make the bar" +#~ " graph. If you want to reset " +#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Color picker is shows what " +#~ "color something is on your screen " +#~ "usually useful for web developers. To" +#~ " get a color off the screen " +#~ "press the color dropper button. Then " +#~ "a numeric field to the right of" +#~ " the dropper will appear with the " +#~ "color in a numeric field to the" +#~ " right." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To customize the sensors right click " +#~ "on the sensors :menuselection:`Configure " +#~ "\"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update " +#~ "interval(seconds)` field lets you choose " +#~ "how often in seconds to update the" +#~ " sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar " +#~ "width` field shows how widw to " +#~ "make the bar for your sensors. The" +#~ " :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field lets " +#~ "you select Celsius or Farenheit for " +#~ "your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning" +#~ " about high temperature` puts a " +#~ "warning if your temperture gets too " +#~ "high. If you want to reset your" +#~ " settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each" +#~ " individual sensors on the board. To" +#~ " enable/disable which sensor press to " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each " +#~ "sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a " +#~ "label for each sensor. The " +#~ ":guilabel:`Color` column shows the color " +#~ "for the bar to appear in the " +#~ "panel and you can bring up a " +#~ "dialog to change color by left " +#~ "clicking on the button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add a spacer to your panel " +#~ "add the spacers widget. It creates " +#~ "a blank space on your panel. To" +#~ " change how wide your spacer is " +#~ "change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field " +#~ "to the number of pixels you want" +#~ " the spacer to be wide. The " +#~ "setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects " +#~ "a solid line, a dotted line, or" +#~ " invisible for how the spacer appears" +#~ " on the panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "How to launch" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by " +#~ "default. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it, run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po index 2cd12b8d..13b80377 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" @@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid "" "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " -"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " -"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" -" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " -"Position`." +"to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like " +"FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag" +" the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then " +"want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to " +"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and" +" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this " +"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an " +":guilabel:`!` on the icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 -msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6 +msgid "" +"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop " +"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide " +"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to " +"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and " +"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show " +"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` " +"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select " +":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on " +"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> " +"Blank File`." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 msgid "" +"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on " +"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by" +" how large each file is right click on the desktop " +":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name " +"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File" +" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way " +"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> " +"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right " +"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case " +"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and" +" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background" +" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what " +"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select " +":menuselection:`Invert Selection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right " +"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of " +"all files in your trash can." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15 +msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16 +msgid "" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" " the application menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17 msgid "" "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "from the File manager onto the desktop." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon " +":menuselection:`Rename`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the " +"icon :menuselection:`Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop " +"directory in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24 msgid "" "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " -":menuselection:`move to trash`." +":menuselection:`Move to Trash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27 +msgid "Editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to " +"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice " +"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and " +":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add" +" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name " +"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change " +"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by" +" something else change the line starting with Icon=." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31 +msgid "Creating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and " +"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher " +"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of " +"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to " +"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add " +"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the " +":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon " +"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button" +" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches" +" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make " +"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select " +":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the " +":guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ "file and click move to trash." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The icons on your desktop can be" +#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and" +#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the " +#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or " +#~ "desktop entry files can be opened " +#~ "by double click on the icon. If" +#~ " you want to view or edit a " +#~ "desktop file say for launching an " +#~ "application is to right click on " +#~ "the icon open with and slect say" +#~ " a text editor like featherpad to " +#~ "open file. If you move a desktop" +#~ " icon and then want to move it" +#~ " back right click and uncheck " +#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove a desktop icon right " +#~ "click on the file and click " +#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po index f9cb2e26..27c01435 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" @@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " -"you're looking for." +"you're looking for and launching it quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9 msgid "" -"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " -"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " +"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a" +" command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" -" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" -" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " +" and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If " +"you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " -"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." +"like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a " +"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on " +"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` " +"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator " +"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the " +"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter " +":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into " +"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the" +" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13 msgid "" -"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " -"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" -" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " -"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " -"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " -":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " -"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " -"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " -":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " -"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " -"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " -"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the " -"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the " -"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " -"button." +"You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer " +"all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing " +"arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press " +"the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To " +"reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward " +"pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen " +"from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select " +":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something " +"press the :kbd:`Escape` key." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " +"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the " +"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon" +" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the" +" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which " +"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down " +"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor " +"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu." +" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a " +"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or " +"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen " +"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to " +"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To " +"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner " +"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your " +"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27 msgid "How to launch" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 msgid "" -"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " -"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " -"it for some reason run" +"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` " +"should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually" +" start it for some reason run" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 +#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34 msgid "from the command line." msgstr "" @@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr "" #~ " first." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner allows you to search for " +#~ "and launch applications and commands in" +#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a " +#~ "quick and convenient way of finding " +#~ "what you're looking for." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To search for a program, press " +#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a" +#~ " command. The search results will " +#~ "show below, similar to address bar " +#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed " +#~ "applications can be launched this way" +#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to" +#~ " store a history of recent programs." +#~ " If you want to clear history " +#~ "open the downard pointing menu " +#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner " +#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or " +#~ "other ways to leave your session " +#~ "through the runner. Also keep in " +#~ "mind you do not have to search " +#~ "for the start of an application " +#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show " +#~ "results for screenshot." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner has a few configuration options." +#~ " If you want to change the " +#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, " +#~ "click the the downward arrow on " +#~ "the right side of the search bar" +#~ " to open up the menu. Select " +#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the" +#~ " bottom there is a label that " +#~ "says shortcut and then a button " +#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left" +#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button" +#~ " and a countdown will begin in " +#~ "which time you need to press the" +#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you" +#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In " +#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe " +#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you " +#~ "want to show history first check " +#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox." +#~ " To change how many results are " +#~ "shown when you show a a result " +#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show " +#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To " +#~ "change where the runner appears to " +#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop" +#~ " down menu to center of the " +#~ "screen. To reset your changes in " +#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` " +#~ "button." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Runner should be running in the " +#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should" +#~ " bring it forward to launch an " +#~ "application. If you need to manually " +#~ "start it for some reason run" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po index 26bc03a6..e68926e5 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," -" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " -"default a window manager." +" closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a " +"default window manager." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 @@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 msgid "" -"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " +"In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic " "controls of the window. Starting from left to right" msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 msgid "" -"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " -"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " -"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +"Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on" +" the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the " +"application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with " +":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the " +"tittlebar." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 -msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 -msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +msgid "" +"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog " +"asks for to save or the program is not responding." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 +msgid "In the top center is the title of your window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18 msgid "" "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " +"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. " +"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the " "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" -" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." +" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on " +"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left " +"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the " +"window management menu. Here you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual " +"desktop of your choice or All Desktops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this " +"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, " +":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can " +"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25 msgid "" -"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " -"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " -"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " -"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this " -"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to " -"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier " -"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available " -"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - " -"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the " -"change the size of a window." +"The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, " +":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also " +"available here." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26 +msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get " +"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select " +":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35 msgid "" "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "Shift+Tab`" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 -msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press " +":kbd:`Alt+Space`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 -msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` " +"again to make it not fullscreen." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40 msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 msgid "" "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" @@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid "" " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 -msgid "Screenshots" +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44 +msgid "Moving windows between monitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can" +" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar" +" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to." +" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video " +"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you " +"want with your second monitor." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr "" #~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Window are the area which contains " +#~ "the graphical user interface that we " +#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these" +#~ " windows can typically be opened, " +#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath " +#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a " +#~ "window manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the top-right corner of a " +#~ "windows a few commands allow you " +#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting" +#~ " from left to right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window " +#~ "making it only appear on the task" +#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be" +#~ " recalled by clicking on the " +#~ "application on the task bar, or " +#~ "cycling through open windows with " +#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The window can be moved by by " +#~ "clicking on the title-bar and " +#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize " +#~ "the window by grabbing the border " +#~ "(sides or corners which should be " +#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or" +#~ " left clicking on the icon located" +#~ " at the top-left of the window" +#~ " brings the window management menu. " +#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to" +#~ " desktop, send the window to a " +#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - " +#~ "Using Layer option allows you to " +#~ "set whether this windows is always " +#~ "on top, etc. - If you want " +#~ "to move something to always show " +#~ "to bottom or you can move it " +#~ "back to normal. - The earlier " +#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and " +#~ "Resize option are also available here." +#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window" +#~ " into the title-bar. - " +#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. " +#~ "- Resize lets you use the change" +#~ " the size of a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Screenshots" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po index 6be220ff..8bf44f63 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" @@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 msgid "" -"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " -"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " -"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " -"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" -" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " -"selected menu item will appear in a different color." +"Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard " +"instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an " +"underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file " +"menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other " +"thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The " +"currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you " +"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and " +"then press that key to see what it is to press." msgstr "" #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 msgid "" -"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " -"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " -"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " -"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " -"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " -"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " -"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " -":kbd:`Enter`." +"Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and " +":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move" +" down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has " +":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press " +":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To " +"move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an" +" adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an " +"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` " +"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to " +"the top of the menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to " +"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a " +"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a " +"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move " +#~ "through the menus of with only the" +#~ " keyboard instead of having to use" +#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus " +#~ "there is an underlined with a " +#~ "letter. To open that menu with a" +#~ " for example ofter the file menu " +#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`." +#~ " One other thing to notice is " +#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined " +#~ "character`. The currently selected menu " +#~ "item will appear in a different " +#~ "color." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have the menu opened you" +#~ " can use the up and down arrow" +#~ " keys to move up and down in" +#~ " a menu. If the menu has " +#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you " +#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand" +#~ " into a submenu. To move back " +#~ "up a level from the menu press " +#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " +#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To" +#~ " move to adjacent menu to the " +#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. " +#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to " +#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right " +#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on " +#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po index 9c7c9d54..bdd2a368 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3 msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 +#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5 msgid "" -"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" -" to launch applications and window management." +"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the " +"runner to launch applications, and window management." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This chapter will teach you how to" +#~ " use the panel desktop icons the " +#~ "runner to launch applications and window" +#~ " management." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po index 65901ccd..4a94fc9f 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po @@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3 msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5 msgid "" "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" -"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " -"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." +"extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you " +"can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " -"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" -" wheel." +"If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste " +"the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the " +"scroll wheel." msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 msgid "" -"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " +"To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu " "packages website `_ from whatever kind of " "computer you are on. On the command line you can run" msgstr "" #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 -msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +msgid "" +"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced " +"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need " +"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and " +"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to " +"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options " +"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level " +"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot " +"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option " +"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get " +"a black screen without proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can " +"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki " +"`_ ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video " +"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what" +" time it is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find " +"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you " +"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you " +"will need to run" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31 +msgid "to get your changes actually applied." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your" +#~ " system putting a different mouse " +#~ "cursor for both the host and the" +#~ " guest can let you tell them " +#~ "apart. If you want to install many" +#~ " more colors you can search the " +#~ "repositories for cursor or if you " +#~ "just want many different colors install" +#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra " +#~ "package. To have a a different " +#~ "style for applications to install you" +#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-" +#~ "plastique package." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select text on X11 you " +#~ "can do what is middle click paste" +#~ " the selected text with the middle" +#~ " mouse button by clicking down on " +#~ "the scroll wheel." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To find out what version of " +#~ "softare you have you can view the" +#~ " `ubuntu packages website " +#~ "`_ from whatever kind" +#~ " of computer you are on. On the" +#~ " command line you can run" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe634feb --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/B/Contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix B Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6 +msgid "We need help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"We’re always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every " +"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers " +"to develop as well as to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11 +msgid "…not code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is " +"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream " +"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not " +"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you’re nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following " +"without really knowing much more than you already do:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18 +msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19 +msgid "`Documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20 +msgid "`Testing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21 +msgid "`Bug triage `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23 +msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26 +msgid "No strings attached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu" +" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go " +"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly " +"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31 +msgid "Free training" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that " +"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to " +"provide assistance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36 +msgid "Why not join?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"That said, you’re all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you " +"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, " +"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and " +"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a" +" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41 +msgid "Support and Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes " +"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge " +"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if " +"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that " +"developers can solve." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. " +"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support " +"channel `_ and jump in to assist when" +" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more " +"questions can be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50 +msgid "" +"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging " +"procedures `_ and have a " +"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is " +"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support " +"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are" +" typically answered can help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site " +"`_, where people ask more" +" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse " +"forum `_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu" +" Forum `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55 +msgid "Bug Triage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of " +"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user" +" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified " +"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they " +"would like to see the bug fixed as an update." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po index ccabc61a..39eeee42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po @@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3 msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5 msgid "" -"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " +"The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " -"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " -"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." +"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which " +"can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running " +"in a window." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7 msgid "" "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " -"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" -" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " +"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to " +"learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " -"a command line:" +"a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13 msgid "" "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " -"the -h option gives a human readable output." +"the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too " +"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search " +"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19 msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25 msgid "" "To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "commands to know is ls." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31 msgid "" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" " options such as viewing all files or long listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33 msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39 msgid "" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41 msgid "" -"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " -"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " -"management `_ for " -"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." +"There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which" +" is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " +"management `_ for how " +"to insert and remove packages from the command line." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor " +"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke " +"something run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49 +msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control" +" +C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53 +msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you " +"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` " +"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is " +"called tab completion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61 +msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67 +msgid "" +"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which " +"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to " +"this for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73 +msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The command line or cli is text" +#~ " interface to your computer and an" +#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces" +#~ " like windows. It typically involves " +#~ "typing text commands into a terminal " +#~ "to perform some operation. Although not" +#~ " necessary to learn, it can be " +#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt " +#~ "+ T) is a command line running " +#~ "in a window." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command" +#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope" +#~ " of the manual. The man command " +#~ "brings up the user manual and can" +#~ " be used to learn more about a" +#~ " commands use, its options and " +#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn " +#~ "more about the df (disk free) " +#~ "command, enter the following into a " +#~ "command line:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This will show you the user manual" +#~ " for the df command containing and" +#~ " explanation of the command and other" +#~ " useful information. For example is " +#~ "the -h option gives a human " +#~ "readable output." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is also the command line for" +#~ " manageing and installing packages which" +#~ " is beyond the scope of this " +#~ "appendix but please see `apt package " +#~ "management " +#~ "`_ for " +#~ "how to insert and remove packages " +#~ "from the command line." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po index f4fbe6e1..2642bdba 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po @@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3 msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5 msgid "" -"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " -"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" -" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " -"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" -" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " -"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" -" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." +"With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape" +" of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause " +"problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if " +"your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that " +"the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power " +"failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous" +" release will download will take time and data." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7 msgid "" -"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " -"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " -"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " -"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " -"not supported." +"This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for " +"server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping " +"32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrading with GUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " -"performing system updates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " -"Tools --> Software Updater`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13 -msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +"Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and " +"configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default" +" keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but" +" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an" +" iso again." msgstr "" #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 -msgid "" -"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, " -"reboot manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to " -"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new " -"version, from Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the " -"latest release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the " -"command" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported " -"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33 -msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> " -"Software and Updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 -msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information" -" you need to know.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 -msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44 msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15 msgid "" "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "enter your password." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " -"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " +"Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. " +"This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is " "the simplest." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29 msgid "" -"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" -"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " -"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " -"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " -"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " -"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" -" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to " -"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system " -"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:" +"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-" +"release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu " +"installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the " +"command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new " +"operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup" +" your files beforehand**." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35 msgid "" "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " -"else skip it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to " -"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep " -"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful " -"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> " -"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a " -"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your " -"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager " -"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets " -"\"Prompt=normal\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " -"basically starting the process over." +"else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->" +" Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change " +":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select " +":menuselection:`Normal Releases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 -msgid "" -"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be " -"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop " -"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so" -" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove " -"several more obsolete packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73 -msgid "" -"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted " -"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification" -" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75 +#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37 msgid "" -"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " -"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " -"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could " -"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling " -"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary " -"applications:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82 -msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +"After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in " +"and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr "" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We are proud to present the highly" +#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " +#~ "This release comes with many changes," +#~ " which will probably be overshadowed " +#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop" +#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large" +#~ " change like this can cause problems," +#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back" +#~ " up your files**. Also, if your " +#~ "computer is one that runs on a " +#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please " +#~ "ensure that the power is connected, " +#~ "as it may take a while and " +#~ "unexpected power failures could be " +#~ "disasterous." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are two methods of upgrading " +#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using " +#~ "the update manager a graphical user " +#~ "interface. The second involves the " +#~ "command line and is useful for " +#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " +#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit " +#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are " +#~ "not supported." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, ensure your system is up-" +#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater " +#~ "and performing system updates:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System " +#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the install is completed you " +#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not," +#~ " reboot manually." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long" +#~ " Term Support) release, you may have" +#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions" +#~ " of Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of" +#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For " +#~ "any new version, from Software and " +#~ "Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Close the update manager, and you " +#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to " +#~ "the latest release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal" +#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type " +#~ "in the command" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The -d flag is referring to the" +#~ " fact that it's moving to an " +#~ "unsupported release (if you are on " +#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This can be done by clicking the" +#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences " +#~ "-> Software and Updates." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the release notes. **This is " +#~ "important, in case there is information" +#~ " you need to know.**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed," +#~ " you want to restart your pc. " +#~ "This can be done in a number " +#~ "of ways, however the following command" +#~ " is the simplest." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next thing you want to do " +#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-" +#~ "release-upgrade is the command line " +#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. " +#~ "To run it, you need root " +#~ "privileges, which, from the command line" +#~ " means prefixing the command with " +#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating " +#~ "system version can sometimes cause " +#~ "problems, so **always backup your files" +#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches" +#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE " +#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and " +#~ "can cause problems. You need to " +#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE " +#~ "packages which clutter your system after" +#~ " the install. Enter the following " +#~ "command into your terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be prompted \"No new " +#~ "release found\", if so follow this " +#~ "step, else skip it." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long " +#~ "term support release, you will have " +#~ "to opt-in to install the regular" +#~ " releases. **It is important that you" +#~ " keep your software up-to-date " +#~ "in these releases as they are more" +#~ " featureful and get regular security " +#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu" +#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & " +#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify " +#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and " +#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter" +#~ " your password to authenticate this " +#~ "choice. The software and updates manager" +#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-" +#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now, update your software and run " +#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, " +#~ "basically starting the process over." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the release upgrade, several " +#~ "changes will take place. You will " +#~ "be asked to select a display " +#~ "manager, the new default is Simple " +#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This " +#~ "will happen in the middle of the" +#~ " install, so don't walk away until" +#~ " after you have done this. The " +#~ "upgrade will remove several more " +#~ "obsolete packages." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After the installation, reboot into the" +#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted " +#~ "by a new login screen that is " +#~ "the SDDM display manager and a " +#~ "notification that this is now your " +#~ "first time running LXQt Power " +#~ "Management." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many of the old applications will " +#~ "not be removed. Newer and often " +#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based " +#~ "applications with the same functionality " +#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having" +#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat" +#~ " your system and isn't the true " +#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them " +#~ "may be a good idea. The following" +#~ " command will remove unnecessary " +#~ "applications:" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po index cfa1cef8..bad57b42 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po @@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3 msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5 msgid "" "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " -"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " +"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live " "session can also be used to install Lubuntu." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 msgid "OS testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11 msgid "Backing up files" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13 msgid "" "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " -"things out in a live session." +"things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A" +" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something " +"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16 msgid "" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." msgstr "" +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default " +"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your " +"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live " +"session uses UTC as the default time zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21 +msgid "Screenshot" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "without installing it. In a live " @@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ "session." #~ msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " +#~ "without installing it. In a live " +#~ "session your computer is running off " +#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or " +#~ "DVD). The session can also be used" +#~ " to install Lubuntu." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A good example of when you would" +#~ " use a live session is if your" +#~ " computer turns on and won't boot," +#~ " you can run the live session. " +#~ "You could then mount the disk and" +#~ " backup all of your pictures or " +#~ "send an email. If your hard drive" +#~ " or SSD is no longer working, " +#~ "you can boot a live session and" +#~ " then order replacement parts. You " +#~ "also can feel free to try " +#~ "different things out in a live " +#~ "session." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po index 5171c7f4..aacd9f74 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 msgid "" -"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt" " Global Keys and Openbox." msgstr "" @@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " -"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " -"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " +"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. " +"Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys" +" are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " "3.2.14)." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15 msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 msgid "" "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " -"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." +"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To " +"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18 msgid "" "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " @@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid "" " using and editing keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20 msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22 msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24 msgid "Key description" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "S" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27 msgid "Shift key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "C" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29 msgid "Control key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "A" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 msgid "Alt key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "W" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "M" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 msgid "Meta key" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "H" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 +#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgstr "" @@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "Open qps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard " +#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" +#~ " Global Keys and Openbox." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a " +#~ "component of the LXQT environment. " +#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox" +#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are " +#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using " +#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second" +#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It " +#~ "is preferred for windows management like" +#~ " resizing." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po index 3f99e351..45b9e4ed 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po @@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 -msgid "GoToDesktop" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 +msgid "GoToLeftDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 msgid "C-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 +msgid "GoToRightDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 msgid "C-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12 +msgid "GoToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "C-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 -msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 msgid "S-A-Left" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 +msgid "SendToDesktopToRight" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "S-A-Right" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20 +msgid "SendToDesktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 msgid "S-A-Up" msgstr "" @@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "S-A-Down" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 +msgid "GoTo first Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 msgid "W-F1" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 +msgid "GoTo second Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 msgid "W-F2" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 +msgid "GoTo third Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 msgid "W-F3" msgstr "" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 +msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop" +msgstr "" + #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 msgid "W-F4" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 -msgid "W-d" +msgid "W-D" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 @@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 -msgid "Lower" +msgid "Lower (minimise)" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 @@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 -msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 -msgid "W-Left" +msgid "F11" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 -msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "Pcmanfm" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 -msgid "W-Right" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82 +msgid "W-e" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 -msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +msgid "Launch lxqt-runer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 +msgid "W-r" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 -msgid "W-Up" +msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 +msgid "Open qps" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 -msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +msgid "C-A-Delete" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 -msgid "W-Down" +msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 -msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "Open qterminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "ToggleFullscreen" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 +msgid "C-A-T" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 -msgid "F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "Launch firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109 +msgid "XF86WWW" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "Execute" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111 +msgid "XF86Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 -msgid "W-e" +msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgstr "" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 -msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 -msgid "W-r" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 +msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 -msgid "A-F2" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 +msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 -msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "Toggle turn off monitor" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 -msgid "C-A-Delete" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128 +msgid "C-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 -msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "Decrease backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 -msgid "C-A-T" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 +msgid "C-S-F6" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 -msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "Increase backlight brightness" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 -msgid "XF86WWW" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132 +msgid "C-S-F7" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 -msgid "XF86Terminal" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136 +msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 -msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "Decrease Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 -msgid "XF86MyComputer" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140 +msgid "XF86VolumeLower" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not" -" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "Increase Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 -msgid "C-F7" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 +msgid "XF86VolumeRaise" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 -msgid "C-F10" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "Mute Volume" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 -msgid "C-F11" +#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144 +msgid "XF86AudioMute" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "W-d" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Lower" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Left" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Right" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Up" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "W-Down" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Execute" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "A-F2" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and " +#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not " +#~ "using gnome-power-manager or " +#~ "xfce4-volumed)**" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F10" +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "C-F11" +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cc80b24 --- /dev/null +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/G/AdvancedNetworking.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a +# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual +# package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2020. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3 +msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded " +"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is " +"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8 +msgid "VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under " +":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That " +"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the " +"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-" +"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration" +" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a " +"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not" +" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS " +"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through " +"terminal with typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18 +msgid "" +"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-" +"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run " +"it from the terminal typing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can" +" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is " +"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27 +msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray " +"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to" +" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences" +" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the " +":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked" +" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable " +"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`." +msgstr "" + diff --git a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd97b3d..a8446ceb 100644 --- a/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/po/zh-hant/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n" #: ../../source/index.rst:2 msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid "" " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" -" `we have recently refocused `_." +" `we have refocused `_." msgstr "" #: ../../source/index.rst:11 @@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contents" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:29 +#: ../../source/index.rst:34 msgid "Contact Us" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:31 +#: ../../source/index.rst:36 msgid "" "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "website at `Lubuntu.me `_ where you can find `the " -"Lubuntu blog `_, `ways to get in contact with " -"us `_, and `our Phabricator instance " +"Lubuntu blog `_, `the Lubuntu discourse " +"`_, `ways to get in contact with us " +"`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:34 +#: ../../source/index.rst:39 msgid "Thank you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:36 +#: ../../source/index.rst:41 msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgstr "" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authors" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:38 +#: ../../source/index.rst:43 msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Translators" msgstr "" -#: ../../source/index.rst:39 +#: ../../source/index.rst:44 msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The project’s goal is to provide a" +#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux " +#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid " +#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple" +#~ " but modern and powerful graphical " +#~ "user interface, and comes with a " +#~ "wide variety of applications so you " +#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and " +#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a" +#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, " +#~ "but `we have recently refocused " +#~ "`_." +#~ msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get" +#~ " involved? Take a look at our " +#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me " +#~ "`_ where you can find " +#~ "`the Lubuntu blog `_, " +#~ "`ways to get in contact with us" +#~ " `_, and `our " +#~ "Phabricator instance `_ " +#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu" +#~ " development." +#~ msgstr "" + diff --git a/spec.rst b/spec.rst index e04d2b37..12a0b83f 100644 --- a/spec.rst +++ b/spec.rst @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications Chapter 2.4 Acessories ---------------------- -2.4.1 ARK +2.4.1 LXQt File Archiver 2.4.2 Featherpad @@ -225,3 +225,5 @@ E. Live session F. Shortcut Keys G. Advanced Networking + +H. Swap